BAYCARE BALLPARK STRUCTURAL REPAIRS 2021 - 20-0036-EN-At
1
� BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs
1 2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
l
1
1
(20 -0036 -EN -A)
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS &
SPECIFICATIONS
Prepared for
• BAY TO BEACH
JULY 2021
City of Clearwater, Florida
B ayC are Ballpark Structural Repairs
2021
20 -0036 -EN -A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (IF NEEDED)
SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (IF NEEDED)
APPENDIX ODP DOCUMENTS AND OTHER PROJECT
DOCUMENTATION (IF NEEDED)
SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer
COVER Page II Updated 2/11/2016
SECTION 1
INVITATION TO BID
NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
BAYCARE BALLPARK STRUCTURAL REPAIRS 2021
(20 -0036 -EN -A)
Documents and plans are available at
https://www. myclearwater.com/business/engineering-
construction-bids. The work shall consist of various types of
repair as follows, concrete repairs as identified herein,
sealant joint replacement, membrane repairs, handrail (HR)
post pocket repairs, painting of metal bridge decks plus misc.
items noted on the plans and specifications.
Pre -Bid Meeting: Wednesday, July 21, 2021, at 1:30 PM (EST)
at BayCare Ballpark
Pre -Bid Meeting: details will be posted at
https://www. myclearwater.com/business/engi neering-
construction-bids
Pre -qualification Application Submittal DEADLINE:
Wednesday, July 28, 2021
Categories: Specialty Concrete Repair & Coating
Pre -qualification Amount: $200,000 (Two Hundred
Thousand Dollars)
Bid Opening: (Virtual) Thursday, August 12, 2021, at 2:30 PM
(EST) — MSB RM 130 (STAFF ONLY)
Virtual Bid Opening Meeting: details will be posted at:
https://www. myclearwater.com/business/engi neering-
construction-bids
FedEx, Drop Bid Off in Lobby:
City of Clearwater, Project # [20 -0036 -EN -A]
Procurement Office, 3rd Floor
Attn: Lori Vogel
100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520
Issued by: Lori Vogel CPPB, Procurement Manager
For additional information contact Engineering Dept.:
727-562-4750
SECTION I Page 1 Updated 5/28/2020
SECTION II
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents
SECTION II i
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I
1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1
2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1
3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1
4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2
5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3
6. CONTRACT TIME 3
7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3
8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3
9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3
10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4
11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4
12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5
13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5
14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5
15. OPENING OF BIDS 5
16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5
17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6
18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7
19. BID PROTEST 7
20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 8
21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9
SECTION II I Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater
website at address: www.myclearwater.com/bid. Bidding Documents may include, but are
not limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form,
and addendums.
1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the
Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete
sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub -bidders, or others.
2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre -qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial
resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application
package for pre -qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater,
Engineering Depattment, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address);
100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by phone at
(727) 562-4750. Pre -qualification requirement information is also available on the City of
Clearwater Website at address:
www.myclearwater.com/government/city-departments/engineering/construction-
management.
Contractors wanting to pre -qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two
weeks (ten workdays) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre -qualified by the
City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre -
qualification status before a Bid Opening.
The Contractor shall provide copies of the current Contractor License/Registration with the
State of Florida and Pinellas County in the bid response.
3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract
Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in
any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and
abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d)
study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify
Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents.
3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the
technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the
site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents,
but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the
completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and
subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site
and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may
be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but
not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction.
SECTION II
Page 1 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City
and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not
assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in
the Contract Documents.
3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective
Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible
conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions
appear in the General Conditions.
3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any
additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any
additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface
and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost,
progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other
terms and conditions of the Contract Documents.
3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such
explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission
of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition
upon completion of such explorations and tests.
3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are
identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for
temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by
the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents.
3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the
Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without
exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the
Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the
Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding
of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work.
4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA
4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in
writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer
in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan
Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding
Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre-bid meeting agenda,
prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by
formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will
be without legal effect.
4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the
City or Engineer.
SECTION II
Page 2 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND
5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an
amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a
certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued
by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions.
5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the
Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid
Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and
furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council,
the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid
Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the
award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the
successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of
other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening.
5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company
qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida.
6. CONTRACT TIME
6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set
forth in the Technical Specifications.
7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V.
8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the
Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or
equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that
a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will
not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement.
The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions
and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications.
9. SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested,
shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience
statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification
for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the
completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%)
of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after
due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other
person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City
Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase
in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such
substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder
SECTION II
Page 3 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and
organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for
sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other
person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make
written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed
acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the
Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions.
9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person, or
organization against whom he has reasonable objection.
10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM
10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink
or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be
to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the
Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the
price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders
are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or
item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or
item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts
shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they
be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section
or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed
individual items.
10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-
president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the
corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown
below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership
shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation
or partnership.
10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner,
whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be
shown below the signature.
10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature.
11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS
11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the
Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and
number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in
another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the
City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated
in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be
accepted.
11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and
corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one
SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
and two), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business
Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form.
12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner
that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A
request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly
authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a
new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no
Bid may be withdrawn or modified.
12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical
or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or
scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction
of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City.
The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid.
13. REJECTION OF BIDS
13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves
the right to reject any, and all Bids, and to waive any, and all informalities. Grounds for the
rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of
form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of
any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would
not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the
Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to
meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the
right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public.
14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER
14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among
the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for
the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non -Collusion Affidavit contained in the
Contract Documents.
15. OPENING OF BIDS
15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for
Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids.
16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES
16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as
specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply
with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in
any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees and
impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical
Specifications.
SECTION II
Page 5 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any
construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically
stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be
stated by the Contractor.
16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use, and other taxes required by law.
The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax
and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements.
16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and
incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the
Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description
in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions.
17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE
17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor
Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders
with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect
to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or
contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a
drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established
procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a
drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor
shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the
accompanying certification statement:
(1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution,
dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace
and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such
prohibition.
(2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy
of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and
employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees
for drug abuse violations.
(3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that
are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).
(4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of
working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee
will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction
of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any
controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring
in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.
(5) Impose a sanction on or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance
or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any
employee who is so convicted.
(6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through
implementation of this section.
I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above
requirements.
SECTION II
Page 6 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
18. AWARD OF CONTRACT
18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies
in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices.
Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof
will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether the
Bids comply or not with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be
requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience
of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor
for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist
in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial
ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations
to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's
satisfaction within the prescribed time.
18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive
Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best
interest of the City.
18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the
best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be
awarded to only one Contractor.
18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida
Statutes (2014), specifically to:
(a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required
by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service;
(b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions
that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not
exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law;
(c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public
records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and
(d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City
of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of
the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential
and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored
electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible
with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater.
19. BID PROTEST
19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST:
Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract
may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not
satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this
section.
19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE:
SECTION II
Page 7 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal
shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of
the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not
have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest
prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due
dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself.
B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five
(5) workdays after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder,
whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon
telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific
portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated.
C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted
if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of
the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award,
or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing,
stating reasons for the exception.
D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5)
workdays of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with
the appropriate Depai tinent Director and the Assistant City Manager.
E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she
may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her
reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and
the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager.
F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter
of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) workdays of
receipt of the appeal.
19.3. PROTEST FEE:
When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5%
of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the
protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing
Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee
paid.
19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST:
In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the
solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or
until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without
delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City.
20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT
20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related
to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act
(Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety
and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650
Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws.
SECTION II
Page 8 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders
21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
MANAGEMENT MEASURES
21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and
implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management
programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent
the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters.
A. The control of construction -related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water
quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during
the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters.
B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment
control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment
control provisions.
NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering
Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction -related Best
Management Practices.
SECTION II
Page 9 of 9 Updated 07/13/2020
SECTION III
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Table of Contents:
1. DEFINITIONS 1
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5
2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5
2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5
2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED, STARTING
THE PROJECT 5
2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 5
2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6
2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6
3.1. INTENT 6
3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7
4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL
CONDITIONS, REFERENCE POINTS 7
4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7
4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 7
4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8
4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9
5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 9
5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9
5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9
5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10
5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10
5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS
INSURANCE 10
5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE 10
5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10
5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10
5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11
6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 12
6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12
6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12
6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13
6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 13
6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14
6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15
6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15
6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 15
6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16
6.7.1. E -VERIFY 16
6.8. PERMITS 16
SECTION III i Updated 6/1/2021
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION III — General Conditions
6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17
6.10. EMERGENCIES 18
6.11. DRAWINGS 18
6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18
6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19
6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21
6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23
6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23
6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23
6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 24
6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24
6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24
7. OTHER WORK 25
7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25
7.2. COORDINATION 26
111 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY 26
9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
26
9.1. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 26
9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 27
9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27
9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27
9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27
9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28
10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 29
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29
11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29
11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 31
11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31
12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31
13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR
ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32
13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32
13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33
13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33
13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33
13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD 34
13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34
13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35
14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35
14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36
14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36
14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37
14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37
14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 37
14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38
14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 38
SECTION III ii Updated 6/1/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION III — General Conditions
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39
15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39
15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39
15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 40
17. MISCELLANEOUS 41
17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41
17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41
17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41
17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41
17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41
17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 41
17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS 42
18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42
19. MATERIAL USED 42
20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42
21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42
21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42
21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43
21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43
21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES, AND INDEMNIFICATION 44
22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44
22.1. GENERAL 44
22.2. EXAMPLE 45
23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 45
23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 45
23.2. PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46
23.3. FIXED SIGN 46
23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 46
23.5. SIGN COLORING 46
23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 46
23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 46
23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 47
24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 47
25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH
CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM AND ISRAEL
CERTIFICATION FORM 48
SECTION III iii Updated 6/1/2021
1
SECTION III — General Conditions
1 . DEFINITIONS
' Addenda
Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct,
or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents.
Agent
Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the
City.
1 Agreement
The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as
provided therein.
Application for Payment
The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress
or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as
is required by the Contract Documents.
Approve
The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment, or
methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given
in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer
to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications.
Bid
The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the work to be performed.
Bidding Documents
The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the
proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
Bonds
Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security.
Change Order
A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition,
deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract
Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement.
City
The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida.
Construction Inspector
A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects
City construction projects in order to ensure the Contractor's work complies with the
intent of the Contract Documents.
Construction Manager
The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The
Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction
contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the
Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding
SECTION III Page 1 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the
Owner's Representative during construction.
Contract Documents
The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid
(including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation
submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the
Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any
Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits
identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of
the Agreement.
Contract Price
The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments)
payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work.
Contract Time
The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work.
Contractor
The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of
this contract, the person, firm, or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has
been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative.
Critical Path Method Construction Schedule (CPM)
A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate
to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work
in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution
of the schedule.
Day
A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight.
Defective
An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,
faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the
requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the
Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final
payment.
Drawings
The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement,
which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been
prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop
drawings are not Drawings as so defined.
Engineer
The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the
purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County,
Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as
the Owner's Representative during construction.
Engineer's Consultant
A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent
SECTION III
Page 2 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as
such in the Supplementary Conditions.
F.D.O. T. Specifications
The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida
Department of Transportation (latest English edition).
Furnish
The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar
meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and
install complete in place and ready for service".
Inspection
The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to
ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and
Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending,
or overseeing.
Laws and Regulations
Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any kind
of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction.
Liens
Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal
property.
Milestone
A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate
completion date or time prior to the final completion date.
Notice to Proceed (NTP)
A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the
Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his
obligations under the Contract Documents.
Owner
The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the
City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be
responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed.
For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative
during construction.
Owner's Representative
Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction.
Person
A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial
entity.
Project
The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Partial Utilization
Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is
intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work.
SECTION III
Page 3 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
Representative of Contractor
The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the
construction site at all times, that work is progressing. The names and positions of these
persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre -construction
conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City
Engineer.
Request for Information (RFI)
An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from
the Contractor to the Engineer.
Shop Drawing
All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically
prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations,
brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other
information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
Specifications
Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.
Subcontractor
A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the
performance of a part of the Work at the site.
Substantial Completion
The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so
that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended;
or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment
as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof.
Supplementary Conditions
The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions.
Supplier
A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct
contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor.
Surety
Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be
responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid,
Performance or Payment Bond.
Underground Facilities
All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such
facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been
installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,
SECTION III Page 4 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or
water.
Unit Price Work
Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
Work
The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof
required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result
of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the Contract Documents.
Work Change Directive
A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement
and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or
responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or
Contract Time but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or
documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract
Price or Contract Times.
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS
2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF
INSURANCE
When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to
the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by
this contract.
2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS
Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional
copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO
PROCEED, STARTING THE PROJECT
The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall
start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done
at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section
255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides
City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court.
2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION
Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or
SECTION III
Page 5 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or
clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however,
Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy
in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should
reasonably have known thereof.
No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or
Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify
any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any
time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this
insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's
Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer,
Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the
Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color
Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including
submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction
conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also
submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is
complete, and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log.
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a
completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal
Discharge Construction Site Training.
2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS
The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a
weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall
bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a
look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and
all material test reports generated in the same time period.
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT
3.1. INTENT
The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor
concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents
are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be
constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which
may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade
usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or
not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such
words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and
SECTION III
Page 6 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative.
Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or
association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such
reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or
code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise
specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard
specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the
responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the
duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of
their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and
interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every
provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be
deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included
herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly
inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be
physically amended to make such insertion.
3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES
If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision
of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard,
specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the
Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work
affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract
Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications,
provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for
failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or
reasonably should have known thereof
4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, SUBSURFACE AND
PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, REFERENCE POINTS
4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS
The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work
is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other
lands which are designated for the use of Contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances
or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with
which Contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures
or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification
of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site
or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by
Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to
accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly
SECTION III
Page 7 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the
site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the
Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further
investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional
investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that
the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical
conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which
could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change, or Change Order will
be issued incorporating the necessary revisions.
4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing
Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to
Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise
expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for
the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will
be included in the Contract Price and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing
and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or
indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such
Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such
Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor
is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State
regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call
of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the
protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local
telephone directory.
4.4. REFERENCE POINTS
Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in
Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall
be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and
preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the
prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever
any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in
grades or locations and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such
reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the
Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction
surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement
caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined
by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $200.00 per hour. Time shall be
computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with
a minimum charge of one hour.
SECTION III
Page 8 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE
5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND
Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida
Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in
effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due unless a longer period of
time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also
furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in
the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties
as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable
Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570
(amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents'
authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05,
Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety
shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to
reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or
becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project
is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be
acceptable to Owner.
5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any
Subcontractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City,
sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be
obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the
right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced
or eliminated.
Specifically, the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on
an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then
coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the
termination or expiration of this Agreement:
The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess
liability policies.
5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises
operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising
injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one
million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate.
SECTION III
Page 9 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non -owned, hired or
borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars)
combined single limit.
5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY
INSURANCE
Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of
Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred
thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each
employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with
benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary
Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where
applicable. Coverage must be applicable to Employees, Contractors, Subcontractors, and
Volunteers, if any.
5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR
OMISSIONS INSURANCE
Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the
type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million
dollars) per occurrence. If a claims -made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of
coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims -made coverage, unless prior policy was
extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either
by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with
no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide
a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims -made coverage.
5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY
INSURANCE
If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under
this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance
on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care,
custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any
Subcontractors, Representatives, or Agents) equipment or property.
5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE
The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of
loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner
with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as
the project proceeds.
5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS
Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s)
of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the
Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD
certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the
SECTION III
Page 10 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition, when
requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all
applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or
delivered is as follows:
Attn: Contract and Procurement Specialist
City of Clearwater
Engineering Department
P.O. Box 4748
Clearwater, FL 33758-4748
1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project
Number.
2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non -renewal,
termination, material change or reduction in coverage.
3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for
Contractor's negligence.
4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense,
for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this
Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City
shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor
providing its defense as contemplated herein.
The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential
liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be
construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or Subcontractors, Representatives, or Agents) obligation
to provide the insurance coverage specified.
5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS
The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on
Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants
and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured
or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages
caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in
the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against
any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights
against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and
damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and
any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against
Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the
Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for
losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party
making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so
issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer,
Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss
due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct
physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting
from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the
completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured
peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the
Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment.
SECTION III
Page 11 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE
Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such
attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be
responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method,
technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly
required by the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the
Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent
resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative
except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative
at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the
superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall
keep a mobile cell phone on his person, so he can be contacted whenever necessary.
Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's
Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be
removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of
the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct
themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times.
Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a
result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved
holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime
slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the
end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to
the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector
overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check.
Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four
hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour.
Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary
accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the
requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer.
6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct
the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good
discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons
or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the
Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours.
Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise
restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all -day Sunday. Contractor will not permit
overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without
Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer.
SECTION III
Page 12 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full
responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and
machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities,
temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and
equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in
the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored,
may be rejected by the Engineer without testing.
All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and
conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator,
supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.
The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or
materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per
Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of
Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures.
6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS
Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents
by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or
description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification
or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item
or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of
other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material
or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar
so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval.
If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does
not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor
shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine
that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an
acceptable substitute, therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be
not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor.
Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's
Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a
determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include
advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute or
"or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to
evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of
acceptability.
6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction
conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by
the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list
SECTION III
Page 13 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization
for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative
for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and
organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor.
Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a
direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own
acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer
and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of
Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating
the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work
under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors,
Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with
the Engineer through Contractor.
The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not
control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work
to be performed by any specific trade.
All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically
binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract
Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer.
Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable
objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person
or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable
obj ection.
Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his
Subcontractors or between Subcontractors.
6.5. USE OF PREMISES
Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract
Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and
easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or
other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any
such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant
because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by
negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or
at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and
hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees
and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from
any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner,
SECTION III
Page 14 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon
Contractor's performance of the Work.
During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of
waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work
or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish
and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment
and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not
designated for alteration by the Contract Documents.
6.5.1. STAGING AREAS
The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and
storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of
construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and
restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. Contractor must provide
portable restroom that is lockable for the safety of the Contractor and the surrounding residents.
6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS
The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially in the Right -of -Ways, is very important to
the Citizens of Clearwater therefore, these time limits are imposed:
• Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days.
• Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive
calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP.
• Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is
generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days.
Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times.
• Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities
shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the
loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought.
• Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a
successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations,
replacement of driveways or sidewalks or another project specific milestone. It must
be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust
control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times.
If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod
restoration may be considered.
6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES
Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,
product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular
invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to
patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the
existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents.
SECTION III
Page 15 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident
to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any
invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall
defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights.
Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in
accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies,
which are applicable during the performance of the work.
6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing
and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and
Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring
Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing
or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be
Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in
accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's
obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above.
6.7.1. E -VERIFY
Contractor and its Subcontractors shall register with and use the E -Verify system to verify the
work authorization status of all newly hired employees. Contractor will not enter into a contract
with any Subcontractor unless each party to the contract registers with and uses the E -Verify
system. Subcontractor must provide Contractor with an affidavit stating that Subcontractor does
not employ, contract with, or subcontract with an unauthorized alien. Contractor shall maintain a
copy of such affidavit.
The City may terminate this Contract on the good faith belief that Contractor or its Subcontractors
knowingly violated Florida Statutes 448.09(1) or 448.095(2)(c). If this Contract is terminated
pursuant to Florida Statute 448.095(2)(c), Contractor may not be awarded a public contract for at
least 1 year after the date of which this Contract was terminated. Contractor is liable for any
additional costs incurred by the City as a result of the termination of this Contract.
See Section 448.095, Florida Statutes (2020).
See "VERIFICATION OF EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY FORM" in Appendix.
6.8. PERMITS
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for
all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in
obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection
fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of
Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner
shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment
fees.
SECTION III
Page 16 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be
waived.
6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION
Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions
and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the
safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all
persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and
equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property
at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways,
structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or
during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and
shall cause Subcontractors, to carefully protect the Work and materials against damage or injury
from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or
materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or
any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced
at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention
program which shall include but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of
programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention
of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his
employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention
program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases
of construction, repair, alteration, or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal
protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The
Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's
employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or
risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall
remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all
persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his
employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their
safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians
and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity.
Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having
jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury, or loss; and
shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall
notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal,
relocation, and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused,
directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any
of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor.
Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue
until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and
Contractor that the Work is acceptable.
SECTION III
Page 17 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
6.10. EMERGENCIES
In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or
adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or
the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall
give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work
or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's
Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the
action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change
Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action.
6.11. DRAWINGS
6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL
REVIEW
Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the
Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will
be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to
provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to
Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor
shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified
performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information
with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling,
storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all
information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques,
sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto.
Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other
Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each
submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and
technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor
has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's
review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer
specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may
have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written
communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be
made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each
such variation.
The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall
receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal
within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for
information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at
each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14)
consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for
a delay claim from the Contractor.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the
items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to
the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of
SECTION III
Page 18 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's
review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety
precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will
not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make
corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop
Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct
specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on
previous submittals.
Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from
responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless
Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of
submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will
any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the
requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor.
Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to
achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves
the right to back charge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number
greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first-time submittals, per the approved
initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to back charge Contractor for all
third submittals. The number of first-time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals
agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal
of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be back charged to Contractor
at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due
Contractor for Work completed. In the event, that Contractor requests a substitution for a
previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution
will be back charged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of
Contractor.
6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order
and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and
annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes
or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including
revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction
process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile,
of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the
Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed
during the construction period. All abandoned during construction pipes and utilities must be
clearly identified on the As-Builts including the methods used to abandon.
The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant,
and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project.
The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for
accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the
monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not
SECTION III
Page 19 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the
Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay
request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by
the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness.
Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer
intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains.
The Owner's acceptance of the As -Built Drawings does not relieve the Contractor of the sole
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings.
6.11.2.1. General
The Contractor shall prepare an AS -BUILT SURVEY per chapter 5J-17.052, Florida
Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land
surveyor. The Contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built
Drawings and an AutoCAD file.
5J-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or
vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also
known as Record Survey.
This survey shall be clearly titled "AS -BUILT SURVEY" and shall be signed and sealed by a
Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater
Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the
Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of
Florida and will back charge the Contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to
provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey.
6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems
1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting, and elevation)
based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the
construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest
downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations,
manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the
plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all
pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on
the profile if one exists.
2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted.
6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Force
Main)
All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting, and elevation) based on the
approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans.
Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also, all new and
replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above.
Additionally, there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type
construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points.
SECTION III
Page 20 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION III — General Conditions
6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring
The As -Built Drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The As -Built
Drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where
this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall
prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional
conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic
diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder
diagram.
6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control
The As -Built Survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans
or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90
(horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be
the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must
be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department.
6.11.2.6. Standards
The As -Built Survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the
Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that
pertain to the As -Built Survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points
at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes.
6.11.2.7. Other
The As -Built Drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same
level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans.
1 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
6.11.3.1. Layer Naming
6.11.3.1.1.
Prefixes and Suffixes
AB-...
prefix denotes As -Built information
DI-...
prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities
DEMO-...
prefix denotes demolition
P-...
prefix denotes proposed entities — line work and symbols
F-...
prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line
work and symbols
X-...
prefix denotes existing entities — line work and symbols
... -CANOPY
Suffix denotes tree canopies
...-CL
suffix denotes centerline of road, ditch, swale etc.
...-LN
suffix denotes all linework
...-PT
suffix denotes points from survey data or from design stakeout
...-TX
suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix
6.11.3.1.2.
Laver Naming Definitions:
BENCH
benchmark, temporary benchmarks
BLDG
buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation
SECTION III
Page 21 of 49
Updated 6/1/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION III — General Conditions
BOC
curbs
BOLLARD
bollards
BRUSH
brush lines
CABLE
cable TV lines and appurtenances
CONCSLAB
concrete slabs
DRIVE
driveways
EASEMENT
easements
EOP
edge of pavement without curbs
FENCE
all fences
FLOW
flow lines
GRADE
grade slopes, grade breaks
GROUND
soft ground (unpaved, unimproved)
HANDRAIL
handrails
HEDGE
hedges
LANDSCAPE
landscape areas
LOT
platted lot lines information
MISC
miscellaneous linework
MONU
property corners, monumentation
PHONE
telephone lines and appurtenances
PROPERTY
property lines information
ROAD
roads
ROW
Right -of -Way information
SEAWALL
seawalls
SHORE
shoreline, water elevation
SWALE
swales
TOB
top of bank
TOE
toe of slope
TRAFFIC
signal poles, control boxes
TREE
trees, bushes, planters
UT-ELEC
power lines and appurtenances
UT -GAS
gas lines and appurtenances
UT-RCW
reclaimed water
UT -SAN
sanitary lines and appurtenances
UT -STM
storm lines and appurtenances
UT-TCOM
telecommunication systems
UT-WAT
potable water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers
WALK
sidewalk
WALL
walls, except seawall
Other layers may be created as required or needed, using above format or easy to understand logic.
6.11.3.2. Layer Properties
All AutoCAD objects shall be drawn with their General Properties to be "ByLayer", pertaining to
"Color", "Linetype", and "Lineweight".
6.11.3.3. Text Styles
All text shall use standard AutoCAD fonts.
SECTION III
Page 22 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
Text style for X-... (existing) layers shall use the Simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text
height of 0.06 times the plot scale.
Text style for P-... (proposed) and F-... (future) layers shall use the Simplex font, oblique angle
of 22.5°, and a text height of 0.1 times the plot scale.
6.11.4. DELIVERABLES
The As -Built Survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless
approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all
drawings. Requested file formats are Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files.
Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail
address Thomas .Mahony(aD,myClearwater.coln.
6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND
GUARANTEE
Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work
will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty
and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification, or
operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of
the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he
shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the
elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non -execution of the
Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or
damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final
acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his
own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a
period of one year from the date of final acceptance".
Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by
Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work,
which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the
Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative,
(ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance
of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the
Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any
acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer.
6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK
Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any
disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing.
SECTION III
Page 23 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
6.14. INDEMNIFICATION
To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City,
its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands,
claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys',
witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, or
resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any
negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii)
Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established
by this Agreement.
Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any
issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this
indemnification.
The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor
or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor -provided
supplies or services.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall
not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any
limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not
intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may
have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties.
6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION
Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in
company contact information. This includes contact phone, address, project manager, email
addresses, etc.
6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS
The CONTRACTOR will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes.
IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION
OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, TO THE CONTRACTOR'S DUTY
TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT,
CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS, Rosemarie Call, phone:
727-562-4092 or Rosemarie.Call@myclearwater.com, 600 Cleveland Street, Suite 600,
Clearwater, FL 33755.
The Contractor's duty to comply with public records law applies specifically to:
a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public
agency") to perform the service being provided by the Contractor hereunder.
b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public
agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or
copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in
Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise
provided by law.
c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public
records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the
SECTION III
Page 24 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the Contractor
does not transfer the records to the public agency.
d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public
records in possession of the Contractor or keep and maintain public records required by
the public agency to perform the service. If the Contractor transfers all public records to
the public agency upon completion of the contract, the Contractor shall destroy any
public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure
requirements. If the Contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of
the contract, the Contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public
records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon
request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is
compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency.
e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for
services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess
the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the Contractor of the
request and the Contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the
records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time.
f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the Contractor does not comply
with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract
provisions in accordance with the contract.
g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a
reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes.
h) If a civil action is filed against a Contractor to compel production of public records
relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award
against the Contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney
fees, if:
1. The court determines that the Contractor unlawfully refused to comply with
the public records request within a reasonable time; and
2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written
notice of the public request, including a statement that the Contractor has not
complied with the request, to the public agency and to the Contractor.
i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of
public records and to the Contractor at the Contractor's address listed on its contract with
the public agency or to the Contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or
certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery,
which may be in an electronic format.
j) A Contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the
notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement.
7. OTHER WORK
7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE
The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform
work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the
project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes.
The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work
will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is
SECTION III
Page 25 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the
Contractor's work or schedule.
7.2. COORDINATION
If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and
responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime Contractors will be
identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be
itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless
otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITY
Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all
communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative.
The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly
and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General
Conditions.
The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The
Work.
The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the
Article on Tests and Inspections.
In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer
may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's
right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances.
Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be
responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
9.1. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will
either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties,
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are
set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner
and Engineer.
SECTION III
Page 26 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS
Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the
requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal
responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which
shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other
clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's
Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and
Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an
adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the
amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the
Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time.
9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK
The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work
which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's
Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the
Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed
Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's
Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of
the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS
In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop
Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders,
see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with
Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to
Contractor and Completion.
9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES
The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract
Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other
matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the
Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under
the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will
be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in
accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be
delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement
promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving
rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other
party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's
Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more
accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit
any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of
the claimant's last submittal unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's
Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the
opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner
SECTION III
Page 27 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty
(30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a
Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or
(ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention
to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor
to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision
and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction
to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days
of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor.
When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the
Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative
with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise
by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other
matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution.
9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S
RESPONSIBILITIES
Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other
provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good
faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise
or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose
or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any
Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of
them.
Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible
for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative
will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any
of the work.
Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying
documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and
certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by
the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the
requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and
approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents.
The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to
Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants.
SECTION III
Page 28 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
10. CHANGES IN THE WORK
Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time
or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions,
or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change
Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work
involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents
(except as may otherwise be specifically provided).
If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work
Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions.
Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as
amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case
of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for
Uncovering Work.
The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments
recommended by Owner's Representative covering:
• changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of
acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or
correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or
(iii) agreed to by the parties;
• changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and
• changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any
written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions
on Disputes;
• provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from
any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and
applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on
the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing
the Work.
If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the
provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's
responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE
The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable
to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or
undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price.
The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any
claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the
general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to
Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting
SECTION III
Page 29 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless
Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate
data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the
claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted
in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any
claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work
involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such
unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by
unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may
include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices
contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the
Work.
Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and
where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and
Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed
changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for
compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, Subcontractors, and other items
of direct costs required for the directed work.
The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items:
1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual
payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes
established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with
negotiating the subject change.
2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall
be substantiated through vendors' invoices.
3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs
if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental
rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for
Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the
full -unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and
shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated
with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be
paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost
combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated
operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment
on stand-by.
4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater.
The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the
Contractor or Subcontractor.
A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work
is performed by a Subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent
(5%), and the Subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%).
B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above.
C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4.
SECTION III
Page 30 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision,
overhead, profit, and other general expense.
11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE
ADJUSTMENT
It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such
sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances
include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment
required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's
costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other
expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the
allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's
Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by
allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK
Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work,
initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to
the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times
the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of
items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids
and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's
Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to
be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The
Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity
of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from
the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no
corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes
that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional
expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the
parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price
contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the
construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and
completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change
order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction
of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable
deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid.
12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME
The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written
Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's
Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the
SECTION III
Page 31 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of
the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence,
unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data
in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled
as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or
Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the
Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements
of this paragraph.
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or
Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may
be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as
provided in the article for Changes in the
Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the
Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the
article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God.
Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be
delays within the control of Contractor.
Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times
(or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension
of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be
Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or
agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within
the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited
to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or
other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work.
13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL
OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work
for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing
personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests.
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform
all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these
inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof)
specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such
public body including all Owner Building Depaitments and Owner Utility Departments,
Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or
approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required
certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner
SECTION III
Page 32 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and
obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for
Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or
of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase
thereof for incorporation of the Work.
If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by
Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by
Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this
paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative
and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative
has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice.
13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK
If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if
requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and
replaced at Contractor's expense.
If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by
Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's
request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing
as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question,
furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective,
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting
from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory
replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of
work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price
for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof,
may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however,
such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract
Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the
parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim
therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time.
13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK
If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable
materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed
Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order
Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been
eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to
any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of
Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this
paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract
Price.
13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either
correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has
SECTION III
Page 33 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with
Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or
resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD
If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may
be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required
by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is
found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with
the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the
Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily
correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.
If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency
where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work
corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages
caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs
of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor.
In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from
an earlier date if specifically, and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written
Amendment.
Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such
Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner
prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so.
Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation
of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's
Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner
Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating
the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall
be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree
as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change
of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for
final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner.
13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK
If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to
correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's
Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if
Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor
fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven
SECTION III
Page 34 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights
and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such
corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take
possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has
paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's
Representatives, Agents and Employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's
Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages
incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against
Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract
Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease
in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner
may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims,
costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of
work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's
defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones)
because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of
the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder.
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION
Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein.
Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed.
14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT
Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review
an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once
each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's
Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,
payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will
only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor,
and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for
Payment for the total of all Work, including As -Built Survey and Inspector overtime
reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work
covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of
any portion of the Work under contract.
The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and
work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official
Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up
As -Built Drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract
Documents.
In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative
may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any
progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all Subcontractors and Suppliers have
been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the Contractor to provide the report
as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report
is provided.
SECTION III
Page 35 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE
Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no
later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall
be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional
sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants
that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens,
claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims
growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics,
materialmen, and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all
supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the
Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of nature hereinabove
designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner
may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the
Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money
deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is
furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be
resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this
sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety.
In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor
and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract
by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment
made in good faith.
14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and
process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment
unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review
and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be
paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected,
notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing
payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying
deficiencies, and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case,
Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's
Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner.
Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because
of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any
such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner
Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is
defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the
Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required
to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual
knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work
and Termination.
The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's
Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of
Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with
the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to
SECTION III
Page 36 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner
to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of
the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in
accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or
Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount
so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor
corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action.
14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION
Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which
(i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's
Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with
Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part
of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete.
If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to
Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete
and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part
of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in
writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and
substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner,
Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the
Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to
be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in
writing giving the reasons, therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially
complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will
apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the
division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
14.5. FINAL INSPECTION
Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and
will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection
reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final
punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this
work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. Failure to include any
corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all
the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take
such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative
and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating
instructions, As -Built, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance
SECTION III
Page 37 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime
reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make
application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application
for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called
for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by
paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using
the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents.
Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all
surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an
acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the
prosecution of the Work and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition.
14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE
If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final
Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating
the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or
corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished
as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment
of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted
by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment
shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment
shall not constitute a waiver of claims.
If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final
inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and
accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative
is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract
Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his
recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon,
Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is
acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return
the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final
payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and
substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay Contractor the amount
recommended by Owner's Representative.
14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS
The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner
against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing
after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any
special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the
Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those
previously made in writing and still unsettled.
SECTION III
Page 38 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK
At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion
thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which
will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so
fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the
Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an
approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of
Contract Time.
15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE
Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:
• Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract
Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or
suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted
from time to time);
• Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
• Contractor violates Article 6.7.1 of this Section III;
• Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative;
• Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this
Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner,
or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as
herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner
that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work
or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed;
• Lack of funding. The City's performance and obligation to pay under this Contract is
contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Clearwater City Council.
The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to
the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude
Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be
used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the
Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor
but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such
case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If
the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages sustained
by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to
Contractor.
If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the
difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be
reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's
Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or
remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the
Work performed.
SECTION III
Page 39 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release
Contractor from liability.
Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate
the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items):
• for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents
prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead
and profit on such Work;
• for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services
and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in
connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and
profit on such expenses;
• for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts
with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others;
• and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination.
Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic
loss arising out of or resulting from such termination.
15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE
If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety
(90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's
Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is
submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to
be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's
Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such
suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner
payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if
the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not
be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and
without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an
Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for
thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon
seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until
payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to
preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change
of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping
Work as permitted by this article.
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for
resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution
method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for
resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on
Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise
SECTION III Page 40 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided,
however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration.
17. MISCELLANEOUS
17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS
The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other
documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be
determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner.
17.2. GIVING NOTICE
Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice
will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member
of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the
notice.
17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM
Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents
or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other
party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of
this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any
applicable statute of limitations or repose.
17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED
Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in
each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other
professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs.
17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT
The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without
the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to
notice of assignment.
17.6. RENEWAL OPTION
Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to three (3)
years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions
and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in
the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner and must be
agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and
the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department.
SECTION III
Page 41 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS
All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers
and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact City of
Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4929.
18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK
The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to
the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the
Contractor shall work and order thereof.
19. MATERIAL USED
All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all
materials.
20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or
discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General
Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical
Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an
inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by
addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in
accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation.
21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP)
21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS
The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the
Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner
is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other
applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's
Work. Owner -purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered
on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the
materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales tax, even if the
actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For
purposes of calculating Engineering Fees, Contractor Fees, Architects' Fees, and any other
amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall
be used.
Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value
and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an
ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment, and materials for consideration as
ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix).
SECTION III
Page 42 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK
Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification
of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or
equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent
to the Contractor.
Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's
possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or
equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or
delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor.
21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or
equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities,
verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining
all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance
of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor
delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally
required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor
shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The
Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever
nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor.
As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect
all shipments from the suppliers and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The
Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by
documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This
documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to
the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The
Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to
the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials.
Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor.
The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and
determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are
patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or
equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers
defective or non -conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the
Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the
Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming
condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue
delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise
incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or
equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an
inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from
Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated
damages.
SECTION III
Page 43 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES, AND INDEMNIFICATION
The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into
Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor
shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the
Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been
incorporated in the Contractor's Work.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for
all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair,
maintenance, or damage -repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the
appropriate supplier, vendor, or Subcontractor.
The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and
penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases
made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final
determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject
to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not
subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed
assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials
or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor
Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the
ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be
paid for by the Contractor.
22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF
CONSTRUCTION
22.1. GENERAL
The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius,
unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating
the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing
the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction;
general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption
and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name,
Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for
residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the
proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample
door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of
construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be
a minimum of 4-1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences
and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to
the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all
Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access
routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice
period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries
during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive
citizen inquires after business hours.
SECTION III Page 44 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items
provided in the contract proposal.
22.2.
EXAMPLE
BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH
NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION
TODAY'S DATE: / /
PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE
We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater
in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property.
This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property
owners of the pending start of construction.
(Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners)
The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way.
Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the
contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks
will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for
the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors,
textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or
structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not
be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner
wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-
of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere.
We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any
particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager
at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you.
Construction is anticipated to begin on:
Company Name
Company Address
Contractor Phone Number
23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS
23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE
The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public
funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this
purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during
the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work.
Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be
SECTION III
Page 45 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV,
SCOPE OF WORK.
23.2. PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE
Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended
locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined
after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on
sign at the preconstruction conference.
23.3. FIXED SIGN
Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size. Sign material shall be Aluminum DIBOND or
exterior grade plywood with a minimum thickness of 1/2 -inches painted white on both sides with
exterior rated paint. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (3'/2"x3'/2")
below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts
shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum
of 24 -inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed
structure can be considered for approval.
23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS
Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 -inches by 30 -inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached
to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 -inches or
thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable
sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade.
23.5. SIGN COLORING
Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering
shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign
itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative shall
provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor.
23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT
Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project
site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian
or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will
be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs
will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work
on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations
at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place
until the request for final payment.
23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE
The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement,
removal, and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The
Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs
are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced.
SECTION III
Page 46 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN
PROJECT NAME
PROJECT NUMBER
DEPARTMENT NAME
CONTRACTOR:
COMPLETION DATE:
FUNDING:
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE:
2' minimum heigh
3-04„
4"x4" P.l.
Pmt Ow.)
Project Sign Details:
Font Type: Franklin Gothic Medium, (ALL CAPS)
Font Colors: Blue - Pantone 3015 and Black.
24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND
GUARANTEE
It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the
Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article
2 of these General Conditions.
It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number
of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to
commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work
within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day,
for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays,
Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on
Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of
the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay the City of
SECTION III
Page 47 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8)
day for each Inspector given such assignment.
The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage
to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of
final acceptance.
25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS
OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION
FORM AND ISRAEL CERTIFICATION FORM
Pursuant to Section 287.135, Florida Statutes, any vendor, company, individual, principal,
subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the
Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in
business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for,
or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount
equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Any vendor, company, individual,
principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or
is engaged in a boycott of Israel, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or
enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for ANY amount.
Each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of
Clearwater that it is not on the aforementioned lists, or engaged in business operations in Cuba or
Syria, or engaged in a boycott of Israel at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in
accordance with Section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes
specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria,
including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing,
leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real
property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. Boycott Israel or
boycott of Israel means refusing to deal, terminating business activities, or taking other actions to
limit commercial relations with Israel, or persons or entities doing business in Israel or in Israeli -
controlled territories, in a discriminatory manner. A statement by a company that it is participating
in a boycott of Israel, or that it has initiated a boycott in response to a request for a boycott of Israel
or in compliance with, or in furtherance of, calls for a boycott of Israel, may be considered as
evidence that a company is participating in a boycott of Israel.
The certification forms (the Certification) are attached hereto, and must be submitted, along with
all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure
to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of
Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed on the
Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities
in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or
engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, or engaged in a boycott of Israel, then the contract
may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false
certification, the City of Clearwater, on a case-by-case basis and in its sole discretion, may allow
a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract for goods or services,
if the conditions set forth in Section 287.135, Florida Statutes, apply.
The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as
provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification forms.
SECTION III
Page 48 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION III — General Conditions
See Section V of the Contract for Certification Forms to be executed and submitted with the
Bid/Proposal Form.
SECTION III
Page 49 of 49 Updated 6/1/2021
SECTION IV
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Content:
100 SERIES: GENERAL 1
101. SCOPE OF WORK 1
102. FIELD ENGINEERING 4
102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 4
102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 5
103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 5
103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 6
104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 6
105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 6
105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 6
105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 6
105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 6
105-4. EQUIPMENT 6
105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 7
105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 7
105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 7
105-8. LIGHTING 7
105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 7
105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 7
105-11 AREA OF COVERAGE 8
105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 8
106. STREET SIGNS 8
107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8
107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8
107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 8
107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 9
107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 10
107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 10
107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 10
107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 10
108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 11
108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 11
108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 11
200 SERIES: SITEWORK 12
201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND INFRASTRUCTURE WORK 12
201-1. EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION FOR UNDERGROUND
INFRASTRUCTURE 13
202. OBSTRUCTIONS 24
SECTION IV i Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV - Technical Specifications
203. DEWATERING 25
203-1. GENERAL 25
203-2. OBSERVATION WELLS 26
203-3. PUMPING AND DRAINAGE GENERAL 26
203-4. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 30
204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 31
204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 31
204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 31
205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 31
206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 31
206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 32
206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 32
207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 32
207-1. GENERAL 32
207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 32
207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 32
207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 33
207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 33
207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 33
207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 33
207-8. MAINTENANCE 33
207-9. COMPLIANCE 33
208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH
EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES 34
208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 34
208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 34
208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 34
208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 34
208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 35
208-6. RIP -RAP 35
208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 35
209. MAINTENANCE OF OPERATIONS 35
209-1. GENERAL 35
209-2. EXECUTION 35
209-3. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 37
210. DETECTION OF FACILITIES 37
211. RELOCATIONS 38
211-1. RELOCATION SHOWN ON DRAWINGS 38
211-2. RELOCATIONS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS 38
212. RESTORATION PROCEDURES 38
212-1. INTERIM RESTORATION 38
212-2. FINAL RESTORATION 38
300 SERIES: MATERIALS 40
301. CONCRETE 40
302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 40
SECTION IV ii Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV - Technical Specifications
302-1. EXCAVATION 40
302-2. FORMS 40
303. REINFORCEMENT 40
303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 41
304. BACKFILL 41
304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 41
304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 41
305. RIPRAP 42
305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 42
305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 42
306. FLOWABLE FILL 43
307. MATERIAL INDEPENDENT TESTING 44
400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 45
401. SANITARY MANHOLES 45
401-1. BUILT UP TYPE 45
401-2. PRECAST TYPE 46
401-3. DROP MANHOLES 48
401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS 48
401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS 48
401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 48
401-7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 48
402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 48
402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 48
403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 48
403-1. MATERIALS 48
403-2. INSTALLATION 49
403-3. INSPECTIONS OF LINES AND MANHOLES 49
403-4. TESTING 51
403-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 51
404. CURED -IN-PLACE PIPE SANITARY SEWER REHABILITATION 52
404-1. GENERAL 52
404-2. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT 53
404-3. SUBMITTALS 53
404-4. CURED -IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) FOR GRAVITY SEWER MAINS 54
404-5. CURED -IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) FOR SERVICE LATERALS 57
405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 61
405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT 61
405-2. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT 62
405-3. CEMENTITIOUS COATING SYSTEM 63
405-4. RAVEN 405 EPDXY COATING SYSTEM 67
405-5. SPRAYWALL POLYURETHANE COATING SYSTEM 71
405-6. INTERNAL MANHOLE CORBEL SEALING SYSTEM 75
406. SMOKE AND DYE TESTING 78
406-1. GENERAL PROTOCOL 78
406-2. REPORTING 78
SECTION IV iii Updated 6/2/2021
1
SECTION IV - Technical Specifications
406-3. DYE INVESTIGATION 80
406-4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 82
' 406-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 82
500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE
t LINES AND APPURTENANCES 83
501. SCOPE 83
502. MATERIALS 83
502-1. GENERAL 83
502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 83
502-3. GATE VALVES 95
I
502-4. VALVE BOXES 96
502-5. HYDRANTS 97
502-6. SERVICE SADDLES/ POLYETHYLENE SERVICE LINES 98
I
502-7. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 99
502-8. TAPPING SLEEVES AND LINESTOPS 99
502-9. LINE STOPPING ASSEMBLIES 101
I
502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 102
503. CONSTRUCTION 102
503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 102
503-2. PIPE LAYING 103
503 3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 121
503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING POTABLE WATER OR RECLAIMED WATER LINES
' 124
504. PIPELINE CLEANING 125
504-1. PIPELINE PIGGING 125
504-2. FINAL PIPELINE FLUSHING 126
505. TESTS 126
505-1. HYDROSTATIC PIPELINE TESTING 126
I
505-2. NOTICE OF TEST 127
506. DISINFECTION AND TESTING 127
506-1. DISINFECTION MATERIALS 127
506-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 128
506 3. FINAL DISINFECTION PROCEDURE FOR POTABLE WATER MAINS 128
506-4. FLUSHING AND RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 130
I
506-5. BACTERIALOGICAL TESTS 130
507. CORRECTION OF NON -CONFORMING WORK 131
I
508. OBTAINING WATER FOR FLUSHING AND TESTING 131
509. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 131
509-1. GENERAL 131
I
509-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 132
509 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 132
509-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS
I
132
509-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 132
600 SERIES: STORMWATER 134
1
SECTION IV iv Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV - Technical Specifications
601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 134
601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 134
602. UNDERDRAINS 134
602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 134
602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 134
603. STORM SEWERS 135
603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 135
603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 135
604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM
STRUCTURES 136
604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 136
604-2. PRECAST TYPE 136
604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 137
605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 137
605-1. MATERIAL 137
605-2. PERFORMANCE 138
700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 139
701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS,
SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 139
702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 139
702-1. BASE 139
702-2. SUBGRADE 141
703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 141
703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 141
703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY
ASSURANCE 142
703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 142
703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 142
703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 142
703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 143
703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES AND APPURTANENCES 143
703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 144
703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 144
703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 144
704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 145
705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 145
705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 145
705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 145
706. CONCRETE CURBS 145
706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 146
706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 146
707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 146
707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 146
707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 146
707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 147
SECTION IV v Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV - Technical Specifications
707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 147
707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 147
708. MILLING OPERATIONS 147
708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 147
708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 147
708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 148
708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 148
708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 148
708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 148
708-7. TYPES OF MILLING 148
708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 149
708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 149
708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 149
800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 150
801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 150
801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 150
802. SIGNING AND MARKING 150
802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 151
803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 151
803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 151
900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 152
901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 152
902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 152
902-1. IRRIGATION 152
902-2. LANDSCAPE 158
903. SODDING 168
904. SEEDING 169
905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 169
905-1. SCOPE 169
905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 169
905-3. WORK METHODS 170
906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 171
907. COMPLETION OF WORK 172
908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 172
909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 172
910. TREE PROTECTION 172
910-1. TREE BARRICADES 172
910-2. ROOT PRUNING 173
910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 174
911. IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN 174
912. IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION 175
SECTION IV vi Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
100 SERIES: GENERAL
101. SCOPE OF WORK
Project Name: The BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs (2021)
Project Number: 20 -0036 -EN -A
Scope of Work:
1. The BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs (2021) work shall consist of various types of repair as
follows, concrete repairs as identified herein, sealant joint replacement, membrane repairs, handrail (HR)
post pocket repairs, painting of metal bridge decks plus misc. items noted on the plans and specifications.
2. Structural Contractor shall also review Structural Engineer detailed scope of work in Section IV -A
for additional information.
3. Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and all insurances as necessary for all
structural repairs. All the work is to be administered per Section III, Article 11.3, Unit Price Work, of the
Contract Documents.
4. The Contractor shall provide copies of a current Contractor License/Registration with the state of
Florida and Pinellas County in the bid response.
5. The Contractor shall provide 1 fixed project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of
the Contract Documents.
6. The Structural Contractor will be required to restore any disrupted areas of the within the limits of
work area.
7. Owner recommends the Structural Contractor video and photographs of the existing conditions
prior to mobilizing on to the site.
8. The Owner will provide electricity and water for construction of this project.
9. The Structural Contractor shall be required to provide a detailed schedule of value for his awarded
contact amount submitted at the pre -construction meeting. This schedule of value shall be utilized as the
basis of his application of payment for the project. The contractor shall utilize the standard AIA form in
making his application for payment
SECTION IV
Page 1 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
10. The Structural Contractor shall be required to update `As -Built deviations from the contract
drawings. These deviations from the contract drawings shall be recorded on a set of clean plans and mark
in red ink as these changes occur during the project. A list shall be developed in conjunction with the
recorded information on the drawing, shall be numbered sequentially as they occur, a date when the
deviation occurred. The `As -built drawings will be reviewed at the same time the request for payment is
submitted for payment.
11. The Structural Contractor shall be required to provide a detailed construction schedule outlining all
work of minor and major milestones for the project, show long lead items of materials delivery. This
schedule shall be updated at each progress meeting. This schedule shall also be providing at the pre -
construction meeting as well as a list of sub -contractors with contact person, addresses, telephone/cell/fax
numbers, and e-mail addresses.
12. The Structural Contractor shall provide a copy of the company's safety and hurricane procedures
for this project at the pre -construction meeting.
13. The Structural Contractor shall be required to provide a list of shop drawings as well as list of
material submittals for review by the Engineer, this list shall be provided at the pre -construction meeting
for approval by the Engineer as the required submittal list for the project.
14. The Owner will require 3 copies of the each shop drawing, material submittal and shall be
maintained by the Structural Contractor and these documents shall be turn over to the owner at the
completion of the project as part of the close out materials in 3 ring binder divided by sections tabs. Also
include a list of sub -contractors, material vendors and clearly identify as to discipline with contact
information such as contact person, addresses, telephone/cell/fax numbers, and e-mail addresses. 3 copies
of 0 & M Manual and on thumb drive.
15. Submittals shall be sent directly to the Engineer for his review and one copy sent to the owner
project manager for review at the same time they are sent to the Engineer. Total number of submittals will
be determined at the pre -construction meeting.
1. Progress meeting will be required during the duration of the project and shall be every two weeks
and dates shall be determined at the pre -construction meeting. At this meeting the Structural Contractor
shall attend and the following shall be discussed;
a. Date of Noticed to Proceed shall be determined
b. CMAR to provide construction schedule and with major, minor milestones and long lead items
c. Material & shop drawing submittal list
d. Schedule of values
e. Determine day: and time: for progress meeting every two weeks to discuss the
following:
i. Material & shop drawings status log
ii. Request for information log
SECTION IV
Page 2 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
iii. Architects Supplemental Information log
iv. Construction schedule and deviations
v. Contingency log
vi. Work completed the pass two weeks
vii. Work proposed for the next two weeks
16. The Structural Contractor shall police the site of any construction debris and provide a trash can
for his employees on a daily meal and breaks at the job site. In no case shall trash from meals or breaks
left on the construction site at the end of the day's work.
17. Prior to project completion a walkthrough of the project shall be conducted with the Consultant and
Owner. At this walkthrough the Consultant and Owner shall develop a punch list of deficiency items. The
punch list shall be provided to the Structural Contractor within 3 calendar day from the walkthrough. The
Structural Contractor has 15 calendar days to complete the punch list. Upon completion of the punch list
items the Structural Contractor shall schedule a final walkthrough with the Consultant & Owner to verify
the punch list deficiency items are complete, the Structural Contractor shall have a crew at the final walk
through to and fix any deficiency items which may have been caused during the work on the punch list to
prevent having to do another walk through of repairs of deficiency items.
18. Payment for work performed.
a. The Structural Contractor shall submit pay application of the 25th of each month of work performed
the pass 30 days.
b. A pencil draft of the pay application shall be provided to the Owner for review at a progress
meeting. Upon approval the Structural Contractor shall submit an electronic pay application to the Owner
for payment.
c. Payment of request for payment shall be made within 30 days from date of invoice and payment
shall be made to the Structural Contractor's mailing address. No check will be provided by hand delivering
and only delivery by U. S. Postal Service.
19. Final payment shall be made as stipulated in the contract documents.
a. 5% retainage of total project cost shall be retained by the Owner until the project has been
completed
5% retainage may be requested upon:
a. Close out of Building Permit Final
b. Obtain Certificate of Completion
c. Preliminary walk through by Pennoni & Owner
d. Punch list has been provided to the Contractor to perform punch list
e. Punch list items are completed and request for final walk through by the Owner and Engineer
approval punch list items are completed.
f. 0 & M Manual has been reviewed and approved by Engineer, turned over to the Owner
SECTION IV
Page 3 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
g.
•
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
3 Hard Copies of the 0 & M Manual with divider tabs of each section as listed below:
Index page
• Spreadsheet - List of Material Suppliers, Sub Contractors with contract information (contact
person, address, telephone number, cell phone number, fax number, email address)
• Building permit and Certificate of Completion
• Final Pay Application, Change Directives and Change Order
• Warranties
• Submittal Log
• Request for Information Log
• Daily Construction Activity Log
• Weekly Progress Photos — minimum 12 photos per week.
• Aerial Photo of Project Site — once a month for 8 -month period — begin with site photo prior to any
work beginning
• Architect's Supplemental Information
• Material Submittals
• Shop Drawing Submittals
h. 1 Hard copy set of red lined As Built drawings
i. 3 electronic thumb drive of files in the 0 & M Manual and as built drawings
20. See plans for additional Scope of Work
21. Work to be complete prior to Phillies 2022 Spring Season opening day.
The Contractor shall provide copies of a current Contractor License/Registration with the state of Florida
and Pinellas County in the bid response.
The Contractor shall provide 2 Fixed project signs as described in Section III, Section 23 of the Contract
Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on
the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required at no
additional cost to the city due to the Contractor's schedule of work.
Contract Period: 90 Consecutive Calendar Days
102. FIELD ENGINEERING
102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for
the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site
improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also
included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction
methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida.
SECTION IV Page 4 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -Built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final
payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Section 6.11.2 of these Contract
Documents.
102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS
Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or
provided by the city. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent
reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers,
the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be
removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them
referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida.
102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA
The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings.
Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall
be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project.
102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY
If line and grade is supplied by the city, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to
have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction
of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line
and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate
of $200.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in
one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $200.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of
As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General
Conditions), Section 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents.
103. DEFINITION OF TERMS
For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 —
Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply.
For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention as called to the fact that the estimate
of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which
the award of the contract is to be made. The city does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities
will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings
or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other
conditions or situations pertaining thereto.
The basis of payment for work and materials will be the actual amount of work done and materials
furnished. Contractor agrees that they will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on
account of any difference between the amounts of work performed and materials actually furnished and the
estimated amounts thereof
SECTION IV
Page 5 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS
Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state
authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published
at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise.
The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the
same task.
Contractor shall utilize applicable Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) Standards and
Specifications for tasks that are not covered by city's Standards and Specifications.
104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC.
At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open
and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and
also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of
constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer.
The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation.
105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS
105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along
the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots
or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre -construction conditions.
105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING
The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area.
105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS
The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video recording
shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the
business of pre -construction color audio/video recording documentation. Use of drones must be in
accordance with Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations.
105-4. EQUIPMENT
All equipment, accessories, materials, and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor.
The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be
free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording
shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from
distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video coverage may be required in areas not
accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking.
SECTION IV
Page 6 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION
Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e.,
viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a
corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing
the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed
identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video
portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations.
105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION
All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time
of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day, and year. The time information shall
contain the hour, minutes, and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such
information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the
viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen.
Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will
be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such
as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be
properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality.
105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION
The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall
establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed
construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be
placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction.
When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance
between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted
such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture.
105-8. LIGHTING
All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation,
mist, or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient light is present to properly illuminate the
subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects.
105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL
The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the
number, size, and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of
speed in the general direction of travel used during videoing shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute.
105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX
All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title.
Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage
contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning
and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if
reasonably available) and the date.
SECTION IV
Page 7 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE
Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction
supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing
driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts,
fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of
particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited
to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time.
105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES
The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in
the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work.
106. STREET SIGNS
The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited.
All street signs shall be removed, covered, or relocated by the city's Traffic Engineering Division in
accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
The Contractor shall notify the city's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours
in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal.
107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE
TRAFFIC CONTROL
The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control
associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any
other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points.
107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance
outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas
County and/or the FDOT for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI,
Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and
Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or
most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by city Engineering Department Traffic
Operations personnel regardless if Maintenance of Traffic (MOT) plan details are included in the contract
plans.
107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY
The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and
motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by
meeting the following specific objectives:
SECTION IV
Page 8 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
• Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones.
• Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver
proceeds through or around the work zone.
• Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle.
• Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material.
• Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site).
• Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices.
• Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance
work zones.
"When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone,
accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved
pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone
pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by
appropriate signs." Per the 2014 FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest
revision.
FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for
the use in the development of all traffic control plans (use the latest edition).
All traffic control plans must be submitted to the city Engineering Department, Traffic Operations Division
for review and approval prior to installation. Contractor shall also provide notification to city Engineering,
Traffic Operations Division a minimum of 72 -hours in advance of mobilization. Approved MOT must
always be on site and accessible to the city Project Manager and/ or Representative.
107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES
Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local
Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements
increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access
routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures
are allowed without prior approval by the City Engineer or designated Representative (Engineering Traffic
Operations Manager).
107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS
Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways.
Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards.
107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the
construction process.
107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL
COLLECTORS
Consult with city Engineering Traffic Operations Division staff for preliminary traffic control options.
Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary.
SECTION IV
Page 9 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially
longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor.
107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS
107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
Releases can be issued as PowerPoint Presentation for C -View System utilizing television monitors.
107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS
107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
News Releases shall be issued by the city Public Communication Department. The Message Board may
need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days.
107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN
The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification
of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations
Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562-4747, for the
purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic
(MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the
preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. Contractor is required to submit the MOT preparer's
accreditation along with the plan submittal.
107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
OPERATION
The city Engineering Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and
traffic control devices of the Contractor. The city's Construction Inspector assigned to the project may make
known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall
take direction from the city representative.
107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs
associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise.
107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL
SUPERVISOR
The city may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project
have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification
or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional
current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will
be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified
supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is
being conducted.
SECTION IV
Page 10 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and shall review
the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite
Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and
handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are
corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period.
The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an
emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide
alternate traffic arrangements.
Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this sub section may be grounds
for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic
Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities
except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance
and safety.
108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE
108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS
When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following
options:
Option 1: Having the power lines de -energized and visibly grounded.
Option 2: Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV
and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV.
Option 3: Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table.
108-2.
REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES
VOLTAGE
[nominal, kV,
alternating current]
MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE
[feet]
Up to 50
10
Over 50 to 200
15
Over 200 to 350
20
Over 350 to 500
25
Over 500 to 750
35
Over 750 to 1,000
45
Over 1,000
(as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer
who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and
distribution)
Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up
to and including 200kV.
The equipment supplied and installed shall meet the requirements of the National Electric Code and all
applicable local codes and regulations
SECTION IV
Page 11 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
200 SERIES: SITEWORK
201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND
INFRASTRUCTURE WORK
The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which
provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the
workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will
be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies,
particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation.
Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and
compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the
Contractor.
For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the Contractor is to consider all
excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The
Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry,
location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface
encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The
Contractor shall submit to the city if requested prior to the start of work a safety plan for the excavation and
work activities. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to city staff at the start of construction.
Clearwater Fire Dept. requires a Trench Permit and site inspection for any depths greater than five feet (5')
and any excavation that exceeds twenty feet (20') shall require the submittal of a trench shoring plan
prepared by a Professional Engineer actively licensed in the State of Florida.
City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar
activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation
Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The city's
staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the city's staff,
the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this
circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide
alternate means for the accomplishment of the city's work at the Contractor's expense.
The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient
quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby
no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without
a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench -
shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the
amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project.
Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed
work unless written permission is received from the city and/or the Engineer for the distance specified. For
pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider on each side than the
greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The
bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest
throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, except at joints, below the grade of its
bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such
manner as the Engineer shall direct, without additional compensation.
SECTION IV
Page 12 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
201-1. EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTION FOR
UNDERGROUND INFRASTRUCTURE
201-1.1. GENERAL
Scope of Work: The work included under this Section consists of dewatering, excavating, trenching,
sheeting/shoring, grading, backfilling, and compacting those soil materials required for the construction of
the structures, piping, ditches, utility structures and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and specified
herein.
Definitions:
A. Maximum Density: Maximum weight in pounds per cubic foot of a specific material as determined
by ASTM D1557.
B. Optimum Moisture Content: The optimum moisture content shall be determined by ASTM D 1557
specified to determine the maximum dry density for relative compaction. Field moisture content
shall be determined on the basis of the fraction passing the 3/4 -inch sieve.
C. Rock Excavation: Excavation of any hard -natural substance which requires the use of special
impact tools such as jack hammers, sledges, chisels, or similar devices specifically designed for
use in cutting or breaking rock, but exclusive of trench excavating machinery.
D. Suitable Soil Materials: Suitable materials for fills shall be a non -cohesive, non -plastic granular
local sand and shall be free from vegetation, organic material, marl, silt or muck and shall be
classified as A-1, A-3 or A-2-4 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M-145. Not more than
10 percent (%) by weight of fill material shall pass the No. 200 Sieve. The Contractor shall furnish
all additional fill material required.
E. Unsuitable Soil Materials: Unsuitable materials are classified as A-2-5, A-2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-
6, A-7, and A-8 in accordance with AASHTO Designation M-145.
Plan for Earthwork:
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for having determined to his satisfaction, prior to the
submission of his bid, the conformation of the ground, the character and quality of the substrata,
the types and quantities of materials to be encountered, the nature of the groundwater conditions,
the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any
way affect the work under this Contract according to the General Conditions.
B. Prior to commencing the excavation, the Contractor shall submit a plan of his proposed operations,
including maintenance of traffic, to the Engineer and the city for review and approval. The
Contractor shall consider, and his plan for excavation shall reflect, the equipment and methods to
be employed in the excavation. The prices established in the Proposal for the work to be done will
reflect all costs pertaining to the work. No claims for extras based on substrata or groundwater table
conditions shall be allowed.
Trench Safety:
A. All trench excavations which exceed 5 feet in depth shall comply at all times with the applicable
trench safety standards as stated in the OSHA excavation safety standards 29 CFR S. 1926.650
Subpart P as regulated and administered by the Florida Department of Labor and Employment
Security as the "Florida Trench Safety Act".
B. The Contractor shall comply with all of the requirements of the Florida Trench Safety Act. The
Contractor shall acknowledge that included in various items of his bid proposal and in the total bid
price are costs for complying with the provisions of the Act.
Testing: A Certified Testing Laboratory employed by the Contractor shall make such tests as are required
to demonstrate compliance with these specifications. The Contractor shall schedule his work to permit a
SECTION IV
Page 13 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
reasonable time for testing before placing succeeding lifts and shall keep the laboratory informed of his
progress. All costs for all testing shall be paid by the Contractor.
Changed Job Conditions: If, in the opinion of the Engineer or the city Representative, conditions
encountered during construction warrant a change in the structure footing elevation, or in the depth of
removal of unsuitable material from that indicated in the soils report, an adjustment will be made in the
contract price as provided in the General and Special Conditions.
Utility Construction Surveys:
A. Prior to commencing excavation, backfill or dewatering for utilities, the Contractor shall conduct a
survey of those existing structures which, in the opinion of the Engineer, may be subject to
settlement or distress resulting from excavation or dewatering operations.
B. The Contractor shall monitor the structures surveyed to ascertain evidence of settlement or distress
during construction. If settlement or distress becomes evident, the Contractor shall be required to
repair the structures to the previous condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the city. All
costs for repairs shall be paid by the Contractor.
Submittals:
A. Submit to the Engineer for review the proposed methods of construction, including dewatering,
excavation, bedding, filling, compaction, and backfilling for the various portions of the work.
Review shall be for method only. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the adequacy and
safety of the methods.
B. Submit to the Engineer for review and approval the sieve analyses and soil classifications
completed by the Geotechnical Engineer hired by the Contractor, for materials to be used for pipe
bedding and trench and structural backfill including Structural Fill, Class 1 and Class II soil
materials, Crushed Stone bedding materials and Coarse Sand materials.
C. Submit to the Engineer for review, the soil compaction results
201-1.2. mATERIALS
General Requirements:
A. All fill materials from on and off-site sources shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and
the city.
B. All fill material shall be unfrozen and free of organic material, trash, or other objectionable material.
Excess or unsuitable material as designated by the Engineer shall be removed from the job site by
the Contractor.
Common Fill Materials:
A. Common fill shall be sand, free of clay, organic material, muck, loam, wood, trash and other
objectionable material which may be compressible, or which cannot be compacted properly. It shall
not contain stones, rock, concrete or other rubble larger than 1 -1/2 -inches in diameter. It shall have
physical properties which allow it to be easily spread and compacted.
B. Common fill shall be no more than 10 percent by weight finer than the No. 200 mesh sieve.
C. The Contractor shall utilize as much excavated material as possible for reuse as backfill material in
accordance with the Contract Drawings and Project Specifications or as directed by the Engineer.
D. The Engineer shall direct the Contractor on the type of material allowed in certain sections of the
earthwork operations.
SECTION IV
Page 14 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Structural Fill:
Structural fill shall be well > raded sand to gavel -sand having the following gradation:
U.S. Sieve Size
Percent Passing by Weight
1 -inch
100%
No. 4 Sieve
75% to 100%
No. 40 Sieve
15% to 80%
No. 100 Sieve
0 to 30%
No. 200 Sieve
0 to 10%
Class I Soils*:
Manufactured angular, granular material, 1/4 -inch to 1-1/2- inches in size, including materials
having significance such as crushed stone or rock, broken coral, crushed slag, cinders, or crushed
shells. Sieve analysis for crushed stone is given below separately.
A. Crushed Stone: Crushed stone shall consist of clean mineral aggregate free from clay, loam or
organic matter conforming with particle size limits as included in Table 201-A below. Unless
approved otherwise by the engineer, crushed stone for PVC, FRP or HDPE pipe bedding shall
conform with ASTM C33 stone size No. 89 and crushed stone for ductile iron pipe shall conform
to ASTM C33 stone size No. 68 or 78.
* Soils defined as Class I soils are not defined in ASTM D2487.
Class II Soils**:
A. GW: Well -graded gravels and gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines, clean. Fifty (50) percent or
more retained on No. 4 sieve. More than 95 percent retained on No. 200 sieve.
B. GP: Poorly graded gravels and gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines, clean. Fifty (50) percent or
more retained on No. 4 sieve. More than 95 percent retained on No. 200 sieve.
C. SW: Well -graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines, clean. More than fifty (50) percent
passing No. 4 sieve. More than 95 percent retained on No. 200 sieve.
D. SP: Poorly graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines, clean. More than fifty (50) percent
passing No. 4 sieve. More than 95 percent retained on No. 200 sieve.
** In accordance with ASTM D2487, less than 5 percent passing No. 200 sieve.
Coarse Sand:
Sand shall consist of clean mineral aggregate with particle size limits as follows:
U.S. Sieve Size
Percent Passing By Weight
No. 10 Sieve
100%
No. 20 Sieve
0 to 30%
No. 40 Sieve
0 to 5%
Other Material:
All other material, not specifically described, but required for proper completion of the work shall
be selected by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
1 201-1.3. cLEARINGANDgRUBBING
1
1
1
1
201-1.3.1. GENERAL
A. Clearing: Clearing shall completely remove and dispose of all timber, shrubs, brush, stumps, limbs,
roots, grass, weeds, other vegetative growth, rubbish and all other objectionable obstructions
resting on or protruding through the surface of the ground. Remove all evidence of their presence
from the surface including sticks and branches. Remove and dispose of trash piles and rubbish that
is scattered over the construction site or collects there during construction. Those trees, shrubs,
vegetative growth, and fencing, if any, which are designed by the Engineer to remain, shall be
SECTION IV
Page 15 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
preserved and protected as hereinafter specified. Clearing operations shall be conducted so as to
prevent damage to existing structures and installations and to those under construction, so as to
provide for safety of employees and others.
B. Grubbing: Grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all stumps, roots larger than 1-1/2
inches in diameter, matted roots, brush, timber, logs, and any other organic or metallic debris
remaining after clearing not suitable for foundation purposes, resting on, under or protruding
through the surface of the ground to a depth of 18 -inches below the subgrade or the bottom of utility
trenches. All depressions excavated below the original ground surface for or by the removal of such
objects, shall be refilled with suitable materials and compacted to a density conforming to the
surrounding ground surface.
C. Stripping: Remove and dispose of all organics and sod, topsoil, grass, and grass roots, and other
objectionable material remaining after clearing and grubbing from the areas designated to be
stripped. Grass, grass roots and organic material in areas to be excavated or filled shall be stripped
to the depth as noted in the soils report. In areas so designated, topsoil shall be stockpiled. Stripped
material and unsuitable material, such as organic material, shall be disposed of by the Contractor
unless directed otherwise by the Engineer.
1. In areas so designated, topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled. Topsoil so stockpiled shall
be protected until it is placed as specified. Any topsoil remaining after all work is in place
shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
201-1.3.2. CLEARING AND GRUBBING OPERATIONS
Clearing and Grubbing Limits: All excavation areas associated with new structures, slabs, utilities and
roadways shall be cleared and grubbed to the following depths:
A. Proposed Structures: 2 -feet below existing grade within a 5 -foot margin of each structure and
replaced with compacted structural fill material as specified in Section 201-2.2
B. Building Site Areas not specifically noted above: 2 -feet below existing grade within a 5 -foot margin
of each building site area and replaced with compacted structural fill material as specified in Section
201-2.2.
C. Utility Trenches: 1.5 -feet below the bottom of the utility trench within the entire width of the trench
and replaced with compacted Class II Soils, Type SW or SP material as specified in Section 201-
2.2.
D. Roadway and Paved Area: 2 -feet below existing grade within a 5 -foot margin of areas paved and
replaced with compacted common fill material as specified.
E. All Other Areas: 1 -foot below completed surface and replaced with compacted common fill
material as specified.
Areas to be Stripped: All excavation and embankment areas associated with new structures, slabs, walks,
and roadways shall be stripped. Stockpile areas shall be stripped.
201-1.3.3. DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS MATERIAL
A. Disposal of Clearing and Grubbing Debris: The Contractor shall dispose of all material and debris
from the clearing and grubbing operations by hauling such material and debris away to an approved
disposal site and dispose of in accordance with all local laws, codes, and ordinances. Disposal by
burning or burial on-site shall not be permitted. The cost of disposal (including hauling) of cleared
and grubbed material and debris shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, the
cost of which shall be included in the contract price.
B. Disposal of Stripped Material: Remove all stripped material and dispose off-site in a legal manner,
unless otherwise directed by the Engineer to stockpile the material, such as topsoil, for use in the
final Work.
SECTION IV
Page 16 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
'
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
201-1.3.4. PRESERVATION OF TREES AND SHRUBBERY
' A. Trees and Shrubbery: All existing trees, shrubbery, and other vegetative material may not be shown
on the Drawings. Inspect the site as to the nature, location, size, and extent of vegetative material
to be removed or preserved, as specified herein. Preserve, in place, trees that are specifically shown
on the Drawings and designated to be preserved.
B. Tree Protection: Those trees which are designated for preservation shall be carefully protected from
damage. The Contractor shall erect such barricades, guards, and enclosures as may be considered
necessary for the protection of the trees during all construction operations.
C. Preservation and Protection of Trees, Shrubs, and Other Plant Material:
1. All plant materials (trees, shrubbery, and plants) beyond the limits of clearing and grubbing
shall be saved and protected from damage resulting from the work. No filling, excavating,
trenching, or stockpiling of materials will be permitted within the drip line of these trees
or plants. The drip line is defined as a circle drawn by extending a line vertically to the
ground from the outermost branches of a tree, plant, or group of plants. To prevent soil
compaction within the drip line area, no equipment will be permitted within this area.
2. When trees are close together, restrict entry to area within drip line by fencing or a
protective barrier. In areas where no fence or barrier is erected, the trunks of all trees 2-
' inches or greater in caliper shall be protected by encircling the trunk entirely with boards
held securely by 10 -gauge wire and staples. This protection shall extend from ground level
to a height of 6 -feet. Neatly cut and remove tree branches where such cutting is necessary
to affect construction operations. The cutting and removing must be performed or
' supervised by an I.S.A certified arborist. Remove branches other than those required to
affect the work to provide a balanced appearance of any tree. Scars resulting from the
removal of branches shall be treated with a tree sealant.
' 201-1.3.5. PRESERVATION OF DEVELOPED PRIVATE PROPERTY
A. The Contractor shall exercise extreme care to avoid unnecessary disturbance of developed private
1
property. Trees, shrubbery, gardens, lawns, and other landscaping, which in the opinion of the
Engineer must be removed, shall be replaced and replanted to restore the construction easement to
the condition existing prior to construction.
' B. All soil preparation procedures and replanting operations shall be under the supervision of a
nurseryman experienced in such operations.
C. Improvements to the land such as fences, walls, outbuildings, etc., which of the necessity of
construction activities must be removed, shall be replaced with equal quality materials and
workmanship.
D. The Contractor shall clean up the construction site across from developed private property directly
after construction is completed upon approval of the Engineer.
201-1.3.6. PRESERVATION OF PUBLIC PROPERTY
The appropriate paragraphs of Sections 203-2.3.4. and 203-2.3.5. of these specifications shall apply to the
preservation and restoration of all damaged areas of public lands, parks, rights-of-way, easements, etc.
' 201-1.4. EXCAVATION PROTECTION
201-1.4.1. SHEETING AND BRACING
' A. Furnish, put in place, and maintain such sheeting and bracing as required to support the sides of
excavations, to prevent any movement which could in any way diminish the width of the excavation
below that necessary for proper construction, and to protect adjacent utilities or structures, other
aboveground structures, utility poles, etc. from being undermined, and to protect workers from
SECTION IV Page 17 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
hazardous conditions or other damage. Such support shall consist of braced steel sheet piling,
braced wood lagging and soldier piles and beams or other approved methods. If the Engineer or the
city is of the opinion that at any points, sufficient or proper supports have not been provided, they
may order additional supports to be put in place at the expense of the Contractor, and compliance
with such order shall not relieve or release the Contractor from his responsibility for the sufficiency
of such supports. Care shall be taken to prevent voids from occurring adjacent to the sheeting, but
if voids are formed, they shall be immediately filled and compacted. Where soil cannot be properly
compacted to fill a void, lean concrete shall be used as backfill, at no additional expense to the city.
B. The Contractor shall construct the sheeting outside the neat lines of the foundation unless deemed
otherwise for the Contractor's method of operation. Sheeting shall be plumb and securely braced
and tied in position. Sheeting and bracing shall be adequate to withstand all pressure to which the
structure or trench shall be subjected. Any deformation, movement or bulging which may occur,
shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own expense, to provide the necessary clearances and
dimensions.
C. Where sheeting and bracing is required to support the sides of excavations for utility structures,
other structures, power poles, etc., the Contractor shall engage a Professional Geotechnical
Engineer, registered in the state of Florida, to design the sheeting and bracing. The sheeting and
bracing installed shall conform to the design, and certification of the installation shall be provided
by the Professional Geotechnical Engineer.
D. The installation of sheeting, particularly by driving or vibrating, may cause distress to existing
structures. The Contractor shall evaluate the potential for such distress and, if necessary, take all
precautions to prevent distress of existing structures because of sheeting installation.
E. The Contractor shall leave in place to be embedded in the backfill all sheeting and bracing not
shown on the Drawings but which the Engineer or the city may direct him in writing to leave in
place at any time during the progress of the work for the purpose of preventing injury to any
structures or property, whether public or private. The Engineer or the city may direct that timber or
steel sheeting used for sheeting and bracing be cut off at any specified elevation.
F. The right of the Engineer or the city to order sheeting and bracing to be left in place shall not be
construed as creating any obligation on their part to issue such orders, and their failure to exercise
their right to do so shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages to persons or property
occurring from or upon the work occasioned by negligence or otherwise, growing out of a failure
on the part of the Contractor to leave in place sufficient sheeting and bracing to prevent any caving
or moving of the ground.
G. Steel or wood sheeting installed for utility pipeline construction shall not, under any circumstances
be withdrawn, if driven below the top of any utility pipeline. Steel sheeting, soldier piles and wood
sheeting earth support systems installed for utility pipeline construction shall be cut-off and left -in-
place at least 3 -feet below the ground surface, but no lower than 2 -feet above the top of the utility
pipe.
H. All sheeting and bracing not left in place shall be carefully removed in such manner as not to
endanger the new construction or other structures, utilities, or property outside the construction
area. All voids left or caused by withdrawal of sheeting shall be immediately refilled with sand by
compacting with tools specifically adapted to that purpose, or otherwise as may be directed by the
Engineer or the city.
201-1.5. EXCAVATING FOR UTILITY STRUCTURES
Excavation work shall be performed in a safe and proper manner with appropriate precautions being taken
against all hazards. Excavations shall provide adequate working space and clearances for the work to be
performed therein and for installation and removal of concrete forms. In no case shall excavation faces be
undercut for extended footings.
SECTION IV
Page 18 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Excavation shall be made to such dimensions as will give suitable room for building the foundations and
the structures, for bracing and supporting, for pumping and draining, for installing the pipelines, and for all
other work required.
A. Excavation for precast or prefabricated structures shall be carried to an elevation two (2) feet lower
than the proposed outside bottom of the structure to provide space for the backfill and bedding
material.
B. Excavation for structures constructed or cast -in-place in dewatered or dry excavations shall be
carried down to the 2 -feet below the bottom of the structure where dewatering methods are such
that a dry evacuation bottom is exposed and the naturally occurring material at this elevation leveled
and left ready to receive construction. Material disturbed below the founding elevation in dewatered
excavations shall be replaced with Class B concrete.
Prior to backfilling, document the location, elevation, size, material type and function of all new subsurface
installations, and utilities encountered during excavation and construction. Excavation equipment operators
and other concerned parties shall be familiar with subsurface obstructions as shown on the Drawings and
should anticipate the encounter of unknown obstructions during the work.
Encounters with subsurface obstructions shall be hand excavated.
Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which preserve the undisturbed state of
subgrade soils. Subgrade soils which become soft, loose, "quick" or otherwise unsatisfactory for support of
structures as a result of inadequate dewatering or caused by other construction methods, shall be removed
and replaced with crushed stone as required by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense.
The bottom of excavations shall be rendered firm and dry before placing any structure or pipe. Excavated
material not suitable for backfill shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Contractor, in a legal
manner. The bedding schedule for pipes shall be as shown in Table 201-C.
If the sub -grade is unsuitable, the Contractor shall, remove and replace all unsuitable material below pipe
with selected common fill or bedding rock, compacted to 95 percent Modified Proctor density.
All pavements and sidewalks shall be cut prior to removal, with saws or accepted power tools.
Excavated material shall be stockpiled in such a manner as to prevent nuisance conditions. Surface drainage
shall not be hindered.
All structure and pipe locations and elevations as required herein must be permanently documented by the
Contractor, on the As-Builts, prior to the Engineer's approval of the Application for Payment for that work.
201-1.6. TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY PIPELINES
201-1.6.1. TRENCH EXCAVATION FOR PIPE LAYING - GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall not open more trench in advance of pipe laying than is necessary to expedite
the work. Four hundred (400) feet shall be the maximum length of open trench for any pipeline
under construction. All trench excavation shall be open cut from the surface.
B. Alignment, Grade, and Minimum Cover: The alignment and grade or elevation of each pipeline
shall be fixed and determined from offset stakes. Vertical and horizontal alignment of pipes, and
the maximum joint deflection used in connection therewith shall be in conformance with the
requirements of Section 500 covering installation of pipe.
C. Where pipe grades or elevations are not definitely fixed by the Contract Drawings, trenches shall
be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide a depth of backfill cover over the top of the pipe of
Between the range of 30- 42 -inches. Greater pipe cover depths may be necessary on vertical curves
or to provide necessary clearance beneath existing pipes conduits, drains, drainage structures, or
SECTION IV
Page 19 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
other obstructions encountered at normal pipe grades. Measurement of pipe cover depth shall be
made vertically from the outside top of pipe to finished ground or pavement surface elevation.
201-1.6.2. LIMITED TRENCH WIDTHS
A. Trenches shall be excavated to a width which shall provide adequate working space and sidewall
clearances for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. However, minimum permissible
sidewall clearances between the installed pipe and each trench wall, expressed in inches, shall be
as follows:
Nominal Pipe Size, in Inches
Nominal Sidewall Clearance, in Inches
60
24
54
21
48
19
36 or smaller
12
B. Stipulated minimum sidewall clearances are not minimum average clearances but are minimum
clear distances which shall be required.
C. Cutting trench banks on slopes to reduce earth load to prevent sliding and caving will be permitted
only in areas where the increased trench width will not interface with surface features or encroach
on right-of-way limits. Slopes shall not extend lower than one foot above the top of the pipe.
201-1.6.3. MECHANICAL EXCAVATION
The use of mechanical equipment will not be permitted in locations where its operation would cause damage
to trees, buildings, culverts, and other existing property, utilities, or structures above or below ground. In
all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used.
Mechanical excavation equipment used for trench excavation shall be of the type, design, and construction,
and shall be so operated, such that the rough trench excavation bottom elevation can be controlled, that
uniform trench widths and vertical sidewalls are obtained at least from an elevation one foot above the top
of the installed pipe to the bottom of the trench, and that trench alignment is such that the pipe when
accurately laid to specified alignment will be centered in the trench with adequate clearance between the
pipe and sidewalls of the trench. Undercutting the trench sidewall to obtain clearance shall not be permitted.
201-1.6.4. PAVEMENT CUTTING
Cuts in concrete pavement, asphalt pavement, and asphaltic base pavements shall be no larger than
necessary to provide adequate working space for proper installation of pipe and appurtenances. Cutting
shall be started with an asphalt or concrete saw in a manner which will provide a clean groove for the full
depth of pavement along each side of the trench and along the perimeter of cuts for structures.
Asphalt pavement and asphaltic base pavement over trenches excavated for pipelines shall be removed so
that a shoulder not less than 6 -inches in width at any point is left between the cut edge of the pavement and
the top edge of the trench. Trench width at the bottom shall not be greater than at the top and no undercutting
shall be permitted. Pavement cuts shall be made to and between straight or accurately marked curved lines
which, unless otherwise required, shall be parallel to the centerline of the trench.
Pavement removed for connections to existing lines or structures shall not be greater than necessary for the
installation as determined by the Engineer. Road restoration shall be full road width.
201-1.6.5. ARTIFICIAL FOUNDATIONS IN TRENCHES
Whenever so ordered by the Engineer due to the presence of unsuitable material at the designed depth, the
Contractor shall excavate to such depth below grade as the Engineer may direct and the trench bottom shall
be brought to grade with such material as the Engineer may order installed. All piling, concrete, or other
SECTION IV
Page 20 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
foundations made necessary by unstable soil shall be installed as directed by the Engineer. Compensation
for extra excavation and piling, concrete, or other foundations, except where provided by contract unit
prices, shall be made in accordance with the contract provisions for extra work.
201-1.6.6. BELL HOLES
Bell holes shall provide adequate clearance for tools and methods used in installing pipe. No part of any
bell or coupling shall be in contact with the trench bottom, trench walls, or granular embedment when the
pipe is jointed.
201-1.7. UNDERCUT OF EXCAVATIONS
If the bottom of any structure or trench excavation is below that shown on the Drawings or specified because
of Contractor error, convenience, or unsuitable subgrade due the Contractor's excavation methods, the
Contractor shall refill to normal grade with approved fill at his own cost. Fill material and compaction
method shall be as directed by the Engineer.
201-1.8. STABILIZATION OF EXCAVATIONS
Subgrades for concrete structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and
consolidated; shall be free from mud and muck; and shall be sufficiently stable to remain firm and intact.
Subgrades for concrete structures or trench bottoms which are otherwise solid, but which becomes mucky
on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel.
Not more than 1 /2 -inch depth of mud or muck shall be allowed to remain on stabilized trench bottoms when
the pipe bedding material is placed thereon. The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades for concrete
structures shall not be above subgrade elevations shown on the Drawings.
All stabilization work shall be performed by and at the expense of the Contractor.
201-1.9. BACKFILL AND COMPACTION
201-1.9.1. MATERIALS
A. To the maximum extent available, excess earth obtained from structure and trench excavation shall
be used for the construction of fills and embankments.
B. Materials used as backfill shall be free from rocks or stones larger than 1 -1/2 -inches in their greatest
dimension; brush or vegetation, stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other deleterious
materials; and must be acceptable to the Engineer.
C. Backfilling and construction of fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done
except by permission of the Engineer. No backfill, fill, or embankment materials shall be installed
on frozen surfaces, nor shall frozen materials be in any backfill, fill or embankment.
201-1.9.2. BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION
A. Backfill materials shall be placed in approximately horizontal layers not to exceed 8 -inches in un -
compacted thickness. Material deposited in piles or windrows by excavating and hauling equipment
shall be spread and leveled before compaction.
B. Each layer of material being compacted shall have the optimum uniform moisture content to ensure
satisfactory compaction. The Contractor shall be required to add water and harrow, disc, blade, or
otherwise work the material in each layer to ensure uniform moisture content and adequate
compaction.
SECTION IV
Page 21 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
C. Each layer shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling or other method acceptable to the Engineer to
95% of relative density at optimum moisture content as determined by Modified Proctor Method,
ASTM D1557, latest revision.
D. Whenever a trench passes through a backfill or embankment area, material shall be placed and
compacted to an elevation 12 -inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated.
E. Backfill and compact excavations and construct embankments for structures according to the
schedule listed in Table 201-B. Backfill and bedding schedule for pipes is listed in Table 201-C.
(Modified Proctor for compaction shall be as determined by ASTM D-1557, latest revision).
F. Pipe shall be laid in open trenches unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or elsewhere in the
Contract Documents.
G. Excavations shall be backfilled to the original grade or as indicated on the Drawings. Deviation
from this grade because of settling shall be corrected. Backfill operation shall be performed to
comply with all rules and regulations and in such a manner that it does not create a nuisance or
safety hazard.
H. Embankments shall be constructed true to lines, grades and cross sections shown on the plans or
ordered by the Engineer or the city. Embankments shall be placed in successive layers of not more
than 8 -inches in thickness, loose measure, for the full width of the embankment. As far as
practicable, traffic over the work during the construction phase shall be distributed so as to cover
the maximum surface area of each layer.
I. If the Contractor requests approval to backfill material utilizing lifts and/or methods other than
those specified herein, such request shall be in writing to the Engineer. Approval will be considered
only after the Contractor has performed tests, at the Contractor's expense, to identify the material
used and density achieved throughout the backfill area utilizing the method of backfill requested.
The Engineer's approval shall be in writing.
201-1.9.3. STRUCTURE FOUNDATION PREPARATION
The existing ground beneath proposed tankage, building foundations and equipment base slabs and slabs
on grade shall be removed and the area proof rolled. Proof -rolling should consist of at least 10 passes of a
self-propelled vibrator compactor capable of delivering a minimum impact force of 30,000 to 35,000
pounds per drum to the soils. Each pass should overlap the preceding pass by 30 percent to insure complete
coverage. Backfilled areas shall be compacted in 8 -inch layers to a density of not less than 95 percent of
Modified Proctor Dry Density as determined by ASTM D1557, latest revision, for a depth of not less than
2 -feet below the bottom of the foundations or concrete slabs. Any unsuitable foundation material shall be
removed and replaced with suitable material.
Slabs on Grade: Subgrades for concrete slabs shall be removed, backfilled, and compacted to the required
grade. The top 2 -feet of concrete slab subgrade in cut sections and all fill material shall be compacted in 8 -
inch layers to a density of not less than 95 percent of Modified Proctor Dry Density as determined by ASTM
D1557, latest revision.
201-1.10. DRAINAGE FROM EXCAVATIONS
Trenches across roadways, driveways, walks, or other traffic ways adjacent to drainage ditches or water
courses shall not be backfilled prior to completion of backfilling the trench on the upstream side of the
traffic way to prevent impounding water after the pipe has been laid.
Bridges and other temporary structures required to maintain traffic across such unfilled trenches shall be
constructed and maintained by the Contractor. Backfilling shall be done so that water will not accumulate
in unfilled or partially filled trenches.
SECTION IV
Page 22 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
All material deposited in roadway ditches or other water courses crossed by the line of trench shall be
removed immediately after backfilling is completed and the original sections, grades, and contours of
ditches or water courses shall be restored. Surface drainage shall not be obstructed longer than necessary.
201-1.11. FINAL GRADING
After other outside work has been finished, and backfilling completed and settled, all areas on the site of
the work which are to be graded shall be brought to grade within the tolerance of ± 0.1 feet at the indicated
elevations, slopes, and contours where seeding or sodding is not required or, where sodding is required
within three (3) inches of finished grade. Use of graders or other power equipment will be permitted for
final grading and dressing of slopes, provided the result is uniform and equivalent to hand work. All surfaces
shall be graded to secure effective drainage. Unless otherwise shown, a slope of at least one percent shall
be provided.
After grading and where seeding is required, topsoil shall be evenly spread to a minimum depth of six (6)
inches. Topsoil shall be from an Engineer approved source and shall be free of trash, debris and surface
vegetation.
Grading and surfacing shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Owner.
201-1.12. EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL
Insofar as needed, suitable excavated materials shall be used in fills and embankments as shown on the
Drawings. All suitable excess excavated material shall be placed at an on-site stockpile area as directed by
the city.
The Contractor shall segregate different types of excavated materials (i.e. sands, clayey sands) as much as
possible in the stockpile areas. All unsuitable materials shall be disposed of by the Contractor offsite, in a
legal manner.
The Contractor shall slope and compact the stockpile with a light roller type vehicle to maintain stability.
The Contractor shall maintain proper soil and erosion control measures.
201-1.13. SETTLEMENT
The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and embankments which may occur
within the guarantee period stipulated in the General Conditions of the Contract.
The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement
within 30 days after notice from the Engineer or the city.
SECTION IV
Page 23 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
TABLE 201-A
STANDARD SIZES OF COARSE AGGREGATE AMOUNTS FINER
THEN EACH LABORATORY SIEVE (SQUARE OPENINGS), MASS PERCENT
TABLE 201-B
COMPACTION AND BACKFILL SCHEDULE
FOR STRUCTURES
Area
U. S. Sieve Size, Percent Passing By Weight
Aggregate
Nominal Size
Structural Fill
(Section 201-2.2.,
Structural Fill)
8 -inch lifts compacted to 95% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density (98% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density under pavement). Fill should
not be placed over any in-place soils until those
layers have been compacted to 95% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density (98% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density under pavement).
Around structures,
foundations and slabs
(minimum 5 -foot outside
structure)
Structural Fill
(Section 201 2.2.,
Structural Fill)
8 -inch lifts compacted to 95% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density (98% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density under pavement). Use light
rubber -tired or vibratory plate compactors.
From cleared existing
surface to subgrade for
paved and gravel roadway
surfaces
Common Fill
(Section 201-2.2.,
Common Fill)
12 -inch lifts, compacted to 95% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density (98% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density under pavement).
Disturbed area requiring
seeding and mulching
Size
Square
1 -1/2 -in
1 -in.
3/4 -in.
1/2 -in.
3/8 -in.
No. 4
No. 8
No. 16
No. 50
No.
Openings
57
1 -in. to
No.4
100%
95%-
100%
__
25%-
60%
--
0-10%
0-5%
--
--
68
3/4 -in. to
No.8
--
100%
90%-
100%
--
30%-
65%
5%-
25%
0-
10%
0-5%
--
78
1/2 -in. to
No. 8
--
--
°
100 /0
90%-
100%
40%-
75%
5%-
25%
0-
10%
0-5%
--
89
3/8 -in. to
No. 16
--
--
--
100%
90%-
100%
20%-
55%
5%-
30%
0-10%
0-5%
TABLE 201-B
COMPACTION AND BACKFILL SCHEDULE
FOR STRUCTURES
Area
Material
Compaction
Beneath structures
foundations, slabs, and
pavements.
(minimum 2 -foot depth
below concrete foundation
bottom)
Structural Fill
(Section 201-2.2.,
Structural Fill)
8 -inch lifts compacted to 95% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density (98% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density under pavement). Fill should
not be placed over any in-place soils until those
layers have been compacted to 95% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density (98% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density under pavement).
Around structures,
foundations and slabs
(minimum 5 -foot outside
structure)
Structural Fill
(Section 201 2.2.,
Structural Fill)
8 -inch lifts compacted to 95% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density (98% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density under pavement). Use light
rubber -tired or vibratory plate compactors.
From cleared existing
surface to subgrade for
paved and gravel roadway
surfaces
Common Fill
(Section 201-2.2.,
Common Fill)
12 -inch lifts, compacted to 95% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density (98% Modified Proctor
maximum dry density under pavement).
Disturbed area requiring
seeding and mulching
Topsoil
2 -inch to 4 -inch lifts, compacted to 85% Modified
Proctor maximum dry density.
202. OBSTRUCTIONS
Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully
protected from damage or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired
by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the city of Clearwater thereof. Any survey
monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless
otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a Florida registered Professional
Surveyor and Mapper (PSM). Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to
the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector/Project Manager for the
approved means of removal and replacement.
SECTION IV
Page 24 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
203. DEWATERING
203-1. GENERAL
The work to be performed under this Section shall include the design and installation of a temporary
dewatering system(s) until completion of construction to remove subsurface waters from structure or utility
trench excavations as required. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment; labor and materials necessary
to remove storm water or subsurface groundwater from excavation areas in accordance with the
requirements set forth, as shown on the Drawings, and/or geotechnical report.
Qualifications: For major dewatering activities the temporary dewatering system shall be designed,
installed and operated by a firm who regularly engages in the design, installation and operation of
dewatering systems and who is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the design, installation and
operation of such dewatering systems. The firm shall have a successful record of operation for a minimum
of five (5) years prior to bid date. The dewatering system firm shall have experience for installation of at
least three (3) successful dewatering operations of a similar nature and size in the state of Florida.
The dewatering system shall be developed to the point that it is capable of dewatering the site surrounding
all structures or utility trenches as shown on the Drawings. Each dewatering system shall be capable of
dewatering and maintaining groundwater levels at the respective excavations. Observation wells shall be
constructed for the purpose of testing each system.
The Contractor shall at all times during construction provide and maintain proper equipment and facilities
to remove and dispose of all water entering excavations, and shall keep such excavations dry so as to obtain
a satisfactory undisturbed subgrade foundation condition until the fill, structures or pipes to be built thereon
have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water
levels to return to natural levels. In critical dewatering situations, the Contractor shall have on hand at the
construction site, backup dewatering pumps and other critical components of the dewatering system that
are operational and could be used in the event of breakdowns of the primary equipment.
The Contractor's plan shall include temporary culverts, barricades, and other protective measures to prevent
damage to property or injury to any person or persons.
Prior to construction, the dewatering plan shall be prepared and submitted to the city's Engineering
Department, Public Utilities Department, Industrial Pretreatment Program (IPP) Coordinator, Wastewater
Environmental Manager and the Public Utilities Department Director or Assistant Director for review and
approval. It shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering
and disposal methods. The city will field -inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction.
All costs for dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other
underground structures, in the cost of such structures.
203-1.1. Definition of Terms for Dewatering System
Minor Dewatering Activity: A single stage well point dewatering system, operating for less than 30 days
total duration, and not requiring a Notice of Dewatering Activity filed with the local Water Management
District.
Major Dewatering Activity: Any major dewatering system, operating for more than 30 days duration,
requiring a Notice of Dewatering Activity filed with the local Water Management District. Major
dewatering systems shall include, but not be limited to, multi -stage well point dewatering systems, drilled
horizontal or vertical sock drain systems, dewatering deep well pump systems and educator dewatering
systems.
SECTION IV
Page 25 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
203-2. OBSERVATION WELLS
For major dewatering activities, prior to excavation, the Contractor shall install groundwater observation
wells at locations as directed and designed by the Contractor's Geotechnical Engineer and as approved by
the Engineer adjacent to structures or underground utility under construction for the purpose of monitoring
water levels during excavations.
Where required, the observation well construction shall consist of well screen, casing, and cap of approved
size and material of construction. The observation well shall be placed in a 2-1 /2 -inch bore hole which shall
be carried to an elevation at least 4 feet below the final bottom grade of structure or utility trench excavation.
The annular space surrounding the intake point and the riser pipe shall be sealed in such a way as to prevent
infiltration from surface water. The observation well shall be developed in such a manner as to ensure
proper indication of subsurface water levels adjacent to the well.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the observation wells and for observing and recording
the elevation of groundwater until the structure or utilities requiring excavation are completed and
backfilled. Each observation well shall be observed and recorded daily. Measurements shall be supplied
daily to the Engineer and the city. The Engineer may require that the observation wells reflect true
groundwater levels by adding water to the well, recording the drop in the level from the time the water was
added. Any plugged observation well shall be redeveloped, if necessary, to indicate true groundwater levels.
Observation wells shall be fully grouted and abandoned when the dewatering system is removed as directed
by the Geotechnical Engineer, and in a manner acceptable to the Geotechnical Engineer.
203-3. PUMPING AND DRAINAGE - GENERAL
Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipes, except sub drains, shall be laid "in the dry". In the
dry shall be defined to be within 2 percent of the optimum moisture content of the soil. The Contractor shall
dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the
following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity under drain system, or sumps with pumps.
Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and
maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The
well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable
of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water.
Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the undisturbed bearing capacity
of the subgrade soils 2 -feet below the proposed bottom of excavation and to preserve the integrity of
adjacent structures. As a minimum, the water level shall be 2 -feet below the trench bottom. Well or sump
installations shall be constructed with proper sand filters to prevent drawing of finer grained soil from the
surrounding soils. Dewatering by trench pumping shall not be permitted if migration of fine-grained natural
material from bottom, side walls, or bedding material may occur.
A well point system, trench drain, sump pump operation, or other dewatering method shall be utilized to
maintain the excavation in a dry condition for preparation of the trench bottom and until the structures or
pipes to be built thereon have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise
damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural levels. No water shall be allowed to contact masonry
or concrete within 24 hours after being placed.
Water entering the excavation from surface runoff shall be collected in shallow ditches around the perimeter
of the excavation, drained to sumps, and pumped from the excavation to maintain the excavation bottom
free from standing water.
The Contractor shall take all additional necessary precautions and prevent uplift of any structure during
construction.
SECTION IV
Page 26 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Flotation of structures or piping shall be prevented by the Contractor by maintaining a positive and
continuous operation of the dewatering system. The Contractor shall be fully responsible and liable for all
damages which may result from failure of the dewatering system.
The conveying of water other than storm water surface runoff in open ditches or trenches will not be allowed
unless prior approval is obtained. Permission to use any drainage ditches, storm sewers, drains or other
storm drainage facilities for water conveyance or disposal purposes during dewatering operations shall be
obtained from the controlling authority having jurisdiction. Any requirements and costs for such use shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor. However, the Contractor shall not cause flooding by overloading or
blocking up the flow in the drainage facilities, and the Contractor shall leave the facilities unrestricted and
as clean as originally found. Any damage to existing facilities shall be repaired or restored, as directed by
the Engineer or the authority having jurisdiction, at no cost to the city or the Owner of the facilities.
The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations
and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area,
or the general public. The Contractor may be required to divert the water from the dewatering process to a
location determined by the Engineer or city Project Manager or Inspector and obtain a discharge permit
from Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP). Alternatively, if Contractor elects to contain
produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the Engineer or city for
approval (even if a discharge permit is not required).
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to preclude the accidental discharge of fuel, oil, or other
contaminants in order to prevent adverse effects on groundwater or receiving water quality.
203-3.1. DEWATERING EQUIPMENT
The dewatering equipment shall be standard dewatering equipment of proven ability as designed,
manufactured, and installed by firms having experience in the design and production of such equipment.
The equipment furnished shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices
and methods.
The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of surface or subsurface waters that may
accumulate in the excavation. Flotation and migration of fines shall be prevented by the Contractor by
maintaining a positive and continuous operation of the dewatering system. The Contractor shall be fully
responsible and liable for all damages that may result from the operation and/or failure of this system.
Sound levels for dewatering pumps shall meet governmental agencies ordinance levels. Sound levels in
excess of such ordinance are sufficient cause to have the work halted until equipment can be quieted to
these levels Work stoppage by the Engineer, city or other governmental agencies for excessive noise shall
not relieve the Contractor of the other portions of this specification including, but not limited to contract
time and contract price. Engine -driven pumps shall be equipped with critical grade type silencers, sound
blankets or other types of sound mitigation measures to comply with Noise Ordinances. Engine driven
dewatering pumps shall have a maximum rating of 80 decibels at a distance of 5 feet from the engine for
sound attenuation, nor shall the pump engine noise exceed 50 decibels at a distance of 50 feet from the
engine. There may be practical and feasible, electrical "power drops" and electric motor -driven equipment
shall be used in lieu of portable generators.
The dewatering system shall operate in such a manner as to preserve the undisturbed bearing capacity of
the subgrade soils at the proposed structures or utilities and to preserve the integrity of any adjacent
structures.
Removal of dewatering equipment shall be accomplished following backfilling and compaction, and after
the Contractor and the Engineer both agree, that the system is no longer required. All materials and
equipment constituting the dewatering system shall be removed by the Contractor.
SECTION IV
Page 27 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Immediately upon completion of the dewatering operations, the Contractor shall remove all of his
equipment, materials, and supplies from the site of the Work, remove all surplus materials and debris, fill
in all holes or excavations, grout all groundwater monitoring wells installed for the dewatering operations
and grade the site to elevations of the surface levels which existed before the work started. The site shall be
thoroughly cleaned and graded as directed by the Engineer and approved by the city.
203-3.2. DEWATERING CONSIDERATIONS
The Contractor shall install a temporary dewatering system for the removal of subsurface water encountered
during construction of the proposed structures or underground utilities. The Contractor shall provide
adequate equipment for the removal of storm or subsurface waters which may accumulate in the
excavations.
If well points are used, Contractor shall adequately space well points to maintain the necessary dewatering.
Provide suitable filter sand and/or other means to prevent pumping of fine sands and silts. A continual check
shall be maintained by the Contractor to ensure that the subsurface soil is not being removed by the
dewatering operations. Pumping from well points shall be continuous and standby pumps shall be provided.
The Contractor's proposed method of dewatering shall include groundwater observation wells to determine
the water level during construction. Observation wells shall be installed along pipelines as required to verify
depth to water level and at locations approved by the Engineer.
At all times, site grading shall promote drainage. Surface runoff shall be diverted from excavations. Water
entering the excavation from the surface shall be collected in shallow ditches around the perimeter of the
excavation, drained to sumps, and pumped or drained by gravity to maintain an excavation bottom free
from standing water.
Flotation shall be prevented by the Contractor by maintaining a positive and continuous removal of water.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all damages which may result from failure to adequately keep
excavations dewatered.
The Contractor shall construct and place all pipelines, structures, concrete work, structural fill, backfill and
bedding material in -the -dry. If subsurface water is encountered, utilize suitable equipment to adequately
dewater the excavation so that it will be "in -the -dry" for work and pipe laying. For the purposes of this
specification, "in -the -dry" is defined to be within ±2 percent of the optimum moisture content of the soil.
A well point system or other dewatering method accepted by the respective jurisdictional agency (agencies)
shall be utilized, if necessary, to maintain the excavation in a dry condition for preparation of the trench
bottom and for pipe laying. The Contractor shall not make the final 24 -inches of excavation until the water
level is a minimum of 2 -feet below proposed bottom of the excavation.
Dewatering by trench pumping will not be permitted if migration of fine-grained natural material from
bottom, side walls, or bedding material will occur.
In the event that satisfactory dewatering cannot be accomplished due to subsurface conditions or where
dewatering could damage existing structures, obtain the Owner's and the Engineer's approval of wet trench
construction procedures before commencing construction.
203-3.3. DISPOSAL OF PUMPED WATER
Discharge water to on-site disposal areas (if shown on the Drawings) or as required by permits.
The Contractor shall dispose of water from the Work in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent
properties or facilities. No water shall be discharged without appropriate treatment for adverse
contaminants. No water shall be drained in work built or under construction without prior consent from the
Owner. Water shall be filtered to remove sand and fine soil particles before disposal into any drainage
system.
SECTION IV
Page 28 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Discharge water from dewatering operations to temporary infiltration pits, if possible.
Discharge to storm sewers, canals, stream, or wetlands, only if specifically allowed for in Dewatering
Permit.
No discharges from dewatering operations shall be allowed to wastewater collection systems or wastewater
pumping stations at any time.
In no case, shall discharges from dewatering operations result in turbidity reaching wetlands or any
waterways. If turbidity exceeds limits allowed by jurisdictional permitting agency(ies), stop all activities,
and install additional erosion and sedimentation control as required by the Southwest Florida Water
Management District or the FDEP.
Flooding of streets, roadways, driveways, or private property shall not be permitted during dewatering
activities. Contractor shall not dam -up, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, roadway
pavements or other structures. For proper water discharges and disposal from dewatering operations, the
Contractor may be required to divert or provide discharge piping to transport the water to a suitable place
for legal discharge, as determined by the Engineer and the city.
203-3.4. GROUNDWATER TREATMENT (IF REQUIRED)
If the concentrations of tested groundwater quality parameters exceed those allowable in the FDEP Generic
Permit for the Discharge of Produced Groundwater from any Non -Contaminated Site Activity (62-
621.300(2), F.A.C.), the Contractor shall treat the effluent discharged from the dewatering system.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the city Engineering Department and discuss the
parameters that exceed allowable limits.
The Contractor shall meet with the FDEP to determine treatment and disposal alternatives that are
acceptable to the FDEP.
The Contractor shall apply for and obtain any and all permits and/or treatment approvals that FDEP requires
including but not limited to the following:
1. Generic Permit for Discharges from Petroleum Contaminated Sites (62-621.300(1)). Allows
discharges from sites with automotive gasoline, aviation gasoline, jet fuel, or diesel fuel
contamination; or,
2. Permit for all Other Contaminated Sites (62-04; 62-302; 62-620 & 62-660). The coverage is
available only through the individual NPDES permit issued by FDEP, allows discharges from sites
with general contaminant issues i.e. ground water and/or soil contamination other than petroleum
fuel contamination; or,
3. Generic Permit for the Discharge of Produced Ground Water from Any Non -Contaminated Site
Activity (62-621.300(2), F.A.C.); or,
4. Generic Permit for Stormwater Discharge from Large or Small Construction Activities (62-
621.300(4)(a), F.A.C.); or,
5. An Individual Wastewater Permit (62-604.300(8) (a).
The Contractor shall implement the appropriate treatment that is acceptable to FDEP, the Engineer and the
city to attain compliance for all excess limits encountered during dewatering activities. Treatment may
include, but is not limited to: Chemical, Physical, Biological, Electrolysis, Ion Exchange, Aeration,
Activated Carbon Absorption, or any combination of the these.
The Contractor shall make every effort to minimize the spread of contamination into uncontaminated areas.
Provide for the health and safety of all workers at the job site and make provisions necessary for the health
and safety of the public that may be exposed to any potentially hazardous conditions. Ensure provision
SECTION IV
Page 29 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
adhere to all applicable laws, rules or regulations covering hazardous conditions and will be in a manner
commensurate with the level of severity of the conditions.
If necessary, provide contamination assessment and remediation personnel to handle site assessment,
determine the course of action necessary for site security and perform the necessary steps under applicable
laws, rules and regulations for additional assessment and/or remediation work to resolve the contamination
issue.
Delineate the contamination area(s) and any staging or holding area required and develop a work plan that
will provide the schedule of projected completion dates for the final resolution of the contamination issue.
Maintain jurisdiction over activities inside any delineated contamination areas and any associated staging
or holding areas. Be responsible for the health and safety of workers within the delineated areas. Provide
continuous access to representatives of regulatory or enforcement agencies having jurisdiction.
203-4. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
The dewatering of any excavation areas and the disposal of water during construction shall be in strict
accordance with the latest revisions of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), and
all local and state government rules and regulations.
The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the
Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with FDEP
Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) and must receive written notice from the FDEP prior to discharging
produced groundwater into the city's streets, storm sewers or waterways.
The Contractor shall obtain and pay all respective fees for all local, state, and federal permits required
applicable to the withdrawal, treatment and disposal/discharge of water produced from the dewatering
operations, prior to the start of work.
Contractor shall be responsible for acquiring and complying with all permits required to discharge produced
water from dewatering and shall protect waterways from turbidity during the operation. Prior to discharging
produced groundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the
groundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits per FDEP "Generic Permit for the Discharge of
Produced Ground Water from Any Non -Contaminated Site Activity" Chapter 62-621.300(2), FAC. The
Contractor shall have on-site and available for review the analytical testing results performed in accordance
with FDEP Chapter 62-621.300(2), FAC.
Consumptive Use Permit (CUP): If pumping requirements exceed certain limits, the Contractor shall pay
for and obtain a CUP from the regional Water Management District for such pumped volumes. If a
consumptive use permit is required by the local Water Management District, the Contractor shall be
responsible for obtaining said permit. Comply with all conditions of the Dewatering Permit issued by the
Water Management District. Apply for permit extensions or modifications, when required.
All water produced from dewatering shall be pumped from the trench or other excavation and shall be
disposed of in strict accordance with applicable permits. The Contractor will be allowed to discharge
product water from dewatering into storm sewers, or ditches having adequate capacity, canals or suitable
disposal pits, or other surface waters in accordance with the Dewatering Plan, provided that the water has
been sampled and tested by the Contractor, is in compliance with the concentration limits specified in 62-
621.300(2) FAC, and the Contractor has obtained an FDEP Generic Permit for the production of
groundwater. The frequency of water sampling and testing shall be determined by the Engineer based on
existing conditions and field observations.
SECTION IV
Page 30 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL
All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and
roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose
of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the
field by the Engineer. Approved replacement materials shall meet the requirements of Section 304.
204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either
cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract
Proposal. Included in the cost of removing unsuitable material is the cost to place suitable material/clean
fill.
204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor,
disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to
complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most
appropriate bid item.
205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING
The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back
of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location
on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb.
The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection.
Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the current code adopted by
the American Public Works Association:
SAFETY RED
Electric Power Lines, Cables, Conduit and Lighting Cables
HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW
Gas, Oil, Steam, Petroleum or Gaseous Materials
SAFETY ALERT ORANGE
Communication, Alarm or Signal Lines, Cables or Conduit
SAFETY BLUE
Potable Water
SAFETY GREEN
Sewer Systems and Drain Lines
PURPLE
Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines
WHITE
Proposed Excavation
PINK
Temporary Survey Markings
Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to
the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six-inch (6") x three
inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four -
inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face.
206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING
The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances,
asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush,
stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to
prepare the area for construction.
SECTION IV
Page 31 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership
of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal
Requirements.
206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed
as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer.
206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures
as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all
incidentals necessary to complete the work.
207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
207-1. GENERAL
Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for
Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion
and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and
Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the city of Clearwater Standard Indices. Contractor shall prepare and
submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) permit in accordance with FDEP criteria for an NPDES construction activity permit.
Visit www.dep.state.fl.us/water/stormwater/npdes for more information. Contractor shall obtain a FDEP
generic permit for the discharge of produced groundwater. All soil erosion and sediment control measures
shall be installed prior to disturbance and maintained through project completion.
207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL
The city may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project
have a current FDEP Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training &
Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per
calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the city prior to Notice to Proceed (NTP).
Example of training and training sign -in sheet will be provided by the city to the Contractor at the Pre -
Construction Meeting.
207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS
No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by
the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay,
filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after
final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with
established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface
or landscaping.
SECTION IV
Page 32 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL
STOCKPILES
Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of
the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location
and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an un -stabilized stockpile
remain after thirty (30) calendar days.
207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS
During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary
erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer
and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the city of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by
the City Engineer before installation.
207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS
All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days after finished
grade is established. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded and maintained
by the Contractor prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION
The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the
following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever
consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches.
Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. No
trench shall be open at the end of a workday, weekdays, or weekends.
207-8. MAINTENANCE
All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked daily by the Contractor, especially after each
rainfall. The erosion and sedimentation control devices shall be cleaned out and/or repaired as required so
sediment removal for the device does not exceed fifty (50) percent of its capacity. Contractor shall prepare
and submit a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Construction Inspection Report on a weekly
basis and within 24 hours of a storm that is 0.50 inches or greater. No additional payment will be made to
the Contractor for the re-establishment of erosion control devices which may become damaged, destroyed,
or otherwise rendered unsuitable for their intended function during the construction of the Project. Near
completion of the project, after obtaining written approval by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dismantle
and remove the temporary devices used for sediment control during construction. All erosion control
devices in seeded areas shall be left in place until the grass is established. Seed areas around devices, and
mulch after removing or filling temporary control devices. Cleanup all areas.
207-9. COMPLIANCE
Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements as determined by the city's project manager or
inspector may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to)
issuance of a "Stop Work Order".
SECTION IV
Page 33 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND
OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES
208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS
Existing seawalls and revetments on natural water bodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a
vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line
for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in
manmade water bodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established
shoreline.
208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION
The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet
North American Vertical Datum (NAVD 88) If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation
differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall
is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet
NAVD 88 in height prior to the effective date of this Section may be maintained, repaired, and replaced to
their current height.
208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF
THE CCL
Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by
regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection.
Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line
necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection.
208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL
The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following
conditions:
A. A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design.
B. The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original
alignment of the existing vertical seawall location.
C. The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb.
D. Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall
behind the new seawall is removed.
E. Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed.
F. The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line.
G. For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line
or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted
to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal
dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab.
SECTION IV
Page 34 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY
Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post -construction
survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or
location shall not be subject to this requirement.
208-6. RIP -RAP
On all -natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls
up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect
the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine
species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall
is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or
includes the replacement of a panel.
208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL
A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including
dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are
located landward of the mean high water line.
209. MAINTENANCE OF OPERATIONS
209-1. GENERAL
This Section sets forth the requirements for scheduling and performing the work to keep existing utilities
in continuous, reliable operation.
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to maintain existing
utilities service during construction. Contractor shall also keep on hand adequate equipment, supplies, and
incidentals to repair pipe breaks and to contain and dispose of all spilled materials.
209-2. EXECUTION
A. Before any work begins, the Contractor shall submit for city review a Maintenance of Flow Plan.
The Maintenance of Flow Plan shall include all procedures to be performed by the Contractor to
maintain continuous operation of the city's existing utility services. The Plan shall also include
emergency response and remedial action measures.
Maintenance of Flow Plan:
SECTION IV
1. The Contractor shall prepare a Maintenance of Flow Plan with two points of contact that
describes in detail the work that will be performed by the Contractor to maintain continuous
operation of the city's existing utility services. Maintenance of Flow Plan shall address the
temporary and permanent flow diversion of utilities and other city facilities.
2. Temporary diversion of the utility flows shall be done using a minimum of two (2) bypass
pumps (one duty, one standby) to pump from the upstream manhole to the downstream
manhole. Bypass pumps shall have hospital grade sound attenuation. The Contractor shall
obtain peak wet weather flow rates in the utility from the city and shall demonstrate in the
Maintenance of Flow Plan that adequate pumping capacity is provided to accommodate
peak wet weather flow. The Contractor and city personnel that are experienced in the
Page 35 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
collection system shall determine the float levels in the field, pump on, standby or lag pump
on, and high-level alarm. The Contractor shall have full responsibility for the operation and
management of the temporary diversion/ bypass. The high-level alarm shall be connected
to an auto dialer or remote monitoring system to notify the Contractor of an alarm
condition. The bypass pump suction manhole shall use the collection system for a
temporary wet well storage; however, surcharging in the existing utility system shall be
limited. Once the high-level float alarm is triggered, it shall allow enough time for
emergency Contractor personnel to arrive on scene and resolve the problem prior to any
utility overflows. The bypass suction and discharge pipes may require the removal of the
manhole tops which will result in excess odor escaping from the manholes. The Contractor
shall provide a means to seal odors within the bypass manholes to minimize odors during
the temporary diversion.
3. The Maintenance of Flow Plan shall include a sequence of construction with projected
time, in days, for each step in the sequence.
4. If the work required to maintain utility operation must occur during evening, night or
weekend hours, the Contractor shall notify the affected residents in advance of the
projected work. The Contractor shall reimburse the city for overtime work, including
inspector overtime, in excess of regular working hours. The Contractor must also get
permission from city Project Manager before working outside of Noise Ordinance hours.
5. Identify the person(s) responsible for executing the Maintenance of Flow Plan and the
systems to be put in place for monitoring the existing utility system's ability to maintain
flow.
B. All utility relocation work shall be completed prior to construction. The Contractor shall familiarize
himself with the site, including the locations, sizes, and conditions of the existing utilities in and
around the work zones where relocation of existing utilities is required. The location of storm sewer
inlets, drainage swales, and runoff patterns should be identified, and a Plan developed to contain
potential releases.
C. The Contractor shall carry out his operations in accordance with all applicable OSHA regulations,
including confined space entry requirements, as well as local, city, and state requirements, and in
accordance with the approved MOT plan. In addition, the Contractor shall protect the public from
harm while performing the work by using barricades, warning lights and other means as necessary.
D. The Contractor shall keep existing utilities in service during all phases of construction and
coordinate any system shutdowns with the city sufficiently in advance to provide alternative
service. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 10 days' notice. Contractor shall protect the
city's utility system for any spills or overflows during construction. The city's Project Manager and
Dispatch (727-462-6633) shall be notified of any spills or overflows immediately.
E. Any temporary work, facilities, roads, walks, protection of existing structures, piping, blind flanges,
valves, equipment, etc. that may be required shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor.
The cost shall be included in the appropriate bid items.
F. The Contractor shall schedule the work in such a manner so that all existing utility systems are
maintained in continuous operation. All short-term or partial utility system shutdowns shall be
approved in writing by the city. If, in the opinion of the city, a shutdown is not required in order
for the Contractor to perform the work, the Contractor shall utilize alternative methods to
accomplish the work. The city shall be provided a minimum of ten (10) business days' notice of
Contractor's need for any existing utility system shutdown or if there is a need of assistance from
the Public Utilities Department. Contractor must also provide the city with at least two (2) business
days' notice before Contractor is allowed to work at city facilities.
G. Required shutdowns shall not begin until all materials are on -hand, pre -assembled, as possible, and
ready for installation. Upon commencement of the shutdown period, the Contractor shall proceed
with the work continuously, start to finish, until the work is completed, and the system is tested,
cleared for service, and ready for operation. If the Contractor completes all required work before
SECTION IV
Page 36 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
the specified shutdown period has ended, the city may immediately place the system back in
service.
H. The city shall have the sole authority to prohibit or order work stopped. The city reserves the right
to cancel scheduled shutdowns if conditions warrant. Delays to the Contractor caused by
cancellations will be considered in evaluating requests for a time extension. They will not be
considered an entitlement to additional compensation. However, compensation may be considered
at city's sole discretion.
I. During inclement weather, all work which might be damaged or rendered inferior by such weather
conditions shall be suspended. The orders and decisions of the city as to suspensions shall be final
and binding. During suspension of the work from any cause, the work shall be suitably covered and
protected to preserve it from injury by the weather or otherwise, if the city shall so direct surplus
materials shall be removed. Contractor shall protect the city's utility system from inflow during
inclement weather during the construction.
J. The Contractor shall submit a Critical Path Method (CPM) work schedule at the pre -construction
meeting showing all critical items of work and anticipated shut down times. Note that no activity
will be allowed until the CPM is approved by the city or the Engineer of Record (EOR).
K. Contractor must submit a detailed schedule and process description for proposed testing. Training
of all new equipment must be videotaped including two weeks of training prior to startup. If there
are multiple sites under the same contract each site startup shall occur as soon as it is complete. If
there are multiple shifts at any site(s) where city staff require training, Contractor shall hold
multiple trainings convenient for each shift.
L. Required shutdowns shall not begin until all materials are on -hand, pre -assembled to the extent
possible, and ready for installation. Upon commencement of the shutdown period, the Contractor
shall proceed with the work continuously, start to finish, until the work is completed, and the system
is tested, cleared for service, and ready for operation. If the Contractor completes all required work
before the specified shutdown period has ended, the city may immediately place the system back
in service.
209-3. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
There shall be no separate measurement and payment for this task.
210. DETECTION OF FACILITIES
The locations of all existing underground piping, structures, and other facilities are shown based on
information received from the respective owner. The locations are shown without express or implied
representation, assurance, or guarantee that they are complete, correct, or a represent a true picture of the
actual underground facilities to be encountered. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify the correct
location and sizing of all utilities (including connection points).
All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One
Call"/ "Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097.
The Contractor shall at all times employ acceptable methods and exercise reasonable care and skill so as to
avoid unnecessary delay, injury, damage, or destruction of existing utilities or cause interference.
The Contractor shall conduct exploratory excavations as necessary for the purpose of locating underground
pipelines, structures, and utilities in advance of construction. Test pits shall be excavated in areas of
potential conflicts between existing and proposed facilities and at piping connections to existing facilities
a minimum of 48 hours and 1000 ft in advance of work. If there is a potential conflict, the Contractor shall
notify the Owner and Engineer immediately and provide as much information as possible including but not
SECTION IV
Page 37 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
limited to location, elevation, utility type, material, and size. Test pits shall be backfilled immediately after
their purpose has been satisfied. There shall be no additional compensation for exploratory excavations.
211. RELOCATIONS
211-1. RELOCATION SHOWN ON DRAWINGS
Relocations shown on the Drawings: Public utility installations or structures, including but not limited to
poles, signs, fences, piping, conduits and drains that interfere with the positioning of the work which are
shown on the Drawings to be removed, relocated, replaced or rebuilt by the Contractor shall be considered
as part of the general cost of doing the Work and shall be included in the prices bid for the various contract
items. No separate payment shall be made, therefore.
All existing castings, including valve boxes, junction boxes, manholes, hand holes, pull boxes, inlets and
similar structures in the areas of construction that are to remain in service and in areas of trench restoration
and pavement replacement, shall be adjusted by the Contractor to bring them flush with the surface of the
finished work.
All existing utility systems which conflict with the construction of the work herein, which can be
temporarily removed and replaced, shall be accomplished at the expense of the Contractor. Work shall be
done by the utility unless the utility approves in writing that the Work may be done by the Contractor.
211-2. RELOCATIONS NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS
Where public utility installations or structures are encountered during the course of work, and are not
indicated on the Drawings or in the specifications, and when in the opinion of the city, removal, relocation,
replacement, or rebuilding is necessary to complete the work, such work shall be accomplished by the utility
having jurisdiction or such work may be requested in writing by the city for the Contractor to perform and
fairly compensated once work is complete.
If such work is accomplished by the utility having jurisdiction, it will be carried out expeditiously and the
Contractor shall give full cooperation to permit the utility to complete the removal, relocation, replacement,
or rebuilding as necessary.
212. RESTORATION PROCEDURES
212-1. INTERIM RESTORATION
All excavations shall be backfilled and compacted as specified by the city and Engineer at the end of each
working day. For excavations within existing paved areas, the limerock base or soil cement base shall be
spread and compacted to provide a smooth surface free of aggregate material. The Contractor shall keep
the site accessible to the city Staff at all times for the purpose of operating and maintaining the existing
facility during construction.
All pipe and fittings shall be neatly stored in a location, which will cause the least disturbance to the public.
All debris shall be removed and properly disposed of by the end of each working day.
212-2. FINAL RESTORATION
After completing all installations, pressure testing, bacteriological testing, and associated work, final
restoration shall be performed. In no event shall final restoration begin after substantial completion. Any
SECTION IV
Page 38 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
additional restoration required after testing shall be repaired in a timely manner at no additional cost to the
city. Maintenance of all restored facilities shall be the Contractor's responsibility. This maintenance shall
be performed on an on-going basis during the course of construction. The Contractor's Progress Schedule
shall reflect the above restoration requirements.
SECTION IV
Page 39 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
300 SERIES: MATERIALS
301. CONCRETE
The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of
all concrete placements. Contact Building Inspectors from the city Planning Department if building a
structure is required. The Contractor shall give Building Inspectors a minimum of 48 hours in advance to
inspect.
Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to:
All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of
Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's
Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have
a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at twenty-eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I
and shall conform to AASHTO M85 latest edition. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33 or latest
current edition. All ready -mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C94 or latest edition. The slump for all
concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except when admixtures or special
placement considerations are required.
All concrete shall be tested in the following manner:
Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for
each class, for each day, for every fifty cubic yards (50 cy) or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5
cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At
the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests,
as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation
or denial thereof.
302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK
302-1. EXCAVATION
Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the
concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6")
outside said concrete work before the forms are placed.
302-2. FORMS
Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless
at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or with written permission from the Engineer.
The forms shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the
depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the
pressure of concrete without moving or springing.
303. REINFORCEMENT
When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Reinforcement deformation shall be
performed as per ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement or latest edition. Reinforcement steel grades shall be billet intermediate or hard.
Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A1064
SECTION IV
Page 40 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
or latest edition that is relevant. Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet
the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A1064) or latest edition that is relevant. Welded wires shall
be elevated with the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77
requirements or latest edition.
303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit
price for the item of work specified.
304. BACKFILL
304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL
Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattresses shall be carefully selected from the excavated
material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free
from any deleterious material including but not limited to clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no
rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be
similar material.
Material for backfill under Gabion mattresses shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M145 (latest edition).
Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layers not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall be
compacted into place by mechanical tamping to 98% before the next layer is applied. A hydro -hammer
shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed below the pipe
haunch, around the sides, and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12")
above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means.
For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable fill to
achieve required density. Refer to Section 306 for more details on flowable fill. Where wet conditions are
such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer,
Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached
an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the
stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199 (latest edition). Do not place stones within
four feet (4') of the ends of trench or ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends.
Where new cast -in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty-eight
(28) days compressive strength occurs.
Heavy construction equipment shall not be permitted to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and
compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4')
above the top of the pipe or culvert.
The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering
effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or lump sum price for the
item of the work specified.
304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION
Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the
Engineer, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer's
Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be
charged for all retests and re -inspection services.
SECTION IV
Page 41 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Backfill under all types of pavement areas shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 6" in thickness unless
an alternate method is approved by the Engineer. Backfill shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as
determined by AASHTO T 180 - Modified Proctor Density Test (latest edition) to the bottom of pavement.
Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted to the full depth to the ground surface to a minimum
of 95% compaction as determined by AASHTO T 180 - Modified Proctor Density Test (latest edition).
Backfill under buried structures shall be in accordance with these specifications to prevent future
subsidence.
Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing
density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at six-inch (6") lifts. The character
of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance
with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or
conventional weight -volume methods. If the weight -volume method is used, volume shall be determined
by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D1556/ D1556M the latest edition) or liquid displacement
methods (ASTM D2167 latest edition). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be
accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to
taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the
test site for testing.
Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or
fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is
less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Engineer's Representative. Testing
shall progress as each one hundred -foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around
each structure shall be performed on each six-inch (6") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable
material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be
followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill.
Expanded Testing Requirements: If non -nal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable
backfill, the Engineer's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to
determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Engineer's Representative
shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the
test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced
by the Contractor at no additional cost to the city. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed
by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill.
305. RIPRAP
The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap
shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition).
305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement for riprap will be weight, in tons, in surface dry natural state. The scales must be
calibrated and certified by an independent party and carry a state certification.
305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The pay item for sand -cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment,
excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand -cement and all incidentals necessary to
complete the work.
SECTION IV
Page 42 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for
placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for
placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if
concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap.
306. FLOWABLE FILL
Flowable fill is used in backfill and to fill all abandoned pipelines that are not removed. Mains that need to
be abandoned shall be cut, capped, and filled with flowable fill meeting the requirements specified herein.
Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications (latest edition).
The Contractor shall be responsible for producing a flowable mixture using these guidelines and adjusting
his mixture design as called for by circumstances or as may be directed by the Engineer.
General mix requirements are as follows:
Components
Excavatable
Non Excavatable
Cellular Concrete
Cement (lb/yd3)
75-100
75-150
Min 150
Supplementary Cementitious Materials (lb/yd3)
None
150-600
Fine Aggregate
*
*
*
Water
**
**
**
Air
5-35%
5-15%
***
Unit Weight (1b/ft3)
90-110
100-125
20-80
28 Day Compressive Strength
****
****
****
* Fine aggregate shall be proportioned to yield 1 cubic yard (yd3).
** Mix design shall produce a consistency that will result in a flowable self -leveling product at the time of
placement
*** In cellular concrete, preformed foam shall be proportioned at the jobsite to yield 1 cubic yard in
accordance with design requirements
**** The requirements for percent air, compressive strength, and unit weight are for laboratory designs
only and are not intended for jobsite acceptance requirements
Weights for fine aggregate and water shall be adjusted according to cementitious content. The mix
proportions shall be adjusted for removability, pumpability and flowability. If required, strength test data
shall be provided prior to batching.
If required by the Engineer, the flowability can be measured by afflux time determined in accordance with
ASTM C939/ C939M — 16a (latest edition) and shall be 30 seconds +/- 5 seconds as measured on mortar
passing the No. 4 sieve. The equipment required to perform this test shall be provided by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall flush all raw sewage, sludge, debris, and water from the force mains prior to filling
pipeline with flowable fill. If not discharged into a sanitary sewer system, the Contractor shall collect all
flushing water and dispose of at a wastewater treatment facility. City Public Utilities Department IPP
Coordinator and Director and/or Assistant Director must approve of the discharge into the collection system
or wastewater treatment plant.
The Contractor must locate and verify all connections of the piping before filling the pipeline with flowable
fill to avoid redirection and reconnection and report them to the Engineer. During placement of fill,
compensate for irregularities in sewer pipe, such as obstructions, open joints, or broken pipe to ensure no
voids remain unfilled.
SECTION IV
Page 43 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Clean placement areas of sewer and water lines of debris that may hinder fill placement. Remove excessive
amounts of sludge and other substances that may degrade performance of fill. Remove free water prior to
starting fill placement.
All proposed new force mains shall be installed, pressure tested, and placed in-service prior to abandoning
the existing force mains. All pipes shall be abandoned in a manner which results in the abandoned pipeline
not being pressurized.
Flowable fill shall be produced and delivered using concrete construction equipment. Placing flowable fill
shall be by chute, pumping or other methods approved by the Engineer.
The flowable fill shall be placed to the designated fill line without vibration or other means of compaction.
Placement shall be avoided during inclement weather, e.g. rain or ambient temperatures below 40°F. The
Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any damages caused by the hydraulic pressure of
the fill during placement prior to hardening. Also, necessary means to confine the materials within the
designated space shall be provided by the Contractor.
During placement of the fill, the Contractor is to avoid construction stoppage that would exceed the working
time of the fill. If for any case that the fill would harden, the Contractor is responsible for properly installing
fill into the abandoned pipeline from another location and shall meet the requirements specified herein.
A city Engineering Department Representative shall be present to witness the placement of flowable fill in
abandoned pipelines. A 48-hour notice shall be given to the city before the placement of fill.
The flowable fill shall be proportioned and placed as specified herein. In general, the strength desired is the
maximum hardness that can be excavated at a later date using conventional excavating equipment. No
curing protection is required.
The fill shall be left undisturbed until material obtains sufficient strength. Sufficient strength is a minimum
of 150 psi penetration resistance as measured using a handheld penetrometer. The penetrometer shall be
provided by the Contractor.
All flowable fill areas subjected to traffic loads must have a durable riding surface.
Payment of the applicable lump sum price shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials and
equipment necessary and will include, but is not limited to the necessary costs associated with the
installation of the flowable fill as shown in the Drawings and as described in the Contract Documents.
307. MATERIAL INDEPENDENT TESTING
The city shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the
expense of the city, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses
shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with
the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and
accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or
investigation by the city, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such
independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair
of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor.
SECTION IV
Page 44 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER
401. SANITARY MANHOLES
401-1. BUILT UP TYPE
Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert
channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to the inside of the adjacent
sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible.
Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed
by one of the following methods: formed directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and
mortar, or lay half tile in concrete. For invert channels formed using the brick and mortar, or the half tile in
concrete approaches the entire bench and channel area will be coated with a minimum of one-half inch of
Xypex Megamix II or approved equal.
The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in
manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed 12 inches (12").
Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twelve inches (12"). Doghouse
manholes and flat top manholes are not permitted. If a drop manhole is needed, only outside drop manholes
allowed.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled with mortar, shall be smoothed from
inside of manholes.
The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of Mega Mix
II with Bio San as supplied by Xypex or approved equal.
Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
Maintenance of Flow Plan:
1. The Contractor shall prepare a Maintenance of Flow Plan that describes in detail the work that will
be performed by the Contractor to maintain continuous operation of the city's existing utility
services. Maintenance of Flow Plan shall address the temporary and permanent flow diversion of
gravity sewers and service laterals.
2. Temporary diversion of the gravity sewer flows shall be done using bypass pumps (one duty, one
standby) to pump from the upstream manhole to the downstream manhole. Bypass pumps shall
have hospital grade sound attenuation. The Contractor shall obtain peak wet weather flow rates in
the gravity sewer from the city and shall demonstrate in the Maintenance of Flow Plan that adequate
pumping capacity is provided to accommodate peak wet weather flow. The Contractor and city
personnel that are experienced in the collection system shall determine the float levels in the field,
pump on, standby or lag pump on, and high-level alarm. The high-level alarm shall be connected
to an auto dialer to notify the Contractor of an alarm condition. The bypass pump suction manhole
shall use the collection system for a temporary wet well storage; however, surcharging in the
existing sewer system shall be limited. Once the high-level float alarm is triggered, it shall allow
enough time for emergency Contractor personnel to arrive on scene and resolve the problem prior
to any sanitary sewer overflows. The bypass suction and discharge pipes may require the removal
of the manhole tops which will result in excess odor escaping from the manholes. The contractor
shall provide a means to seal odors within the bypass manholes to minimize odors during the
temporary diversion.
3. The Maintenance of Flow Plan shall include a sequence of construction with projected time, in
days, for each step in the sequence.
SECTION IV
Page 45 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
4. If the work required to maintain utility operation must occur during evening, night or weekend
hours, the Contractor shall notify the affected residents in advance of the projected work. The
Contractor shall reimburse the city for overtime work, including inspector overtime, in excess of
regular working hours. The Contractor must also get permission from city Project Manager before
working outside of Noise Ordinance hours.
5. Identify the person(s) responsible for executing the Maintenance of Flow Plan and the systems to
be put in place for monitoring the existing utility system's ability to maintain flow.
401-2. PRECAST TYPE
Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City
Engineer.
AASHTO M 85 Type II cement, with Xypex Admix C -1000R or approved equal, shall be used throughout
with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C478
(latest edition). Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket, Pro Stik Butyl Sealant
or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Caulking of joint shall not be allowed. Minimum concrete strength
shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Xypex admixture must be added to the concrete at the time of batching. Under
normal conditions, the crystalline powder shall be added to the concrete mix at the following rates:
1. Xypex Admix C -1000R 3.5 % by weight of cement content
Note: For enhanced chemical protection or for meeting specific project requirements or where the concrete
mix design contains higher than 25% type F fly ash content or includes a Portland cement/slag cement/type
C fly ash blend, consult with manufacturer or its authorized representative to determine appropriate dosage
rates.
One set of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the city Project Manager and
Engineer of Record for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility
for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved
by the City Engineer.
Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on
the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to
permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job
site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of
channel, etc., shall be as shown on city of Clearwater Engineering Index 302 Sheets.
Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not
properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base
shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification compacted soil approximately five inches (5") thick as
referenced in Section 304-2 and twelve inches (12") of # 57 grade stone, wrapped in geotextile to secure
proper seating and bearing. Refer to these Technical Specifications, Section 304 for backfill and compaction
requirements.
401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS)
Between the top of the manhole cone/corbel and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall
be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without
disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Section 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. All
final grade adjustment of manhole covers, and frame assemblies shall be completed utilizing injection
molded high density polyethylene (HDPE) adjustment rings as manufactured by LADTECH, Inc. or an
approved equal. The adjustment rings shall be manufactured from polyethylene plastic as identified in
ASTM Specification D4976 (Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Molding and Extrusion
SECTION IV
Page 46 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Materials) the latest edition. Material properties shall be tested and qualified for usage per the ASTM Test
Methods referenced in the above ASTM standard. The adjustment rings shall be molded from 100%
recycled material. The plastic rings shall be manufactured utilizing the injection molding process as defined
by SPE (Society of Plastic Engineers). The adjustment rings shall be tested to assure compliance with
impact and loading requirements per the AASHTO Standard Specification for Highway Bridges latest
edition. Installation shall be per manufacture's recommendations for vacuum test installations only. The
annular space between the rings and cone basin, the rings, and the rings and cover frame shall be sealed
utilizing an approved butyl rope (not caulk) sealant. All adjustment for matching road grade shall be made
utilizing a molded and indexed slope ring. All grade rings shall be covered by the LADTECH, Inc. warranty
or one of equal terms and duration. Grade rings shall be Traffic Rated AASHTO HS -20 (latest edition).
401-2.2. STAINLESS STEEL MANHOLE STORM WATER INFLOW
ABATEMENT INSERTS (DISH/PAN)
401-2.2.1. MATERIALS AND DESIGN
General: The insert, gasket and relief valve shall be manufactured of materials resistant to corrosion from
atmospheres containing hydrogen sulfide and dilute sulfuric acid.
Insert: The insert body shall be manufactured of 304 stainless steel with a thickness of not less than 18
gauge. The insert shall have straight sides designed to allow a loose fit into the ring for easy removal. The
insert manufacturer must furnish a "load test verification" showing a load test failure in excess of 3000 lbs.
For added strength, no less than three (3) ribs shall be stamped in bottom of the insert.
Gasket: The gasket shall be extruded onto the stainless dish with a Synthetic elastomer having the
following physical properties:
Tensile Strength: 335 psi - ASTM D412 Elongation 400-600% - ASTM D412 Shore Hardness: 25 Shore
A - ASTM D2240 Adhesion to Stainless: 580 psi - ASTM D454 1/D7234 (Use latest edition)
Relief Valve: The gas relief valve shall be designed to release at a pressure of .5 to 1.5 PSI and have a
water leak down rate no greater than 5 gallons per 24 hours. The valve shall be installed in the insert by
means of a hole tapped in the insert by the manufacturer. The valve shall be made of nitrite for prevention
of corrosion from contact with hydrogen sulfide, dilute sulfuric acid and other gases associated with waste-
water collections systems.
Handle: The dish shall have a handle of 3/16" plastic -coated stainless-steel cable installed on the body of
the dish. The handle shall be attached with a #6 high-grade stainless-steel rivet. The cable shall be braided
in a manner which resists cutting with common bolt cutters. The cable terminal and eye shall be stainless
steel.
Manhole Frames: Manhole frame sizes vary, and the city will provide the successful bidder with specific
dimensions and number of required inserts for each manhole frame size. Maximum insert outside diameter
(OD) will not exceed 26.5 inches nor be less than 23 inches. Most frames have an outside diameter of 23.5
inches with a clear opening of 21.5 inches.
401-2.2.2. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Payment of each inflow abatement insert shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials and
equipment necessary but not limited to the costs associated for the installation of the sanitary manholes'
pans/dishes.
SECTION IV
Page 47 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
401-3. DROP MANHOLES
Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings, and specials as detailed
on the drawings. Only outside drop manholes allowed.
401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS
Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher
than finished grade as directed. Refer to Clearwater Standard Detail Index 301.
401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS
The exterior of all precast manholes shall not require any specific coating. The interior shall be coated with
either Spraywall®, Polyurethane or Raven 405 Epoxy at the direction of the city at a thickness not less than
125 mil. For new manholes install geotextile wrap at the joints.
401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole
adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal® with stainless steel bands or approved equal water stop coupling.
401-7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Payment of each inflow abatement insert shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, and
equipment necessary but not limited to the costs associated for the installation of the sanitary manholes.
402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER
STRUCTURES
Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the
Engineer.
402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS
403-1. MATERIALS
403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. All
polyvinyl chloride mains (pipe and fittings) shall be at least 6 -inch -diameter, SDR 26, and conform to
ASTM D3034; laterals can be four -inch (4") PVC schedule 40. Pipe and fittings shall be plainly marked
with the ASTM designation. Strong back stainless steel Fernco is required for all non-mechanical PVC
connections. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible
seal in conformance with ASTM D3212 (latest edition). The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum
of twenty feet (20').
SECTION IV
Page 48 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or the construction plans, ductile iron pipe and fittings for
gravity sewer shall conform to Section 502-2.1. of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except
the pipe interior shall be lined with Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between buildings lots in a sideline easement,
the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the
side easement. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line.
403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE
FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE, DUCTILE IRON OR HDPE. Unless
otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, polyvinyl chloride, ductile iron and HDPE force
main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section 502-2.1 and 502-2.2 of these Technical Specifications for
water main pipe except that DIP shall be lined with Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to
exposure to ultraviolet radiation shall be rejected.
403-2. INSTALLATION
403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices
contained in ASTM D2321 (latest edition).
The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width
(typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing working space to
place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be
performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching
material or pipe alignment.
Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of
bedding, placement of the haunching material and placement of the pipe in the trench without standing
water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or
misalignment.
Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support the pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove
unsuitable material and pipe bedding and replace with Class I material (one half inch (1/2") diameter
aggregate) to provide firm support of the pipe.
The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to
locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector, the location
of all new laterals.
403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE
Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 503 of these Technical Specifications
for water main pipe.
403-3. INSPECTIONS OF LINES AND MANHOLES
A. Inspection of completed lines and manholes shall be scheduled within a reasonable time after
construction or when required by the Engineer. Before scheduling an inspection, the Contractor
shall prepare the lines by cleaning and flushing. Manholes shall be clean, finished, and free of leaks.
B. Manholes shall be on a true and uniform grade. The inverts shall have a smooth steel troweled
finish. All benches shall be uniformly sloping. The frames shall be tight and properly set in mortar
SECTION IV
Page 49 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
on solid masonry. The invert, benches and adjacent pipe shall be free of splattered mortar. All
required interior lining or paint shall be kept intact. Manhole frames shall be adjusted to grade with
the covers and frames cleaned and free of mortar and asphaltic mixtures. All precast manhole seams
shall be filled with an approved asphaltic compound.
C. Pipe between manholes shall be true to line and grade. Dips and sags with one inch or more of
trapped water shall be cause for rejection. Air testing may be required also at the Contractor's
expense. Contractor shall provide personnel to assist with inspections.
D. The Contractor shall provide city Public Utilities Department and the Engineer with a Television
Inspection of the completed gravity sewers in accordance with the following:
1. Shall be performed by a National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO)
Pipeline Assessment & Certification Program (PACP) Certified Operator who will use
software that is compatible with CUES Granite products latest version software to
NASSCO PACP Standards.
2. Shall be submitted as digital media that includes video and data base file in PACP format
and include a printed copy of the PACP television inspection log.
3. Shall perform a manhole inspection and provide a completed NASSCO Manhole Inspection
form (latest version) for each manhole that is inspected
4. All pertinent data recorded in audio on the media to include:
a. Subdivision name and phase number.
b. Manhole numbers (these numbers must match manhole numbers on "as built" and
record drawings).
c. Date of inspection
d. Size and material of pipe
e. Service connection locations, right or left
f. All distances between manholes
g. Locations of suspected and obvious pipe deficiencies (i.e., bad joints, breaks or leaks,
etc.)
5. PVC pipe shall have a deflection test using a seven and one-half percent (go -no-go) test
mandrel of appropriate size, which shall be visible on video at all times.
6. The printed NASSCO PACP television report (indicating manhole numbers) which will
accompany the media. This written report must include:
a. Manhole numbers (these numbers must match manhole numbers on "as -built" and
record drawings).
b. Service connection locations, right or left.
c. Reference to service connection locations out of manholes.
d. Locations of suspected and obvious pipe deficiencies (i.e., bad joints, breaks or
leaks, etc.).
e. Depth of each manhole.
f. Actual measured distance (on ground) between manholes.
7. All visual and television inspections shall be completed by the contractor and approved by
city Public Utilities Department and Engineer after the road base has been constructed
but prior to the placing of any asphalt.
8. Television Inspection Media must clearly show details of structural defects, misalignments
and infiltration.
SECTION IV
Page 50 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
403-4. TESTING
403-4.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. The
water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level shall be tested by measuring
infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level shall be tested by
filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the
sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and
then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per
inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test
the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration
is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions
by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the
Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be
acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains and provide to
the Engineer to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to
acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of the pipe inside diameter (ID) dimension
from its design alignment shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion
of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line.
403-4.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS
Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi for two (2) hours, as described in Section
504 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains.
403-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT
403-5.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate
range of depth of cut as contained in the contract bid. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline
of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear
foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe
including a two-way cleanout at the property line.
Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the
installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and
grading.
403-5.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE PAYMENT
Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 506 of these
Technical Specifications for water main pipe.
SECTION IV
Page 51 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
404. CURED -IN-PLACE PIPE SANITARY SEWER
REHABILITATION
404-1. GENERAL
It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewers, mains and
service laterals, by the installation and curing of a resin impregnated felt tube/cured-in-place pipe (CIPP)
liner. The liner shall be jointless, continuous from manhole to manhole, watertight and chemically resistant
to withstand exposure to domestic sewage. Installation and curing shall include all labor, materials and
equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. Any proposed
installer/contractor, or liner system, must be pre -approved by the city prior to receiving bids.
The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The city
reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the
installer.
The contractor shall provide trenchless reconstruction of service laterals and mainline sewers. The
contractor shall have the capability of performing city's selected services which include televised
inspection, data collection, system flow analysis, and pipeline reconstruction.
The contractor shall employ adequate staff to perform the services required, staff should include Project
Representative, Project Manager, Field Supervisor and Senior Foreman. Field supervisory personnel
employed by the CIPP Contractor will have at least five (5) years of experience in the performance of the
work and tasks as stated in the Contract Documents.
Staff shall be proficient and experienced in all phases of services mentioned.
The contractor shall perform all work and shall be a licensed Contractor for these services.
The contractor shall be certified in confined space entry (OSHA) and traffic control.
The contractor shall provide services that include safety measures for both the public and workers, including
traffic control, and shall coordinate all scheduling with the city.
The contractor shall work with the city in establishing priorities and in preparing work assignments.
The contractor shall be completely responsible for the control of the environment of the work site during
on-site operations. All precautions shall be taken by the selected contractor to protect the workers, public
and city staff from the exposure to harmful or hazardous substances with the sewer system.
The contractor shall be responsible for the transport and disposal of all waste materials. The selected
contractor shall be responsible for all waste material spills and clean-up in the loading, hauling, and
unloading of the contractor's equipment.
The contractor shall be responsible for conforming to any and all requirements regarding hauling and
disposal of sewer wastes from each city's work site in accordance with OSHA regulations and those that
may be mandated by the Federal of State Governments. The contractor shall ensure that all waste material
transporters possess all required local, state and federal transportation permits and that they comply with
all local, state and federal regulations, including but without limitation, 40 CFR Part 263, "Standards
Applicable to Transporters of Hazardous Wastes" and Chapter 17-730, Part 3, Florida Administrative Code,
as may be amended from time to time.
The contractor shall inform the city of its planned work schedules and shall afford the city reasonable
opportunity to observe and inspect the contractor's work in process. The city will be advised of all schedule
changes and notified when a work site is left for a 24-hour period when work is not complete.
The contractor shall report to city's Inspector their daily progress.
SECTION IV
Page 52 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Work hours shall be from 7:00 AM to 3:30 PM Monday through Friday unless authorized in writing by the
city's Project Manager.
404-2. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT
Payment for sanitary sewer rehabilitation using the cured -in-place product shall be made per linear foot
including all preparation, installation, curing, flow maintenance, lateral reconnection, submittals, light
cleaning (3 passes of cleaning head) of piping, material removal & disposal, CCTV inspection/reporting
(pre & post installation) sealing of all leaks, connection to all manholes, traffic control on city streets, testing
such as infiltration and/or exfiltration, provision of equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc.,
to provide a fully completed and operational sewer.
Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary sewer mains and
from the connection to the main to the terminus of the liner for service laterals.
404-3. SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall submit the following information:
1. Manufacturer's certification that the materials to be used meet the referenced standards and these
specifications.
2. License or certificate verifying Manufacture's/Licensor's approval of the installer.
3. Proposed equipment and procedures for accomplishing the work.
4. Lining Manufacturer's product data and instructions for resin and catalyst system.
5. Design Calculations, in accordance with the Appendix of ASTM F1216 or latest edition, for each
length of liner to be installed including the thickness of each proposed CIPP. It will be acceptable
for the Contractor to submit a design for the most severe line condition and apply that design to all
of the line sections. To be completed and certified by a Professional Engineer proficient in the
design of pipeline systems. All calculations shall include data that conforms to the requirements of
these specifications.
6. A detailed installation plan describing all preparation work, cleaning operation, pre -closed-circuit
television (CCTV) inspections, flow maintenance, traffic control, installation procedure, method of
curing, service reconnection, quality control, testing to be performed, final CCTV inspection, and
all else necessary and appropriate for a complete CIPP liner installation.
7. Tube wet -out and cure method including: a complete description of the proposed wet -out
procedure, manufacturer's recommended cure method- for each diameter and thickness of CIPP
liner to be installed, and detailed curing procedure detailing the curing medium and the method of
application.
8. A detailed installation schedules.
9. All SDS sheets for all materials to be furnished for the project.
10. Weekly work schedules shall be submitted no later than close of business on proceeding Thursdays
for the work on the following week. Scope of the schedule shall include the following: cleaning
operations, CCTV pre & post operations, lining, and crew leader's information including phone
number.
SECTION IV
Page 53 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
404-4. CURED -IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) FOR GRAVITY SEWER
MAINS
404-4.1. LINER MATERIAL
The liner material shall be an epoxy, vinyl ester or polyester fiber felt resin -impregnated tubing or city
Engineering Department approved equal, sized to tightly fit the internal circumference and length of the
designated gravity sewer. The cured liner shall meet the minimum initial structural properties as listed in
ASTM F1216. The liner shall be designed in accordance with the Appendices in ASTM F1216. It shall be
assumed that a fully deteriorated gravity sewer pipeline having no structural strength will be rehabilitated
with H-20 traffic loading, the water table's at the ground surface and the product installed will have a
minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years. In no case shall the liner thickness be less than six
millimeters (6 mm) for pipe sizes six inches (6") through eight inches (8") and 7.5 millimeters for pipe
sizes ten inches (10") through twelve inches (12") in diameter. Minimum liner thickness for pipes greater
than twelve inches (12") shall be as specified by the city. Liner shall be sized by Contractor to provide a
tight fit to the inside circumference of the host pipe and shall be a continuous jointless lining from manhole
to manhole.
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall use an epoxy vinyl ester or polyester resin and catalyst
system, and a fiber felt tube compatible with the inversion or other approved alternate installation process
and having the following minimum nhvsical nronerties for the cured nine:
PROPERTY VALUE
TEST METHOD
MINIMUM (psi)
Tensile Strength
ASTM D638 or latest edition
3,000
Flexural Strength
Modified ASTM D790 or latest edition
4,500
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity
Modified ASTM D790
250,000
Long -Term (50 year) Modulus of
Elasticity
ASTM D7790 or latest edition
125,000
The epoxy vinyl ester or polyester resin and fiber felt tubing system shall be in accordance with the
requirements of ASTM F1216 and be fabricated to a size that, when installed, will neatly fit the interior of
the host pipe. Allowance shall be made for circumferential stretching during a direct (non -inversion) pull
in. The CIPP product shall fit tightly to the host sewer pipe (with minimal shrinkage) in such a way as to
minimize water migration (tracking) between the liner and the host pipe. A vacuum impregnation process
shall be used in conjunction with a roller system to achieve a uniform distribution of the resin throughout
the tube under controlled conditions. The volume shall be adjusted by adding five to ten (10) percent excess
resin for the change in resin volume due to polymerization and to allow for any migration of resin into
cracks or joints in the host pipe.
The outside of the fabric tube shall be marked every 5 feet with the name of the manufacturer or CIPP
system, manufacturing lot and production footage.
404-4.2. CHEMICAL JOINT, CRACK AND ANNULAR SPACE SEALING
MATERIALS FOR ACTIVE LEAKS AND SERVICE LATERAL
CONNECTIONS
Chemical joint and crack sealing materials shall have the following properties:
1. React quickly to form a permanent watertight seal
2. Resultant seal shall be flexible and immune to the effects of wet/dry cycles
3. Non -biodegradable and immune to the effects of acids, alkalis, and organics in sewage
4. Component packaging and mixing compatible with field conditions and worker safety
SECTION IV
Page 54 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
5. Extraneous sealant left inside pipe shall be readily removable; and shall be compatible with the
repair resin utilized.
Chemical joint sealing material shall be acrylic resin type and shall be furnished with activators, initiators,
inhibitors, and any other materials recommended by the manufacturer for a complete grout system. Sealing
grout shall be furnished in liquid form in standard manufacturer's containers.
404-4.3. MANHOLE CONNECTIONS
A seal, consisting of a resin mixture or hydrophilic seal compatible with the installed CIPP shall be applied
at manhole walls in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer's recommendation. Cost associated
with manhole seals shall be included in the contract price of CIPP installation.
404-4.4. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
404-4.4.1. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The
Contractor shall perform light cleaning (3 passes of the jet head) using a jetting system capable of providing
60 gallons of flow at 3,000 psi. After light cleaning has been completed the Contractor shall attempt a pre-
installation CCTV inspection. If the Contractor believes that the piping requires additional cleaning the
collected CCTV video will be provided to the Inspector before beginning any heavy cleaning of the piping.
Light cleaning is included in the cost of liner installation and heavy cleaning will be measured as a separate
pay item. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface
free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Flow
maintenance will be provided by the Contractor as required. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to
cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and commercial facilities. During the cleaning and
preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the
sanitary sewer facilities from damage.
All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in
accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of
sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the city's treatment plants.
404-4.4.2. TELEVISION INSPECTION
After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of pipe is completed, all pipe sections
shall be visually inspected with a digital CCTV camera and recorded in DVD format. Cost of CCTV
inspections is included in the cost of pipe lining CCTV data shall be provided to the city designated Project
Manager. Asset Management (OWAM) software. This section describes the requirements of the Contractor
in providing the following minimum requirements for video capture, photo capture and database structure
to the city. The city is currently using CUES Granite video and data collection software. The Contractor
shall provide the TV Inspections in the same CUES Granite product database, photo, and video capture
format. The Contractor -provided TV inspections, database, DVDs, photos, and related files shall have the
ability to direct synchronize to the city's existing CUES Granite product database.
404-4.4.2.1. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS
The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to industry standard formats to include
JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, thumb drive, DVD and/or external hard drive
to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers.
SECTION IV
Page 55 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
404-4.4.2.2. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS
Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG format or as specified
by the city. The video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to
the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The
inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real-time.
The accompanying database shall support the following code system: PACP, or current code system being
utilized by the city. The Database and Software program (CUES Granite products) shall be able to import
asset data from an Esri ArcGIS (v.10.1+) geodatabase utilizing the network features to associate Sewer
Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes.
The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm
system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute
information be retained as separate tables from the inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple
sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered
in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall
be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even
if gathered in different projects.
404-4.4.2.3. SYNCHRONIZATION
The database shall have the ability to synchronize assets and inspections from replicated databases. The
synchronization process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications
to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a
single unitary database for analysis and evaluation.
404-4.4.3. LINER INSTALLATION
Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior
circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, joint -less liner product from inside
of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner
manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and
reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the city of any construction delays taking
place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall provide flow maintenance measures as described by
the approved Flow Maintenance Plan. Flow Maintenance Plan shall be approved by the city Project
Manager prior to 48 -hours of mobilization. Flow Maintenance Plan shall include redundancy. Liner entries
at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or
other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor
at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be
met.
404-4.4.4. LATERAL RECONNECTION
Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected
by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All
lateral reconnections are to be grouted, as directed by the city to prevent leakage. Grouting method and
material is to be approved by the city. Cost for robotic reconnection shall be included in the cost to install
the liner. If the city wishes to reconnect service lateral using a different method the cost to do so will be
measured and paid for separately.
Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by
the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically
directed otherwise by the city. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will
not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers seven days before commencement with
SECTION IV
Page 56 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
appropriate information regarding the construction project. Contractor shall notify the Senior Public
Information Coordinator from the city Public Communications Department prior to distribution.
404-4.4.5. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION
Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the city. At no time will any
sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a
service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters
buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims.
404-4.4.6. TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Post cleaning and television inspection shall proceed only after all necessary work and preparation has been
completed, including the following:
• Placement of traffic control measures in accordance with these specifications
• Implementation of adequate flow control
• Pre -installation cleaning and television inspection
• Installation of CIPP liner in accordance with specifications
• All services re -instated including grout sealing in accordance with these specifications
The Contractor shall clean and televise the assigned gravity sewer in accordance with Sections 404-4.4.1,
404-4.4.2, 404-4.4.2.1, 404-4.4.2.2 and 404-4.4.2.3. The interior surface of the pipeline shall be cleaned
with high pressure water jet equipment immediately prior to conducting the post television inspection.
Jetting equipment will provide a minimum of sixty (60) gallons per minute of water at 3,000 psi. All service
locations, gouges, cracks, bumps, bulges and obstructions, such as dropped joints, shall be noted on the
inspection. In the case of bellies in the line, the pipe shall be cleared of any standing water to provide
continuous visibility during the post inspection. The Contractor shall provide all inspections in digital PACP
format including printed inspection logs to the city. Cost associated with post -televising and cleaning shall
be included in the contract price of CIPP installation.
The finished liner shall be free of significant visual defects, damage, deflection, holes, leaks and other
defects.
Each individual pipe segment contained in a development is to be considered an "individual project" such
that all work, including all deliverables shall be reviewed and accepted prior to the city accepting and
processing payment for that individual project. No partial payments will be made on individual sewer
projects.
404-4.4.7. CLEANUP
Cleanup is an essential part of the work. As the work progresses and is completed, the Contractor shall
clean the various sites of all operations and completely restore all work areas to the satisfaction of the city.
This cleanup shall be done as promptly as practicable and shall not be left until the end of the construction
period. No part of the work shall be considered complete and no payment will be made until cleanup is
completed.
404-5. CURED -IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) FOR SERVICE LATERALS
404-5.1. LINER MATERIAL
The lining material shall be a fiberglass/polyester needle fleece vacuum epoxy resin -impregnated or
equivalent material tube, matching the diameter of the lateral pipe, which is inserted into the service lateral
to be rehabilitated and cured -in-place by an acceptable curing method. No Polyester resins will be accepted.
SECTION IV
Page 57 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
The epoxy shall be suitable for the design conditions as well as the curing process. The cured liner shall
rovide a service life of 50 years and shall have the minimum structural properties listed below:
PROPERTY VALUE
TEST METHOD
MINIMUM (psi)
Tensile Strength
ASTM D638
3,000
Flexural Strength
Modified ASTM D790
4,500
Modulus of Elasticity
ASTM D790
250,000
The liner system shall consist of a sectional liner in the mainline (full wrap around the circumference of the
main line extending 5" on either side of the service) and the continuous lateral liner shall have the capacity
to extend to within 10 feet of the building foundation. The liner shall form a continuous, one-piece, tight
fitting, corrosion resistant and verifiable non -leaking cured in place pipe. The one-piece section liner shall
be manufactured in a factory setting prior to its arrival on site. No component of the liner (i.e. lateral tube
to mainline piece) shall be glued or sewn fused in the field prior to installation. The material shall be capable
of conforming to offset joints, bells, and disfigured pipe sections.
The liner shall be designed, fabricated, and installed for the actual conditions encountered for this
application including the material of the host pipe, in accordance with the applicable provisions of ASTM
F 1216(latest edition), and shall meet the following minimum design conditions: AASHTO H-20 live load
with one truck passing; Soil Weight 120 pounds per cubic foot. Coefficient of friction Ku'=0.130;
Groundwater: At the ground surface; fully deteriorated pipe with 2 percent (min.) ovality. If ovality of
existing pipe is found to be worse, use actual percent up to 5 percent (max.); Soil Modulus 1,000 psi; Factor
of Safety = 2; Soil Depth: Depth of Cover will be determined by field measurements.
The liner shall be designed to withstand all imposed loads, including live loads and, if applicable hydrostatic
pressure. The liner shall have sufficient wall thickness to withstand all anticipated external pressures and
loads that may be imposed after installation. The design shall be performed and certified by a professional
engineer licensed by the Florida.
The liner and resin shall be manufactured by Trelleborg Pipe Seals, BLD, Inc., LMK, Inc., or approved
equal. The finished liner product shall be chemically resistant to domestic sewage over the expected lifetime
of the rehabilitated pipe.
The lateral liner system shall create epoxy resin migration into the defect/joints of the existing lateral. A
combination of mechanical and chemical bonding shall be created between the lateral lining system and
existing host pipe.
404-5.2. EPDXY RESIN MATERIAL
The epoxy system shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1216 (latest edition), Section 5.2. The epoxy
installed liner system shall produce a liner that will comply with the structural requirements specified herein
and shall provide chemical resistance for the flow media in the gravity pipe. The epoxy shall be compatible
with the rehabilitation process, shall be able to cure in the presence or absence of water, and shall have an
initiation temperature for cure as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer. Polyester and Vinylester resins
contain styrene and volatile organic compounds which are susceptible to shrinkage and UV Curing will not
be accepted.
Submitted documentation from the epoxy manufacturer specifically describing the chemical characteristics
of the epoxy system, including allowable mixing, impregnation, and handling time, transportation and
storage time, and recommended curing cycle including temperatures, pressures, and times. The epoxy
manufacturer's documentation must also include maximum allowable time for handling the impregnated
tube prior to insertion and the maximum allowable elapsed time from insertion to exotherm. If remedial
measures are available to extend either of the maximum allowable times indicated above, without affecting
the physical properties of the epoxy, the epoxy manufacturer should describe these measures and the time
limits beyond which even these measures will not prevent alteration of the physical properties of the epoxy.
SECTION IV
Page 58 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
404-5.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
The Contractor, when required, shall provide for the flow of sewage around the section(s) of main pipe
where the service lateral designated for lining is located. The bypass shall be made by plugging the line at
an existing upstream manhole and pumping the flow into a downstream manhole or adjacent system. The
pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flow. Contractor must coordinate
installation with property owner(s).
Delivery, storage, and handling of approved products are the responsibility of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall keep them safe from damage and stored with the proper environmental containment as
outlined by the manufacturer. No products should be used that have exceeded the designated shelf life as
outlined by the manufacturer. Remove damaged products from site. Promptly replace damaged products
with new products at no additional cost to the city.
If the service lateral lining process requires the installation of a cleanout, the city must approve the work
before it is done.
404-5.3.1. PRE -LINING INSPECTION
Prior to inspecting each service lateral the piping will be cleaned to allow passage of the camera. A recorded
CCTV video survey must be completed on the sewer main and service laterals with a pan and tilt camera.
The inspection shall confirm the location and clock reference of the lateral junctions to be lined, any offsets
within the mainline or service lateral, any intrusion from the lateral into the main; the angle at which the
connection comes in; any changes in angle of approach of the lateral for the length of the repair; the potential
flows coming through the lateral pipe; the potential flows going through the sewer main pipe; the diametric
size of the connection for the length of the liner; the size of the main pipe at the point of the liner and the
presence of active infiltration within the vicinity of the work area. Cost to complete the necessary pipe
cleaning and CCTV inspection will be included in the cost to install the lateral liner.
Two copies of the pre -lining inspection shall be submitted to the Public Utilities Dept. The Contractor shall
be responsible for having a copy of the pre -lining inspections in the field as well. Immediately prior to liner
insertion, the camera shall traverse the lateral to inspect for debris which may have entered the line after
the existing condition video recording.
404-5.3.2. LATERAL PREPARATION
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clear the line of obstructions such as solids, roots, or broken
pipe that will prevent the insertion of the liner. A high speed rotating hydraulic cutter shall be used to cut
roots, grease or other obstructions in the pipe. The cut shall be made flush with the wall of the pipe to be
restored, and the debris shall be pushed down the lateral pipe to the main pipe and to the downstream
manhole and is to be removed by the contractor. If inspection reveals an obstruction that cannot be removed
by conventional cleaning equipment, the Contractor shall notify the city and the cleaning effort shall be
abandoned. The Contractor shall confirm that the sewer is clean enough to ensure an effective lining. The
line segment shall not be lined until approved by the city.
Built-up deposits on the sewer main and lateral pipe walls shall be removed. The removal shall reach at
least one foot beyond the liner product to allow the bladder to inflate tightly against the pipe walls ensuring
a smooth transition from the liner product to the existing pipe wall.
Where the sewer main pipe has been lined previously with a CIPP liner, a check should be made to ensure
the prior lateral reopening work created a lateral opening that is flush with the lateral pipe. If this is not the
case, the mainline CIPP must be trimmed back using a lateral cutter.
Where active infiltration is present and when it is recommended by the liner manufacturer the infiltration
must be stopped in advance by grouting.
SECTION IV
Page 59 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
404-5.3.3. LINER INSTALLATION
Notify all property owners not identified for service flow maintenance that their sewage service will be
discontinued while the liner is being installed. Notify each affected property owner at least 7 days in
advance of commencement of the work, giving the date, start time and time when service will be completely
restored. Also provide a telephone number which property owners can call for information during the work.
If required for flow maintenance for selected services, Contractor shall excavate at the property line down
to the service lateral for the installation of a cleanout. The preferred method of excavation shall be vacuum
excavation. Although other installation techniques may be accepted, they must be pre -approved by the city.
The service lateral shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to attaching the PVC wye connection. The riser pipe
shall be sealed with a screw type plug, the excavation backfilled with sand or pea gravel, and the surface
restored to preconstruction conditions.
Service lateral liner material shall be vacuum impregnated on site with the epoxy resin immediately prior
to installation. Impregnation should be carried out under vacuum using electric impregnation table with
pinch rollers set at the correct gap as per the manufacturer's instructions. Impregnation should take place
in a clean, temperature -controlled cab in which the materials are protected from direct sunlight, objects
which may damage the coating.
Impregnation should not take place using a manual roller in which the material is subject to excessive
pressure and that the materials are squeezed resulting in a resin slug. All the calculated resin shall be
confined to the liner to ensure the correct mechanical properties can be achieved.
Impregnation should not take place outside in an uncontrolled environment in which the materials are
exposed to the elements. The liner should not be placed on the ground where it is susceptible to damage
from objects such as stones, grit, glass etc. During and upon completion of the impregnation process the
liner should be stored in a container to avoid damage prior to loading the material into the installation
device.
The liner product shall be loaded inside a pressure apparatus above ground. The pressure apparatus, with
an end attached to a robotic manipulator device, shall be positioned in the mainline pipe at the service
connection that is to be rehabilitated. The robotic device together with a television camera will be used to
align the repair product with the service connection opening. The robotic device shall hold the collar in
place while air pressure, supplied to the pressure apparatus through a hose, shall be used to invert the liner
into the lateral pipe. The insertion pressure will be adjusted to fully deploy the liner product into the lateral
connection and hold the liner product tight to the main and lateral pipe walls.
After insertion is completed, recommended pressure must be maintained on the impregnated liner product
for the duration of the curing process. The Contractor shall apply a heat source and circulation system to
affect a cure of the epoxy system. The equipment shall be capable of uniformly raising the temperature of
the pressurized fluid above the temperature required to affect a complete curing of the epoxy system. Initial
cure shall be deemed to be completed when the temperature gauge on the heat source indicates that the
temperature inside the tube is of a magnitude to realize an exotherm. The minimum cure period shall be as
recommended by the system manufacturer.
The finished liner product shall be free of dry spots, lifts, delamination, and excess epoxy. The installed
liner product should not inhibit the post installation video inspection, using a closed-circuit television
camera, of the mainline and service lateral pipes or future pipe cleaning operations. During the warranty
period any defects with the liner product that affect the performance or cleaning of the lateral connection
shall be repaired at the contractor's expense in a manner acceptable to the city.
The Contractor shall inform the city of service laterals in which a liner product cannot be installed due to
pre-existing conditions. These services will be identified, documented, video recorded, and the city will be
SECTION IV
Page 60 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
informed of the conditions encountered. The Contractor will not attempt to install a liner product in these
services unless directed by the city.
Contractor may be permitted, at the direction of the city, to install service liners from inside the existing
cleanout location to the main line sewer if conditions allow. Final liner product must include a lateral
connection repair brim type liner to seal the connection at the host pipe and overlap the service liner installed
from the cleanout.
404-5.3.4. TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Following installation of the service lateral liners, conduct a final, video recorded, CCTV/color television
inspection of the completed work including the service lateral connections at the sewer main and the full
length of all service laterals lined during the progress of the work. Copies of these recordings and those
made prior to the liner installation shall be submitted to the city for approval and shall be retained by the
city. Field acceptance of the liner shall be based on the city's evaluation of the installation including CCTV
inspection video recordings and a review of certified test data for the installed pipe samples. groundwater
infiltration of the liner shall be zero. There shall be no evidence of splits, cracks, breaks, lifts, kinks,
delamination or crazing in the liner. If any defective liner is discovered after it has been installed, it shall
be removed and replaced with either a sound liner or a new pipe at no additional cost to the city. The cost
for all necessary testing shall be included in the cost associated with the lining.
The Contractor shall clean up each project area after the work is completed and all testing is accepted.
Remove and dispose of all excess materials and debris at each location as directed by the city.
405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION
405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT
It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the repair, rehabilitation and groundwater
infiltration abatement of manhole walls, corbels/cones, pipe connections and bench and channel/trough
areas. All manhole rehabilitation products will be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and these specifications. The purpose of the rehabilitation work is to eliminate inflow
and infiltration, provide corrosion protection, and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any
particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All
OSHA regulations shall be met in the completion of the work and the contractor shall be responsible for all
necessary maintenance of traffic. The contractor shall warrant all work against defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of one 1 years, unless otherwise noted, from the date of final acceptance of the
project. Contractor shall, within a reasonable time after receipt of written notice thereof, repair defects in
materials or workmanship which may develop during said one year period, and any damage to other work
caused by such defects or the repairing of same, at his own expense and without cost to the city.
The following lists all elements of potential rehabilitation activity:
1. REMOVE STEPS
2. STOP ACTIVE INFILTRATION.
3. PATCH VOIDS AND ALL FRAME CONNECTIONS WITH NON -SHRINK GROUT.
4. REMOVE LOOSE COATING MATERIALS.
5. RESURFACE CORBEL/WALLS WITH CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR.
6. REBUILD/REPAIR BENCH & CHANNEL/TROUGH/SEAL PIPE CONNECTIONS.
7. COAT CORBEL/CONE, WALLS, BENCH AND TROUGH WITH AN APPROVED
CEMENTITIOUS, EPDXY, OR POLYURATHANE, COATING/LINING SYSTEM.
8. ADJUST FRAME AND COVER HEIGHT.
9. RESET FRAME AND COVER.
SECTION IV
Page 61 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
Imr
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
10. REMOVE ROOTS.
11. PROVIDE INFLOW INSERT/DISH/PAN.
' 12. REMOVE DEBRIS.
13. PERFORM STRUCTURAL REPAIR.
14. REPLACE FRAME AND COVER.
15. SEAL FRAME TO CORBEL/CONE CONNECTION WITH AN APPROVED POLYUREA
COATING/LINING SYSTEM
It is implicit that many of the repair activities listed above will not be measured and paid for separately as
' they will be included in the cost of rehabilitating the manhole substrate. These activities include stopping
active infiltration, patching voids, removal of loose coating materials, resurfacing of the corbel & wall,
removing roots, and removing miscellaneous debris. Repair activities which will have a separate
' measurement and payment item include: Rebuilding/Repairing Bench & Channel/Trough; Interior Manhole
Coating; Adjusting/Resetting Frame & Cover, Replacing Frame & Cover and Sealing Frame to Corbel
Connection.
1 405-2. MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT
1 405-2.1. MANHOLE LINERS/COATING
Payment for manhole rehabilitation shall be per vertical linear foot of liner/coating which is
' installed/applied. Lining systems will generally be measured from the manhole bench to the top of existing,
or new, corbel/cone. Cementitious, Epoxy and Polyurethane coating systems will be measured from the
lowest pipe invert to the bottom of the manhole frame. No separate payment will be made for the following
items: Flow Maintenance; Maintenance of Traffic; Debris Disposal; Miscellaneous Excavation, including
' necessary pavement removal and replacement; Infiltration control in manhole and at all pipe connections;
Grout, Brick and mortar placement to fill voids and level surfaces; Brick replacement; Root removal,
Installation of pipe extensions and connectors as necessary; Removal and replacement of manhole steps,
' Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery; Replacement of roadway base (including backfill
and compaction) and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required to complete the identified
rehabilitation. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per vertical linear foot of
1
liner/coating.
405-2.2. REPLACE FRAME & COVER
1 Payment for manhole frame and cover replacement will include removal of existing frame and cover and
replacement with a new frame and cover which meets the criteria established by Section 401-4 of the city's
specifications. The Contractor will also install and/or replace manhole pans and dishes if it is damaged or
missing. Refer to Section 401-2.2. from these Section IV Technical Specifications. Where manholes fall in
paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and
Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces ". Payment will be made for each manhole frame and cover replaced. No
' separate payment will be made for maintenance of traffic, necessary pavement removal and replacement,
or replacement of grass or shrubbery.
' 405-2.3. REBUILD BENCH & CHANNEL/TROUGH
Payment for rebuilding bench and channel/trough will include removal of existing bench and channel (if
applicable) and constructing a new bench and channel using the criteria established by Section 401-1 of the
' city's specifications. Payment will be made for each bench and channel repaired/installed. No separate
payment will be made for the removal of the existing bench and channel, by-pass pumping, and preparation
of the manhole invert.
1
SECTION IV Page 62 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
405-2.4. RESET/ADJUST MANHOLE FRAME & COVER
Payment for adjusting, or resetting, manhole frame will include removal of existing frame, removal of
existing mortar, preparing top of corbel surface, installation of necessary riser material as described in
Section 401-2.1, and placement of existing frame. No separate payment will be made for necessary
maintenance of traffic, pavement removal and replacement, or replacement of grass or shrubbery. All work
will be performed in accordance with Section 401-4 of the city's specifications. Where manholes fall in
paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and
Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces". Payment will be made for each manhole frame and cover adjusted. No
separate payment will be made for maintenance of traffic, necessary pavement removal and replacement,
or replacement of grass or shrubbery.
405-2.5. SEAL MANHOLE FRAME TO CORBEL CONNECTION WITH
POLYUREA MATERIAL
Payment for providing a water tight connection between the manhole frame and the manhole corbel /cone
will include placement of non -shrink grout in any area between the frame and corbel which is void of
mortar, preparing the frame and corbel/cone to accept the polyurea material and testing the thickness of the
application. No separate payment will be made for necessary maintenance of traffic. All work will be
performed in accordance with Section 405-7 of the city's specifications.
405-3. CEMENTITIOUS COATING SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray/apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to
the wall, channel, invert and bench surfaces of brick, concrete, or any other construction material; Strong
Seal MS 2C product or approved equal.
Described are procedures for manhole cleaning preparation, application of material and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The
applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2C
product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one
half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. As it is the intention of
the city to rehabilitate the entire structure; corbel, walls, bench and channel/trough the contractor will be
required to provide by-pass pumping as the necessary cure time exceeds four (4) hours. In no case will flow
through plugs be allowed. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and with the following specifications:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
3. The spray application of a pre -blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2)
coat application.
405-3.1. SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall be made in accordance with the following:
1. Technical data sheet on each product used, including ASTM test results indicating the product
conforms to and is suitable for its intended use per these specifications.
2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each product used.
3. Project specific guidelines and recommendations.
4. Applicator Qualifications:
a. Manufacturer certification that the Applicator has been trained in the handling, mixing and
application of the products to be used.
SECTION IV
Page 63 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
b. Certification that the equipment to be used for applying the products has been approved by
the protective coating manufacturer and Applicator personnel have been trained and
certified for proper use of the equipment.
c. Written document providing three (3) years of experience and five (5) recent references of
Applicator indicating successful application of the materials provided
d. Installed a minimum of 50,000 square feet of plural component spray applied coating the
same or similar to that specified within the last two (2) years.
e. Proof of any necessary federal, state, or local permits or licenses necessary for the project.
405-3.2. MATERIALS
405-3.2.1. PATCHING MIX
A Strong A Seal or approved equal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1.
Compressive Strength (ASTM C109)
15 min., 200 psi; 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2.
Shrinkage (ASTM C596)
28 days, 150 psi
3.
Bond (ASTM C1072)
28 days, 150 psi
4.
Cement Sulfate resistant
0% at 90% R.H.
5.
Density, when applied
105 +/- 5 pcf
405-3.2.2. INFILTRATION CONTROL
A Strong A Plug or approved equal shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the
manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1.
Compressive strength (ASTM C109)
600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2.
Bond (ASTM C1072)
30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
405-3.2.3. GROUTING MIX
Strong -Seal Grout or approved equal shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids
according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable and have a minimum
twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi.
405-3.2.4. COATING MIX
Strong Seal MS 2C or approved equal shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior
manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days: The
physical requirements must be verified by an independent, certified, third party testing laboratory within
the last five years. The proposed third -party laboratory must be submitted with the bid package; any bid
package not including the verifiable, independent third -party testing shall be ruled non-responsive and will
be refected.
1.
Compressive strength (ASTM C109)
3,000 psi
2.
Tensile strength (ASTM C496)
300 psi
3.
Flexural strength (ASTM C78)
600 psi
4.
Shrinkage (ASTM C596)
0% at 90% R.H.
5.
Bond (ASTM C1072)
130 psi
6.
Density, when applied
105 + pcf
7.
Chemical Resistance (ASTM D543/G20) immersion service for:
a. Municipal sanitary sewer environment
b. Sulfuric Acid, 30%
c. Sodium Hydroxide, 10%
d. Sodium Hypochlorite, 3%
SECTION IV
Page 64 of 175
Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one-half inch
(1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed
state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made
with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in
applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions.
Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to
51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content
must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water
must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot
of volume. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for
any heavy metal.
Manufacturer must provide SDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat
application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force
materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum
of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish.
405-3.2.5. WATER
Water shall be clean and potable not to exceed 80°F (Fahrenheit).
405-3.2.6. OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation from the manufacturer.
405-3.3. APPLICATION EQUIPMENT
A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a
minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and
an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering
system. Mixer and pump are to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty
construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal
combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor.
405-3.4. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
405-3.4.1. PREPARATION
1. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high-pressure water
spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed
using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with brick and quick setting
patching mix.
2. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the
manufacturer's recommendations. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in
order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be
followed when pressure grouting is required.
3. Any bench, invert/channel/trough or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick
setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Any active flows shall be dammed, plugged, or diverted as required to ensure all liquids are
maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated until final applications are cured as
recommended by the manufacturer.
SECTION IV
Page 65 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
5. Prior to commencing surface preparation, Contractor shall inspect all surfaces specified to receive
the coating and notify city, in writing, of any noticeable disparity in the site, structure or surfaces
which may interfere with the work, use of materials or procedures as specified herein.
405-3.4.2. MIXING
For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray
Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been
placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing
such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is
complete.
405-3.4.3. SPRAYING
The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water.
Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to ensure that all cracks, crevices and
voids are filled, and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is
performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun
to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour
depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished
thickness of one-half inch (1/2"). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over
trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the
finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more
than twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The bench will be sprayed such that a
gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no
less than one-half inch (1/2"). The invert/channel/trough area shall also be sprayed in a manner that provides
a gradual slope through the structure while achieving one-quarter inch (1/4") thickness coverage. The
wall/bench and bench/invert/channel/trough intersections shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full
circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time
before being subjected to active flow. The corbel/cone to manhole frame joint shall be sealed according to
Section 405-7.
405-3.4.4. PREPARATION OF SAMPLES
At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes will be prepared for each manhole,
or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and submitted, in accordance with the city's or
Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C109.
405-3.4.5. CURING
Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative
that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed.
405-3.5. TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE
Manhole will be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the
manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The
test head shall be placed, and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A
vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves
closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the
time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for
sixty inch diameter (60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the
manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory
test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the city.
SECTION IV
Page 66 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
405-4. RAVEN 405 EPDXY COATING SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray/apply a monolithic epoxy material to the wall, channel,
invert and bench surfaces of brick, concrete, or any other construction material; Raven 405 product or
approved equal.
Described are procedures for manhole cleaning preparation, application of material and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained, and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The
applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials for applying the Raven 405 product
directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural liner of a minimum 125 mil thickness using a
machine specially designed for the application. As it is the intention of the city to rehabilitate the entire
structure; corbel, walls, bench, and channel/trough the contractor will be required to provide by-pass
pumping as necessary if the cure time exceeds one (1) hour. In no case will flow through plugs be allowed.
All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the
following specifications:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
3. Preparing the manhole to provide a clean, dry, sound and monolithically smooth surface
4. The spray application of a Solvent -free epoxy coating to be applied to specified thickness
405-4.1. SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall be made in accordance with the following:
1. Technical data sheet on each product used, including ASTM test results indicating the product
conforms to and is suitable for its intended use per these specifications.
2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each product used.
3. Project specific guidelines and recommendations.
4. Applicator Qualifications:
a. Manufacturer certification that the Applicator has been trained in the handling, mixing and
application of the products to be used.
b. Certification that the equipment to be used for applying the products has been approved by
the protective coating manufacturer and Applicator personnel have been trained and
certified for proper use of the equipment.
c. Written document providing three (3) years of experience and five (5) recent references of
Applicator indicating successful application of a 100% solids high -build solvent -free
coating by spray application.
d. Applicator must provide written documentation of having installed a minimum of 50,000
square feet of plural component spray applied epoxy coating the same or similar to that
specified within the last two (2) years.
e. Proof of any necessary federal, state, or local permits or licenses necessary for the project.
405-4.2. MATERIALS
405-4.2.1. PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal, or approved equal, shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1.
Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109)
15 min., 200 psi; 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2.
Shrinkage (ASTM C-596)
28 days, 150 psi
3.
Bond (ASTM C-952)
28 days, 150 psi
4.
Cement Sulfate resistance
SECTION IV
Page 67 of 175
Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
5.
Density, when applied
105+/-5pcf
405-4.2.2. INFILTRATION CONTROL
Strong Plug, or approved equal, shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the
manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1.
Compressive strength (ASTM C109)
600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2.
Bond (ASTM C1072)
30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
405-4.2.3. GROUTING MIX
Strong -Seal Grout, or approved equal, shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids
according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable and have a minimum
twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and one (1) day strength of 50 psi.
405-4.2.4. COATING MATERIAL
Coating product shall be applied to all interior surfaces to protect the host substrate and repair materials
from all fon-ns of chemical or bacteriological attack typically found in municipal sanitary sewer systems
and to impart a degree of structural enhancement.
Coating product physical properties shall be substantiated through submittal of accredited third -party
testing results and shall be representative of the actual field applied product and cure mechanism(s) to be
employed in the field. The physical requirements must be verified by an independent third -party testing
shall be ruled non-responsive and will be rejected.
100% Solids, Solvent -Free, Ultra -High Build Epoxy Coating to be spray applied to all interior surfaces of
exposed concrete above the spring line or as otherwise detailed:
1. Manufacturer: Raven Lining Systems, Broken Arrow, Oklahoma 800-324-2810 or 918-615-0140
fax.
2. Product: Raven 405, or approved equal — 100% solids, solvent -free ultra -high -build epoxy system
exhibiting the following characteristics:
a. Product Type: amine cured epoxy
b. VOC Content (ASTM D2584): 0%
c. Compressive Strength, (ASTM D695): 18,000 psi
d. Tensile Strength, (ASTM D638): 7,600 psi
e. Flexural Modulus, (ASTM D790): 700,000 psi
f. Adhesion to Concrete, (ASTM D4541/7234): >200 psi with substrate (concrete) failure
g. Chemical Resistance (ASTM D543/G20) immersion service for:
• Municipal sanitary sewer environment
• Sulfuric Acid, 30%
• Sodium Hydroxide, 10%
• Sodium Hypochlorite, 3%
h. Successful Pass: Sanitation District of L.A. County Coating Evaluation Study and SSPWC
210.2.3.3 (Greenbook "Pickle Jar" Chemical Resistance test) 100% Solids, Solvent -Free,
Ultra -High Build Epoxy Coating to be manually or spray applied to interior surfaces of
exposed concrete above or below the typical flow line; specifically designed for accelerated
cure and suitable for release of flow in less than 45 minutes at normal service temperatures
or as otherwise detailed.
405-4.2.5. OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior city approval.
SECTION IV
Page 68 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
405-4.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
405-4.3.1. PREPARATION
1. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high-pressure water
spray (minimum 5,000 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed
using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with brick and quick setting
patching mix.
2. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the
manufacturer's recommendations. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in
order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be
followed when pressure grouting is required.
3. Any bench, invert/channel/trough or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick
setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Any active flows shall be dammed, plugged, or diverted as required to ensure all liquids are
maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated until final applications are cured as
recommended by the manufacturer.
5. The area between the corbel and the manhole frame and any other area that might exhibit movement
or cracking due to expansion and contraction shall be grouted with a flexible grout or gel. A
termination groove "key" cut into the substrate between the bottom of the manhole frame and
concrete is recommended for placement of the flexible grout or gel. The "key" shall be a minimum
1/4" w x'/4" d, cut at a minimum 45° angle (60° maximum).
6. Prior to commencing surface preparation, Contractor shall inspect all surfaces specified to receive
the coating and notify city, in writing, of any noticeable disparity in the site, structure or surfaces
which may interfere with the work, use of materials or procedures as specified herein.
405-4.3.2. APPLICATION
Application procedures shall conform to the recommendations of the coating product(s) manufacturer,
including environmental controls, product handling, mixing, application equipment, and methods. Spray
equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply the coating product(s) and s Prepared
surfaces shall be coated via spray application of the coating product(s) described herein unless otherwise
recommended by the coating product manufacturer.
In all cases the coating product shall be applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 125 mils to surface
profiles. Subsequent top coating or additional coats of the coating product(s) shall occur within the products
recoat window. Additional surface preparation procedures will be required if this recoat window is
exceeded.
Coating product(s) shall interface with adjoining construction materials/components throughout the
manhole structure to effectively seal and protect substrates from attack by corrosive elements and to ensure
the effective elimination of infiltration into the sewer system. Termination points of the coating product(s)
shall be made at the manhole frame and corbel joint (or other man way as is present), and a minimum of 1"
interfacing within each pipe penetrating the structure. The corbel/cone to manhole frame joint shall be
sealed according to Section 405-7. The entire bench and invert/channel/trough will be thoroughly coated
noting that the invert/channel/trough area will be sprayed in a manner that provides a gradual slope through
the structure while achieving 125 mils thickness coverage.
405-4.4. TESTING & ACCEPTANCE
Coating system thickness shall be inspected to ensure compliance with the specifications herein.
1. During application a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414 (latest edition) - Standard
Practice for Measurement of Wet Film Thickness of Organic Coatings by Notched Gages, shall be
SECTION IV
Page 69 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
used. Measurements shall be taken, documented, and attested to by Contractor for submission to
the city.
2. After the coating product(s) have cured in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, coating
system thickness shall be measured according to SSPC-PA 9 - Measurement of Dry Coating
Thickness on Cementitious Substrates Using Ultrasonic Gages.
High voltage holiday detection for coating systems installed in corrosive environments, when it can be
safely and effectively employed, shall be performed to ensure monolithic protection of the substrate. After
the coating product(s) have cured in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, all surfaces shall be
inspected for holidays in accordance with NACE RPO 188-99 Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New
Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates or ASTM D4787 Standard Practice for Continuity
Verification of Liquid or Sheet Linings Applied to Concrete Substrates. All detected holidays shall be
marked and repaired according to the coating product(s) manufacturer's recommendations.
1 Test voltage shall be a minimum of 100 volts per mil of coating system thickness.
2. Detection of a known or induced holiday in the coating product shall be confirmed to ensure proper
operation of the test unit.
3. All areas repaired shall be retested following cure of the repair material(s).
4. In instances where high voltage holiday detection is not feasible a close visual inspection shall be
conducted, and all possible holidays shall be marked and repaired as described above.
5. Documentation of areas tested, equipment employed, results, and repairs made shall be submitted
to the city by the Contractor.
Adhesion of the coating system to the substrate shall be confirmed in a minimum of 10% of the manholes
coated, or for large structures once every 1000 square feet of coated area. After the coating product(s) have
cured in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, testing shall be conducted in accordance with
ASTM D7234 Pull -Off Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off Adhesion
Testers. city's Project Manager shall select the manholes/areas to be tested.
1. For each test manhole a minimum of three 20 mm dollies shall be affixed to the coated surface; one
at the cone/corbel area, one at the midsection and one near the bottom of the structure.
2. For larger structures a minimum of three 20 mm 'dollies shall be affixed to the coated surface at
random locations within each 1000 square foot area or as otherwise agreed upon.
3. The adhesive used to attach the dollies to the coating shall be rapid setting with tensile strengths in
excess of at least twice the anticipated failure point (generally 1000 psi) and permitted to cure in
accordance with manufacturer recommendations. The coating and dollies shall be adequately
cleaned and prepared to receive the adhesive. Failure of the dolly adhesive shall be deemed a non -
test and require retesting.
4. Prior to performing the pull test, the coating shall be scored to the substrate, or within 10 mils of
the substrate surface, by mechanical means without disturbing the dolly or coating system bond
within the test area.
5. Two of the three adhesion pulls in each test area shall exceed 200 psi and shall include substrate.
adhered to the back of the dolly or no visual signs of the coating product in the test hole. Pulls tests
with results between 150 and 200 psi may be acceptable if more than 50 percent of the substrate in
the test area is adhered to the dolly.
6. Should a structure, or area, fail to achieve two successful pulls as described above, additional testing
shall be performed at the discretion of the Owner or Project Engineer. Any areas detected to have
inadequate bond strength shall be evaluated by the city. Further bond tests may be performed in
that area to determine the extent of potentially deficient bonded area and repairs shall be made by
Contractor.
7. All adhesion testing shall be performed by qualified personnel using calibrated equipment as
specified by the applicable ASTM standard(s).
SECTION IV
Page 70 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
8. All adhesion testing shall be documented and submitted in a consistent format detailing location,
test values, description of the failure point/mode, scoring method employed, adhesive used, cure
time of coating and adhesive and other data as deemed necessary by the city.
9. All adhesion test locations shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the city.
10. Visual inspection shall be made by the Project Engineer and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the
finished coating affecting the performance of the coating system or the operational functionality of
the structure shall be marked and repaired according to the recommendations of the coating
product(s) manufacturer.
405-5. SPRAYWALL POLYURETHANE COATING SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray/apply a monolithic polyurethane material to the wall,
channel, invert and bench surfaces of brick, concrete, or any other construction material; SprayWall product
or approved equal.
Described are procedures for manhole cleaning preparation, application of material and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The
applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the SprayWall product
directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural liner of a minimum 125 thickness using a machine
specially designed for the application. As it is the intention of the city to rehabilitate the entire structure;
corbel, walls, bench and channel/trough the contractor will be required to provide by-pass pumping as the
necessary if the cure time exceeds one (1) hour. In no case will flow through plugs be allowed. All aspects
of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following
specifications:
1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application.
2. The removal of any loose and unsound material.
3. Preparing the manhole to provide a clean, dry, sound and monolithically smooth surface
4. The spray application of a Solvent -free polyurethane coating to be applied to specified thickness.
405-5.1. SUBMITTALS
The following items shall be submitted:
1. Technical data sheet on each product used, including ASTM test results indicating the product
conforms to and is suitable for its intended use per these specifications.
2. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each product used.
3. Project specific guidelines and recommendations.
4. Applicator Qualifications:
a. Manufacturer certification that the Applicator has been trained in the handling, mixing and
application of the products to be used.
b. Certification that the equipment to be used for applying the products has been approved by
the protective coating manufacturer and Applicator personnel have been trained and
certified for proper use of the equipment.
c. Written document providing three (3) years of experience and five (5) recent references of
Applicator indicating successful application of a 100% solids high -build solvent -free
coating by spray application.
d. Written document stating that the contractor has installed a minimum of 50,000 square feet
of plural component spray applied polyurethane coating the same or similar to that
specified within the last two (2) years.
e. Proof of any necessary federal, state or local permits or licenses necessary for the project.
SECTION IV
Page 71 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
405-5.2. MATERIALS
405-5.2.1. PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal, or approved equal, shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and shall have the followine minimum requirements:
1.
Compressive Strength (ASTM C109)
15 min., 200 psi; 6 hrs., 1,400 psi
2.
Shrinkage (ASTM C596)
28 days, 150 psi
3.
Bond (ASTM C952)
28 days, 150 psi
4.
Cement Sulfate resistant
735,000 psi
5.
Density, when applied
105 +/- 5 pcf
405-5.2.2. INFILTRATION CONTROL
Strong Plug, or approved equal, shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the
manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1.
Compressive strength (ASTM C109)
600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000psi 24 hrs.
2.
Bond (ASTM C952)
30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
405-5.2.3. GROUTING MIX
Strong -Seal Grout, or approved equal, shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids
according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable and have a minimum
twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi.
405-5.2.4. COATING MATERIAL
The resin -based material shall be used to form the sprayed structurally enhanced monolithic liner covering
all interior surfaces of the structure, including benches and channels/troughs of manholes. The finished liner
shall be SprayWall® as manufactured by Sprayroq, Inc. or approved equal and conform to the minimum
physical requirements listed below. A minimum of 125 mil. coating thickness is required.
The physical requirements must be verified by an independent, certified, third party testing laboratory
within the last five years and must be submitted with the bid package. Any bid package not including the
verifiable, independent third -party testing sha 1 be ruled non-responsive and will be rejected.
1.
VOC Content (ASTM D2584)
0%
2.
Compressive Strength, (ASTM D695)
18,000 psi
3.
Tensile Strength, (ASTM D638)
> 7,450 psi
4.
Flexural Modulus, (ASTM D790)
735,000 psi
5.
Adhesion to Concrete, (ASTM
D4541/7234)
>200 psi with substrate (concrete) failure
6.
Chemical Resistance (ASTM
D543/G20) immersion service for:
• Municipal sanitary sewer environment
• Sulfuric Acid, 30%
• Sodium Hydroxide, 10%
• Sodium Hypochlorite, 3%
7.
Successful Pass:
Sanitation District of L.A. County Coating Evaluation
Study and SSPWC 210.2.3.3 (Greenbook "Pickle Jar"
Chemical Resistance test)
The initial flexural modulus of elasticity (short term) of the submitted resin material will be utilized with
the long-term deformation percentage as determined by ASTM D2990 (see below) in the design equation
outlined in ASTM 1216-09, Appendix X1. The value of the long-term flexural modulus of the proposed
product will be certified by an independent, certified, third party testing lab, independent of the
SECTION IV
Page 72 of 175
Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Manufacturer and submitted with the bid package. [The definition of long-term value will be identified as
initial flexural VER 01 w/Flat Wall 2015 Page 7 of 12 modulus of elasticity less the reduction in value
caused by Creep over a fifty (50) year minimum period and verified by third party DMA testing (ASTM
D2990).] All design submittals will include this certified third -party DMA testing (ASTM D2990) value in
their respective design calculations for each structure being rehabilitated.
Coating product physical properties shall be substantiated through submittal of accredited third -party
testing results and shall be representative of the actual field applied product and cure mechanism(s) to be
employed in the field.
Polyurethane coating to be manually or spray applied to interior surfaces of exposed concrete above or
below the typical flow line; specifically designed for accelerated cure and suitable for release of flow in
less than 45 minutes at normal service temperatures or as otherwise detailed.
405-5.2.5. OTHER MATERIALS
No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or
recommendation from the manufacturer.
405-5.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
405-5.3.1. PREPARATION
1. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high-pressure water
spray (minimum 5,000 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed
using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with brick and quick setting
patching mix.
2. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the
manufacturer's recommendations. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in
order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be
followed when pressure grouting is required.
3. Any bench, invert/channel/trough or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick
setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations.
4. Any active flows shall be dammed, plugged, or diverted as required to ensure all liquids are
maintained below or away from the surfaces to be coated until final applications are cured as
recommended by the manufacturer.
5. The area between the corbel and the manhole frame and any other area that might exhibit movement
or cracking due to expansion and contraction, shall be grouted with a flexible grout or gel (Sikadur
42 Grout Pak LE, Pro-Stik Butyl Sealant, or equal). A termination groove "key" cut into the
substrate between the bottom of the manhole frame and concrete is recommended for placement of
the flexible grout or gel. The "key" shall be a minimum 1/4" w x 1/4" d, cut at a minimum 45° angle
(60° maximum).
6. Prior to commencing surface preparation, Contractor shall inspect all surfaces specified to receive
the coating and notify city, in writing, of any noticeable disparity in the site, structure or surfaces
which may interfere with the work, use of materials or procedures as specified herein.
405-5.3.2. APPLICATION
Application procedures shall conform to the recommendations of the protective coating manufacturer,
including material handling, mixing, environmental controls during application, safety, and spray
equipment. The spray equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply the specified
protective coating materials and shall be regularly maintained and in proper working order.
SECTION IV
Page 73 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
The protective coating material must be spray applied by a Certified Applicator of the protective coating
manufacturer. Specified surfaces shall be coated by spray application of a solvent -free, 100% solids, rigid
polyurethane structural lining as further described herein. Airless spray application equipment approved by
the coating manufacturer shall be used to apply each coat of the protective coating. The air source is to be
filtered to completely remove all oil and water.
If necessary, subsequent top coating or additional coats of the protective coating should occur as soon as
the basecoat becomes tack free, no later than the recoat window for the specified products. Additional
surface preparation procedures will be required if this recoat window is exceeded.
The roughness of the substrate will dictate the thickness needed to create the monolithic liner and eliminate
any opportunity for voids in the coating. The minimum value for coating thickness shall be a minimum 125
mils.
Coating product(s) shall interface with adjoining construction materials/components throughout the
manhole structure to effectively seal and protect substrates from attack by corrosive elements and to ensure
the effective elimination of infiltration into the sewer system.
Termination points of the coating product(s) shall be made at the manhole frame and corbel joint (or other
man way as is present), and a minimum of 1" interfacing within each pipe penetrating the structure. The
entire bench and invert/channel/trough will be thoroughly coated noting that the invert/channel/trough area
will be sprayed in a manner that provides a gradual slope through the structure while achieving 125 mils.
thickness coverage.
405-5.4. TESTING & ACCEPTANCE
Coating system thickness shall be inspected to ensure compliance with the specifications herein.
1. During application a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414 - Standard Practice for
Measurement of Wet Film Thickness of Organic Coatings by Notched Gages, shall be used.
Measurements shall be taken, documented, and attested to by Contractor for submission to the city.
2. After the coating product(s) have cured in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, coating
system thickness may be measured according to SSPC-PA 9 - Measurement of Dry Coating
Thickness on Cementitious Substrates Using Ultrasonic Gages.
High voltage holiday detection for coating systems installed in corrosive environments, when it can be
safely and effectively employed, shall be performed to ensure monolithic protection of the substrate. After
the coating product(s) have cured in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, all surfaces shall be
inspected for holidays in accordance with NACE RPO 188-99 Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New
Protective Coatings on Conductive Substrates or ASTM D4787 Standard Practice for Continuity
Verification of Liquid or Sheet Linings Applied to Concrete Substrates. All detected holidays shall be
marked and repaired according to the coating product(s) manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Test voltage shall be a minimum of 100 volts per mil of coating system thickness.
2. Detection of a known or induced holiday in the coating product shall be confirmed to ensure proper
operation of the test unit.
3. All areas repaired shall be retested following cure of the repair material(s).
4. In instances where high voltage holiday detection is not feasible a close visual inspection shall be
conducted, and all possible holidays shall be marked and repaired as described above.
5. Documentation of areas tested, equipment employed, results, and repairs made shall be submitted
to the city by the Contractor.
Adhesion of the coating system to the substrate shall be confirmed in a minimum of 10% of the manholes
coated, or for large structures once every 1000 square feet of coated area. After the coating product(s) have
cured in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, testing shall be conducted in accordance with
SECTION IV
Page 74 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
ASTM D7234 Pull -Off Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete Using Portable Pull -Off Adhesion
Testers. City's Project Manager shall select the manholes/areas to be tested.
1. For each test manhole a minimum of three 20 mm dollies shall be affixed to the coated surface; one
at the cone/corbel area, one at the midsection and one near the bottom of the structure.
2. For larger structures a minimum of three 20 mm dollies shall be affixed to the coated surface at
random locations within each 1000 square foot area or as otherwise agreed upon.
3. The adhesive used to attach the dollies to the coating shall be rapid setting with tensile strengths in
excess of at least twice the anticipated failure point (generally 1000 psi) and permitted to cure in
accordance with manufacturer recommendations. The coating and dollies shall be adequately
cleaned and prepared to receive the adhesive. Failure of the dolly adhesive shall be deemed a non -
test and require retesting.
4. Prior to performing the pull test, the coating shall be scored to the substrate, or within 10 mils of
the substrate surface, by mechanical means without disturbing the dolly or coating system bond
within the test area.
5. Two of the three adhesion pulls in each test area shall exceed 200 psi and shall include substrate
adhered to the back of the dolly or no visual signs of the coating product in the test hole. Pulls tests
with results between 150 and 200 psi may be acceptable if more than 50 percent of the substrate in
the test area is adhered to the dolly.
6. Should a structure, or area, fail to achieve two successful pulls as described above, additional testing
shall be performed at the discretion of the Owner or Project Engineer. Any areas detected to have
inadequate bond strength shall be evaluated by the city. Further bond tests may be performed in
that area to determine the extent of potentially deficient bonded area and repairs shall be made by
Contractor.
7. All adhesion testing shall be performed by qualified personnel using calibrated equipment as
specified by the applicable ASTM standard(s).
8. All adhesion testing shall be documented and submitted in a consistent format detailing location,
test values, description of the failure point/mode, scoring method employed, adhesive used, cure
time of coating and adhesive and other data as deemed necessary by the city.
9. All adhesion test locations shall be repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the city.
10. Visual inspection shall be made by the city's agent and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the
finished coating affecting the performance of the coating system or the operational functionality of
the structure shall be marked and repaired according to the recommendations of the coating
product(s) manufacturer.
405-6. INTERNAL MANHOLE CORBEL SEALING SYSTEM
This specification shall govern all work to spray/apply a monolithic polyurea material to the frame and
adjacent corbel surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material.
The work covered by this item includes but is not limited to furnishing all labor, equipment, materials and
supervision, and performing all work necessary to seal the manhole as specified herein or equal to the
manhole through the frame joint area and the area above the manhole corbel/cone.
Described are procedures for manhole/frame cleaning preparation, application of material and testing. The
applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The
applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the product directly to
the manhole and frame joint with a minimum of 6 -inch overlap on each surface and a minimum thickness
of 125 mils. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
and with the following specifications:
1. The removal of any rust or loose and unsound material.
SECTION IV
Page 75 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
2. Preparing the manhole corbel/cone and frame to provide a clean, dry, sound and monolithically
smooth surface
3. The spray application of a Solvent -free polyurea coating to be applied to specified thickness.
405-6.1. SUBMITTALS
The following items shall be submitted:
1. Technical data sheet, including ASTM test results indicating the product conforms to and is suitable
for its intended use per these specifications.
2. Safety Data Sheet for the product (SDS).
3. Project specific guidelines and recommendations.
4. Applicator Qualifications:
a. Manufacturer certification that the Applicator has been trained in the handling, mixing and
application of the products to be used.
b. Certification that the equipment to be used for applying the products has been approved by
the protective coating manufacturer and Applicator personnel have been trained and
certified for proper use of the equipment.
c. Written document providing three (3) years of experience and five (5) recent references of
Applicator indicating successful application of a 100% solids high -build solvent -free
coating by spray application.
d. Proof of any necessary federal, state, or local permits or licenses necessary for the project.
1 405-6.2. MATERIALS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
405-6.2.1. PATCHING MIX
Strong Seal, or approved equal, shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's
recommendations and shall have the followin ? minimum requirements:
1.
Compressive Strength (ASTM C109)
15 min., 200 psi; 6 hrs.; 1,400 psi
2.
Shrinkage (ASTM C596)
28 days, 150 psi
3.
Bond (ASTM C952)
28 days, 150 psi
4.
Cement Sulfate resistant
5.
Density, when applied
105 +/- 5 pcf
405-6.2.2. INFILTRATION CONTROL
Strong Plug, or approved equal, shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the
manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements:
1.
Compressive strength (ASTM C109)
600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs.
2.
Bond (ASTM C952)
30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs.
405-6.2.3. COATING MATERIAL
Manhole seal shall be designed to prevent leakage of water into the manhole through the frame joint area
and the area above the manhole cone including all extensions to the corbel area. The seal shall remain
flexible allowing for the repeated vertical or horizontal movements of the frame due to frost lift, ground
movement or the thermal movement of pavements. The final coating shall be made no less than 125 mils.
of corrosion resistant aromatic or approved equal. The product shall have a minimum elongation of 800%.
Final liner shall have a minimum tensile strength of 3250 psi. The manhole sealing system shall conform
to the physical requirements of ASTM D412.
SECTION IV
Page 76 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
The physical requirements must be verified by an independent, certified, third party testing laboratory
within the last five years and must be submitted with the bid package. Any bid package not including the
verifiable, independent third -party testing shall be ruled non-responsive and will be rejected.
405-6.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION
405-6.3.1. PREPARATION
1. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high-pressure water
spray (minimum 5,000 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed
using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with brick and quick setting
patching mix.
2. All patching materials shall be cured prior to the installation. Preparation of the frame surface shall
include sandblasting (minimum of 70 CFM) and an acetone wet wipe to ensure a clean surface as
required by manufacturer on uncoated substrate.
3. If coating is to be on top of SprayWall, or Raven 405, then termination points need to be cut which
are 1/4" x 1/4" cut on 45° angle at top and bottom of application, then sanding of the SprayWall, or
Raven 405, with 40 grit paper, cleaned and an application of Lords 7701 is required prior to
application to ensure adhesion.
4. Prior to commencing surface preparation, Contractor shall inspect all surfaces specified to receive
the coating and notify city, in writing, of any noticeable disparity in the site, structure or surfaces
which may interfere with the work, use of materials or procedures as specified herein.
405-6.3.2. APPLICATION
Application procedures shall conform to the recommendations of the polyurea coating manufacturer,
including material handling, mixing, environmental controls during application, safety, and spray
equipment.
The spray equipment shall be specifically designed to accurately ratio and apply the specified protective
coating materials and shall be regularly maintained and in proper working order. The polyuria coating
material must be spray applied by a Certified Applicator of the coating manufacturer.
Airless spray application equipment approved by the coating manufacturer shall be used to apply each coat
of the protective coating. The air source is to be filtered to completely remove all oil and water.
If necessary, subsequent top coating or additional coats of the polyurea coating should occur as soon as the
basecoat becomes tack free, no later than the recoat window for the specified products. Additional surface
preparation procedures will be required if this recoat window is exceeded.
405-6.3.3. TESTING & ACCEPTANCE
Coating system thickness shall be inspected to ensure compliance with the specifications herein.
1. During application a wet film thickness gauge, meeting ASTM D4414 - Standard Practice for
Measurement of Wet Film Thickness of Organic Coatings by Notched Gages, shall be used.
Measurements shall be taken, documented, and attested to by Contractor for submission to the city.
2. After the coating product(s) have cured in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, coating
system thickness may be measured according to SSPC-PA 9 - Measurement of Dry Coating
Thickness on Cementitious Substrates Using Ultrasonic Gages.
3. Visual inspection shall be made by the city's agent and/or Inspector. Any deficiencies in the
finished coating affecting the performance of the coating system or the operational functionality of
the structure shall be marked and repaired according to the recommendations of the coating
product(s) manufacturer. The contractor shall warrantee proper adhesion of the coating material to
the frame and corbel/cone for a minimum of ten (10) years.
SECTION IV
Page 77 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
406. SMOKE AND DYE TESTING
406-1. GENERAL PROTOCOL
Conduct smoke testing of gravity sewers for defects and identify manholes which could not be located, and
all new structures not shown on GIS. Smoke and Dye testing will be completed using the following
Protocols:
Smoke testing will provide detailed information on wet weather inflow sources to the sanitary sewer. In
order to identify collection system defects and illicit connections, non-toxic smoke will be forced into the
sewer by high-capacity blower capable of achieving a minimum of 1,750 cfm of airflow. Any break in the
sewer will allow the smoke to escape provided the smoke machine generates sufficient pressure. One line
segment will be tested at one time with plugging. The maximum length of sewer to be smoke tested in a
single setup shall be 400 linear feet per blower. Dual blower smoke testing shall be performed for pipe
sections over 400 linear feet with a maximum of 800 linear feet. Smoke testing shall not be performed
during or following weather conditions that may impair detecting escaping smoke (i.e. very windy, rainy,
or high groundwater conditions, etc.) Smoke testing will not be performed on surcharged lines. In case of
surcharged lines, the selected Contractor will contact the city and identify the issue. Once the surcharge has
been eliminated, the city will contact the selected Contractor to re -smoke the test area. Smoke testing will
document when smoke does not travel the entire length of piping, or when smoke is not detected at the roof
stack of connecting buildings. In these cases, CCTV inspection (by others) will be required of both mainline
and lateral piping. When a defect is identified as being a potential significant inflow source it will be
recommended for dye testing. The smoke shall be non-toxic, odorless, and non -staining. A Safety Data
Sheet shall be submitted and approved by city prior to the commencement of smoke testing.
Prior to testing, the selected Contractor shall submit a schedule outlining test dates and locations to the city,
three weeks prior to commencing the smoke testing. The selected Contractor shall prepare Smoke Testing
notices (English & Spanish) advising residents and local authorities of the smoke testing program. The
notices shall be approved by the city prior to distribution. Extra copies of the notices will be provided to
the city for distribution to other city agencies, including the Fire Department, Police Department,
Emergency Services and others. The selected Contractor shall distribute smoke testing notices to residences
in the project area including the local fire and police precincts, approximately 48-72 hours in advance of
the smoke testing. For large facilities such as schools or hospitals, a log will be maintained that documents
the property manager's notification of planned smoke testing activities. A local Contractor's telephone
number will be provided for those individuals with questions or for anyone requiring special assistance.
Field personnel will be uniformed and will conspicuously display identification badges. Private individuals
requesting additional identification will be asked to contact the city and crews shall carry a letter from the
city authorizing the holder of the letter to perform the work described. Each day the fire department and
other affected agencies will be notified of the crew location since smoke may enter homes through defective
plumbing.
406-2. REPORTING
Field results shall be documented in an Excel spreadsheet and on printed maps. The Excel spreadsheet shall
include the following information:
a. defect and photo number
b. address and locations of defects
c. type of defect found
d. is defect public or private
e. address of residences that did not smoke during testing and residents' houses that were
smoked with defect description (if possible)
SECTION IV
Page 78 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
f. address of residences that did not have a cleanout plug(s) or lids and or in low-lying areas
g. manholes ID on those with no manhole inserts, with debris, or in low-lying areas
h. any defective sewer mains found in the field.
The printed and digital maps shall include the following:
a. boundary of the test area
b. sanitary sewer line segments tested
c. location and boundary of blower setups
d. locations of defects with defect number and photo of defect
e. address of residences that did not smoke during testing (plumbing roof vent: negative) and
residences that smoke in house
f. ID numbers for manhole missing water -tight manhole inserts
g. location of smoking storm sewer catches basins
The field documentation will include:
a. sketched of the location and nature of each system defect
b. pertinent information for prioritizing repair of the defects
c. information needed to assess the best mitigation method
d. color digital photographs will be taken to document defects during smoke testing
e. location of defect will be measured from permanent objects (corner of house, light pole,
etc.).
In addition to the standard documentation procedure, each smoke testing crew will be equipped with a
computer tablet which is `blue -toothed' to a GPS receiver. The crew can see their location on the
downloaded `cloud -based' map and as inflow sources are identified photographs will be taken to document
each defect and an X, Y coordinate value will be assigned to each image. As each defect image is
automatically uploaded to the `cloud -based' map a defect type code will be attached to the image. Each
inflow source or defect can then be displayed on the map and each defect type is assigned a different
symbol/color/indicator. This form of documentation allows for comprehensive QA/QC of each completed
smoke test and assurance that no defect is left unrecorded. The following is an overview of the required
smoke testing process and reporting.
1. Field review the area selected area and note on the map all "hundred block" addresses.
2. Distribute smoke notice to all homes, businesses, schools, police and Fire & Rescue, etc. In
addition, Fire & Rescue will be notified of any proposed smoke testing activities forty-eight to
seventy-two hours prior to initiation.
3. During the initial field review, identify all types of businesses, specifically any doctors' offices,
hospitals, schools, retirement homes (communities), assisted living facilities (ALFs), or any other
establishment that may need special consideration and handling during the actual smoke test. Strict
consideration and coordination with customers who have sensitive needs must be adhered to, some
of whom will not be included on any smoke testing schedule as the nature of their business, such
as hospitals, is far too delicate.
4. Twenty -Four hours minimum must expire from the issuance of smoke testing notices to allow all
affected to prepare for the testing. For special exceptions, such ALFs and persons with health
problems living at home, etc., direct in person of telephone contact shall be made if at all possible.
5. On the day of the testing, the selected portion of the study area will be identified and all street
names and related hundred block addresses will be given to the police and fire
department/emergency personnel for the area where the testing will occur. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE AREA SELECTED FOR THAT DAY'S TESTING BE
MODIFIED TO INCLUDE ADDITIONAL WORK UNLESS THE POLICE & FIRE
DEPARTMENT/EMERGENCY PERSONNEL HAVE BEEN NOTIFIED FIRST. The name and
ID number of the fire department person contacted will be documented on the appropriate form.
SECTION IV
Page 79 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
The fire department/emergency personnel will be provided the exact locations and specific time
frames of where and when the tests will be performed.
6. Multi -day scheduling with one-time reporting to the police and fire department/emergency
personnel will not be permitted.
7. The city's Project Manager will be notified on a daily basis with the same information.
8. Should the fire department/emergency personnel respond to the target area during the actual smoke
testing, all testing will cease immediately and the Smoke Testing Team's field supervisor in charge
will contact the fire unit responding to answer any questions that the fire department officer may
have.
9. All testing activity will cease when any resident complains of smoke entering their establishment.
Smoke Testing Team's field personnel will then attempt to isolate where the smoke is entering the
establishment and make the occupant aware of what the problem may be. All defective plumbing
found inside should be documented appropriately for future reference. The occupant will be advised
to have the defect repaired by a licensed plumber.
10. During the actual smoke testing, Smoke Testing Team field personnel will scout the area for smoke
escaping from ground sources, roof vents, storm drain structures, etc. All sources of Rainfall
Dependent Infiltration/Inflow will be photographed, measured, drawn, and documented
accordingly with addresses, data, and sketches. The smoke test form will identify which sewer
segment is being tested by its component identification in the city's GIS database.
11 All defects encountered will also be recorded using handheld tablets 'blue tooth' to a GPS receiver.
The tablet will have access to the city's wastewater collection system GIS which will be overlaid
on a digital ortho map and the GPS unit will allow the smoke test team member to see his location
on the map in real time and allow for the accurate recording of a defect's type and location. Each
defect image taken will be geocoded to a specific location and the information will be stored
electronically for future use.
It is understood that the city staff members may accompany the selected Contractor's field staff during the
smoke testing initiative to gain a better understanding of how to quantify potential inflow volumes from the
smoke defects recorded and how to compare the smoke testing defect results to the previously recorded
flow data. It is further understood that the selected Contractor's staff will install cleanout plugs and storm
water manhole inflow dishes (provided by the city) concurrently with the smoke testing operations. The
selected Contractor will develop a `Smoke Testing Results' spreadsheet that identifies each pipe section
tested and the results of the test, whether positive or negative. A separate spreadsheet: `Smoke Testing
Defects', will be prepared that identifies all defects encountered during the smoke testing activity. This
spreadsheet will contain a column which identifies the surface area associated with each defect, and if there
is a need to conduct dye water testing/flooding.
406-3. DYE INVESTIGATION
The results of the smoke testing may not always clearly or positively indicate the source of a sanitary sewer
interconnection or defect. Further investigation may be required to fully define the I/I sources or defects
under the following conditions:
1. Smoke injected into the sanitary sewer is seen in storm sewer catch basins. This may be caused by
defective catch basin laterals in the vicinity of the sanitary sewer (if the sanitary sewer has open
joints, cracks or breaks). Dye testing may be needed to determine if the catch basin is connected to
the sanitary sewer. CCTV (by others) of the sanitary sewer may be needed to identify the point of
the smoke exfiltration.
2. Smoke does not freely pass from one manhole to the next, or vent from property's roof stack/ roof
plumbing vent, during the sanitary sewer smoke testing. CCTV (by others) of the sanitary
sewer/lateral may be needed to identify sewer blockages or pipe sags.
SECTION IV Page 80 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Upon completion of the initial smoke testing within a service area, the selected Contractor will submit a list
of locations that require further investigation to the city. Upon approval from the city, the city may request
the selected contractor to accompany a city diagnostic crew to further investigate the inconclusive smoke
test results. Techniques employed by the city may include dye testing, CCTV inspections (by others)
manhole/catch basin inspection, sewer line lamping (by others), and storm sewer cleaning (by others).
Where initial smoke test results warrant further investigation as approved by the city, a non-toxic dye
approved by the city will be used to investigate specific potential interconnections. Contractor shall submit
the SDS for all dyes used. Storm sewer cross -connections and area drains that are suspected of being
connected to the sanitary sewer will be positively identified using the dye tracer procedure. Laterals
suspected of having significant leaks or breaks will also be investigated. Field documentation, including
sketches showing the location of all tests conducted and digital photographs, where feasible, will be used
to record findings. Internal pipeline inspection will determine the exact source of the suspected
interconnection and establish the best abatement option. The following identifies the dye water protocols
to be implemented.
406-3.1. DYE WATER TRACING
Private/Public sector dye water tracing will be conducted by introducing a small quantity of liquid dye
concentrate into suspect sources such as downspouts, area drains, patio drains, window well drains, and
driveway drains, and then introducing a sufficient volume of clean water to locate the source's discharge
point. During each tracing, sanitary sewers, storm drains, and curb lines located downstream of the sources
shall be monitored for signs of dyed water. The quantity of dye concentrate and water used will vary
depending on pipe size and the quantity of flow and debris in each line section. A report will be prepared
for each location where dye water tracing has been performed. The report will identify where the dye water
was introduced and its' susceptibility for entering the wastewater collection system. Photos will be taken
of where the dye water is introduced and where it is recorded discharging into the downstream wastewater
collection system manhole. CCTV inspection equipment (by others) will be utilized to identify exactly
where the dye water is entering the wastewater collection system piping.
406-3.2. DYE WATER FLOODING
Dye water flooding results will be documented for each location where the storm drainage system is
flooded. Each dye water flood report will identify the section of wastewater gravity piping being tested, the
location(s) where the storm water system piping was isolated and flooded, photographs of each setup and
CCTV inspection results (by others) identifying the location(s) where dye water was identified entering the
wastewater collection system. The following information will also be documented; evidence of dyed water
in manholes downstream from the ponding area, stream crossing, or other suspected sources where the dyed
water is placed, and time of travel from contributing source to the manhole sampled, and the concentration
of the dyed water observed;
The Field Inspection Procedures for Dyed Water Flooding are as follows:
1. A mixture of water and any approved dye coloring substance will be introduced to the identified
source. Dye water team inspectors will be stationed immediately downstream on the local sanitary
and storm sewer lines. Observations, whether positive or negative, will be documented
appropriately. Whenever possible the dyed water point of exit will be documented by CCTV
inspection equipment (by others).
2. Prior to any dye testing, the appropriate city staff shall be notified of the specific location of testing
and what adjacent waterways may be affected when the dye water is released into the storm
drainage system.
SECTION IV
Page 81 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Fire hydrants used to supply the water source needed will be opened slowly and closed in the same manner.
A flow restrictive device shall be used on the hydrant to prevent discoloration problems. Should the water
be running cloudy or dirty after use, the fire hydrant shall be left open at a slow pace until the water clears.
If long term draining is required, the Dye Water Team shall notify the city.
406-4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement shall be the number of linear feet smoke tested and each occurrence of dye water tracing and
dye water flooding.
406-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for smoke testing as measured above and each
occurrence of dye water tracing and dye water flooding, which shall be full compensation for all work
described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary
to perform the smoke and dye testing.
SECTION IV
Page 82 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER
MAINS, FIRE LINES AND
APPURTENANCES
501. SCOPE
The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials, and equipment to perform all operations in
connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and
appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. All materials identified
and specified in this section shall be NSF 61 and ISO 9001 compliant.
502. MATERIALS
502-1. GENERAL
Materials, equipment, and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of the
best quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship.
Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering, and shall be
fabricated in a first-class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and
shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to
installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt,
chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction.
All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification
and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted to the
Engineer of Record with each shipment of materials.
Engineer of Record shall certify and submit all material test results to the city Project Manager within 10
calendar days of performing test(s).
502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS
502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C151/ A21.51, latest revision. The
minimum thickness class for underground pipe shall be Thickness Class 51 for 4 -inch pipe or greater, 3"
ductile iron water mains or service lines are not allowed, Thickness Class 50 for 6 -inch through 12 -inch
pipe and Pressure Class 250 for 16 -inch pipe and larger. Flanged pipe shall have a minimum thickness class
of Class 53. Pipe thickness class or pressure class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to
the fol owin table:
Size
Thickness Class (TC)
Pressure Class (PC)
Thickness
(In.)
Rated Water Working Pressure
(PSI)
4"
TC51
0.26
350
6"
TC50
0.25
350
8"
TC50
0.27
350
12"
TC50
0.31
350
16"
PC250
0.31
250
20"
PC250
0.33
250
SECTION IV
Page 83 of 175
Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
24"
PC250
0.37
250
30"
PC250
0.42
250
36"
PC250
0.47
250
Pipe larger than 8 -inches in diameter or pipes which are deeper than 10 -feet shall be ductile iron only, for
open cut installations. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4 -inch
through 12 -inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage.
Pipe shall have a minimum rated water working pressure of 250 psi and shall be furnished in laying lengths
of 20 feet or less, unless specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. All piping and fittings shall be new
and unused, no refurbished piping or fittings shall be accepted.
Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations, large meter sets 3" or larger and for fire line
installations from the main to the backflow preventer.
Fittings: Fittings for bends, tees, crosses, etc. from 4 -inch through 36 -inch in size installed on ductile iron
pipe shall be either mechanical joint, restrained joint or flanged joint as indicated on the Drawings and shall
have a minimum working pressure of 250 psi. Fittings shall be cast ductile iron and shall conform to
ANSI/AWWA C110, ANSI/AWWA C111 and ANSI/AWWA C153, latest revisions for flanged and
mechanical joint pipe. Fittings for compact ductile iron cast fittings in accordance with ANSI/AWWA
C153/A 21.53, latest revision with mechanical joint bells or ductile iron cast fittings in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10, latest revision with mechanical joint bells. Fittings shall be coated and lined
as indicated on the Drawings, in the manner specified below for ductile iron pipe. The rubber gaskets for
flanged, mechanical, and push -on joints shall be as described below.
The working pressure minimum rating shall be 350 psi for 4 -inch to 24 -inch fittings. Fittings larger than
24 -inch shall be pressure rated to 250 psi minimum. Fittings shall be designed to withstand without bursting
a hydrostatic test of three times the rated water working pressure. All fittings shall have a date code cast
into the fitting in addition to the pressure rating and material code. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and
lined in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be
ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA
Standards, the latest revisions shall apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA)
manufacture shall be acceptable.
Push -On Joints: Push -on -joints shall be used for straight pipe lengths only. No fittings with push -on -joints
shall be allowed. Pipe using push -on joints shall be in strict accordance with AWWA C111 and ANSI
A21.11, latest revision. Jointing materials shall be provided by the pipe manufacturer and installation shall
be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommended practice. The gaskets for push -on pipe joints
shall be made of EPDM rubber. Push -on joints shall be as listed in the City of Clearwater Approved
Products List, or an equal approved by the city.
Mechanical Joints: Jointing materials for mechanical joints shall be provided by the pipe and fitting
manufacturer. Materials assembly, bolting and gaskets shall be in strict accordance with ANSI/AWWA
C111 and ANSI/AWWA C110/ A 21.10 and ANSI/AWWA C153/ A 21.53, latest revisions. Tee head bolts
and nuts for underground mechanical joint ductile iron fittings shall be manufactured of CORTEN, high
strength, low alloy, corrosion resistant steel in accordance with ASTM A242, or an equal approved by the
Engineer. The gaskets for mechanical joints shall be made of EPDM rubber.
Flanged Joints: Bolt circle and bolt holes for flanges shall be drilled and faced to match ANSI B16.1, Class
125, with any special drilling and tapping as required to insure correct alignment and bolting. All accessory
hex -head bolts and nuts and full faced gaskets for each joint size shall be furnished as a flange accessory
package.
SECTION IV
Page 84 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
1. Gaskets: Full face, Toruseal gaskets, or approved equal shall be used for flanged pipe connections.
Gaskets shall be suitable for a water pressure of 350 psi at a temperature of 180F. The gaskets for
flanged joints shall be made of EPDM rubber.
2. Bolts and Nuts for Flanges: Bolts and nuts for flanges shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming
to ASTM A193, Grade B8M for bolts and ASTM A194, Grade 8M for nuts. The nuts shall have a
hardness that is lower than that of the bolts and washers by a difference of 50 Brinnell hardness to
prevent galling during installation.
3. Flanges shall be long -hub type screwed tightly on pipe by machine at the foundry prior to facing
and drilling. Flange machine surfaces shall be coated with rust inhibitor immediately after facing
and drilling. Field assembled screwed on flanges are prohibited.
502-2.1.1. MANUFACTURED RESTRAINED JOINTS FOR DUCTILE IRON
PIPE
Restrained Pipe Joints and Fittings: Thrust restraint for buried piping shall be provided by restrained
joints. Concrete thrust blocks shall not be acceptable. Pipe joints and fittings shall be restrained in
accordance with the Drawings and the requirements of this Specification. It is intended that, at a minimum,
all fittings shall be restrained. In cases where the calculated required length of restrained pipe is not evenly
divisible by nominal laying lengths of pipe, the total required length of restrained pipe shall be rounded up
to the next closest nominal length that is evenly divisible by the standard laying length.
A. Manufactured Restrained Joints: Manufactured restrained joints shall be manufacturer's standard
specifically modified push -on type joints with joint restraint provided by ductile iron retainer rings
joined together by corrosion -resistant, high strength steel tee head bolts and nuts or with joint
restraint provided by a welded -on retainer ring and a split flexible ring assembled behind the
retainer ring. Gaskets for manufactured restrained pipe joints shall be made of EPDM rubber.
Manufactured restrained joints shall be as listed as an equal approved by the city.
B. Gripping -Type Gasket Restraint: Gripping -type gaskets may be used for ductile iron pipe 12 -inches
in size and smaller, when approved by the city. This type of restrained joint shall be the
manufacturer's standard push -on type joint with joint restraint provided by a specially designed
gasket with high strength stainless steel gripping elements which have sharp teeth on its inner
surface for gripping the spigot end of the pipe joint. The gripping type gasket shall be made of
EPDM rubber. The gripping type gasket manufacturer's joint restraint shall only be considered for
use on pipe sizes from 4 -inch to 12 -inch. Gripping type gasket restraints shall be as listed in the
City of Clearwater Approved Products List, or an equal approved by the city.
C. Manufactured restrained joint pipe and fittings shall be ductile iron only and shall comply with
applicable portions of this Specification. Manufactured restrained joints shall be capable of
deflection during assembly. Deflection shall not exceed 50 percent of the manufacturer's
recommendations.
D. Tee head bolts and nuts for restrained joints shall be manufactured of CORTEN, high strength, low
alloy, corrosion resistant steel in accordance with ASTM A242, or an equal approved by the
Engineer.
502-2.1.2. ALTERNATE MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED JOINTS FOR DI
PIPE
Thrust restraint for buried piping shall be provided by restrained joints. Concrete thrust blocks shall not be
acceptable. When prior approval is obtained from the Engineer, ductile iron pipe and fittings with
mechanical joints or ductile iron pipe with push -on joints may be restrained using a follower gland or ring
which includes a restraining mechanism. Joint restraints shall have a working pressure rating of 350 psi for
3 -inch to 16 -inch ductile iron pipe, 250 psi for 18 -inch to 36 -inch ductile iron pipe, with a minimum pressure
SECTION IV
Page 85 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
rating safety factor of 2 to 1. The restraint shall be accomplished by multiple gripping wedges incorporated
into a follower gland meeting the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C 110/A21.10.
502-2.1.2.1. Restraints for Ductile Iron Pipe with Mechanical Joint Fittings
Joint restraints for ductile iron pipe to mechanical joint fittings shall be MEGALUGLJ Series 1100 restraints
by EBAA Iron, or an approved equal listed in the City of Clearwater Approved Products List. When
actuated during installation, the restraining device shall impart a multiple wedging action against the pipe
wall, which increases resistance as internal pressure in the pipeline increases.
A. The restrained joint shall maintain flexibility after installation. Glands shall be manufactured of
ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 and restraining devices shall be of heat-treated ductile iron
with a minimum hardness of 370 BHN. The gland shall have standard dimension and bolting
patterns for mechanical joints conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111 and C153, latest revisions. The
restraining wedges shall have twist -off nuts to insure proper torquing.
B. Tee head bolts and nuts shall be manufactured of corrosion -resistant, high strength, low alloy
CORTEN steel in accordance with ASTM A242.
C. No other retainer gland type device will be acceptable. After installation prior to backfilling, all
parts of the joint restraint system shall be coated with coal tar epoxy equal to Carboline Bitumastic
No. 300-M.
502-2.1.2.2. Restraints for Ductile Iron Pipe with Push -on Joints
Joint restraints for ductile iron push -on pipe joints 4 -inch to 36 -inch shall be constructed of ductile iron
conforming to ASTM A536 and shall have a working pressure for 350 psi for 4 -inch to 16 -inch and 250 psi
for 1 8 -inch and larger fittings. Restraint shall be accomplished by a wedge action restraint ring on the spigot
joined to a split ductile iron ring behind the bell and the two rings connected by restraint rods and nuts.
Torque limiting twist off nuts shall be used to ensure proper actuation of the restraining wedges. The
restraints shall be MEGALUG® Series 1700 restraint harnesses as manufactured by EBAA Iron or an
approved equal.
A. The restrained joint shall maintain flexibility after installation. Restraint rings shall be
manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 and the ring restraining wedge devices
shall be of heat-treated ductile iron with a minimum hardness of 370 BHN. The restraining wedges
shall have twist -off nuts to insure proper torquing.
B. Restraint rods and nuts shall be manufactured of corrosion -resistant, high strength, low alloy
CORTEN steel in accordance with ASTM A242.
C. No other restraint harness type device will be acceptable. After installation prior to backfilling, all
parts of the joint restraint system shall be coated with coal tar epoxy equal to Carboline Bitumastic
No. 300-M.
502-2.1.3. Ductile Iron Pipe Installed with Steel Casings
General: All pipe placed within steel casings shall be push -on joint ductile iron pipe restrained by the use
of mechanical bell restraints as specified above in Section 502-2.1.2.2. The rods for the bell restraints shall
be double nutted to prevent over -belling of the joint during push -in of the carrier pipe into the casing. The
carrier pipe shall have properly sized casing spacers installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered
within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or
debris within the casing itself. It shall be double sealed by brick and cement mortar and include a casing
end seal with stainless steel bands as shown on in the engineering construction standards.
Cement -Mortar Interior Lining (Potable or Reclaimed Water): Ductile iron pipe, fittings, and specials
shall be cement lined in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104, latest edition, "Cement -Mortar Lining for
Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water". The cement lining shall have standard thickness
SECTION IV
Page 86 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
and, after curing, the lining shall have a seal coat of bituminous material in accordance with ANSI/AWWA
C104/A21.4 80, latest revision and shall be listed by ANSI/NSF Standard 61 for potable water contact.
Pipe Labeling: Pipe manufacturer shall label in large legible lettering on the exterior of the pipe the type
of pipe interior lining.
Exterior Coatings for Buried Pipe: Ductile iron pipe, fittings, and specials to be installed underground
shall be coated on the exterior at the factory with one coat, 1 mil DFT, of asphaltic coating per AWWA
C151, C110 and C153. All clamps, bolts, nuts, studs, and other uncoated parts of joints for underground
installation shall be coated with coal tar epoxy prior to backfilling. Coal tar epoxy shall be equal to
Carboline Bitumastic No. 300-M.
Exterior Coating for Exposed Pipe: Ductile iron pipe, fittings, and specials to be installed aboveground
shall be furnished with a shop applied primer on the exterior. All above ground ductile iron pipe and fitting
installations shall be painted in the field with an epoxy -epoxy -urethane system coating from an approved
coating manufacturer, color: Safety Blue for potable water, Pantone Purple for reclaimed water or Safety
Green for wastewater.
502-2.1.4. POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT FOR BURIED DUCTILE IRON
PIPE
Polyethylene tube encasement shall be provided and installed for all buried ductile iron pipe segments and
fittings for corrosion protection as specified herein. Both material and installation procedures shall be in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/ A21.5-10. Polyethylene encasement material shall be manufactured
with UV inhibitors. The polyethylene encasement shall be color coded as follows:
A. Potable Water Service — Blue Polyethylene Encasement.
B. Reclaimed Water Service — Pantone Purple Polyethylene Encasement.
C. Wastewater Service — Green Polyethylene Encasement.
The polyethylene encasement shall be a minimum of 8 mils thick and shall be certified by the manufacturer
to provide suitable protection of pipe installation in corrosive soil.
All pipe joints shall consist of a minimum of one foot of polyethylene overlap onto the adjacent pipe at both
ends. All overlap material shall be secured in place with at least two wraps of 1 -inch wide x 8 mils thick
polyethylene adhesive tape. Any slack liner material along the pipe barrel shall be taken up by folds secured
in-place with adhesive tape. Repair any rips, punctures, or other damage to polyethylene with tape or by
patching.
All valves, fittings and specialty items shall be jointed with proper overlaps and fastening as described
above. Prepare openings for service taps, air -reliefs, etc., by making a cut in the polyethylene and
temporarily folding back the edges. After installation is completed, replace the polyethylene and repair the
cut with polyethylene adhesive tape.
Care shall be taken during backfilling so that no damage will occur to the polyethylene encasement. In
general, backfilling shall be done in accordance with AWWA Standard C 600.
The Contractor shall install polyethylene encasement in accordance with all liner and pipe manufacturer
recommendations.
Polyethylene encasement shall be required for below ground installations of ductile iron pipe and fittings
where the installed ductile iron utility pipe will be located less than 10 feet from a gas main.
502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
Each length of PVC pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage
and installation such as the name or trademark of the manufacturer, the location of the manufacturing plant,
SECTION IV
Page 87 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
and the class or strength classification of the pipe. All PVC pipe shall bear the NSF -DW seal. Each length
of pipe shall also bear and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material
for potable water service. The markings shall be plainly visible on the pipe barrel. This required
identification shall be factory applied by the manufacturer. Pipe which is not marked clearly with the
required identification is subject to rejection. All rejected pipe shall be promptly removed from the project
site by the Contractor. PVC pipe is approved for underground installations only.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4 -inch through 8 -inch shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900,
DR18, latest revision and the American Society for Testing & Materials for the PVC Resin Compound
conforming to ASTM Specification D1784. Pipe shall have gasketed integral bell ends and shall be
homogeneous throughout and be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other visible
deleterious faults. Pipe shall be designed for maximum working pressure of not less than 235 psi and with
not less than a sustained hydrostatic pressure of 470 psi for a safety factor of 2 to 1 for AWWA C900 pipe.
Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall be manufactured to the same outside diameter (O.D.) as Ductile Iron Pipe
only. Pipe larger than 8 -inches in diameter or pipes which are deeper than 10 -feet shall be ductile iron only.
The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4 -inch through 8 -inch when
needed due to laying conditions or usage.
Pine dimension ratioworking pressure and laving length shall conform to the following table:
Size
Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.)
Rated Water Working Pressure
(PSI)
Laying Length
(Ft)
4
18
235
20
6
18
235
20
8
18
235
20
12
18
235
20
Bell and Spigot Pipe Joints: Pipe joints shall be gasketed, push -on type made with integral bell and spigot
pipe ends in accordance with ASTM D3139, latest revision. The bell shall consist of an integral thickened
wall section designed to be at least as strong as the pipe wall. The bell shall be supplied with factory glued
rubber ring gasket which conforms to the manufacturer's standard dimensions and tolerances. The gasket
shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477 "Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe" and
shall be manufactured of EPDM elastomeric material. PVC pipe shall be approved by the Engineer and the
Owner or approved equal.
Integral Pipe Color: All PVC pipe for potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and wastewater force
mains shall be extruded or fabricated with an integral color in the PVC material. The integral color for the
PVC pipe shall be as follows:
A. Potable Water: PVC pipeline color - Blue.
B. Reclaimed Water: PVC pipeline color — Pantone Purple
C. Wastewater: PVC pipeline color — Green
The use of white or any other color pipe for potable water, reclaimed water or wastewater service shall be
prohibited.
Fittings: Fittings for PVC pressure pipe shall be ductile iron fittings with restrained mechanical joint ends,
linings and coatings as specified in Section 502-2.1 for ductile iron fittings.
Restrained Joints for PVC Pipe: Thrust restraint for buried piping shall be provided by restrained joints.
Concrete thrust blocks shall not be acceptable. Thrust restraints shall be used at all valves, tees, bends, and
other fittings for the Restrained Joint PVC pipe and Push -on Joint PVC pipe. Where indicated on the
Drawings, to prevent pipe joints and fittings from separating under pressure, pipe joints and fittings for
PVC pipe shall be restrained as follows:
SECTION IV
Page 88 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
A. PVC pipe bell and spigot push -on joints, adjacent to restrained fittings, shall be restrained using a
harness type restraint device. The harness restraint shall be split to enable installation of the restraint
after the spigot has been installed into the bell. The restraint unit shall consist of a split ring that
fits behind the bell, a split restraint ring that installs on the spigot and a number of clamping bolts
to connect the other two parts. The restraining device shall consist of multiple individually activated
gripping wedges or a series of serrations to grip the pipe and maximize restraint capability in
conjunction with a sufficient number of clamping bolts connecting the retainer on the bell side of
the joint pipe to the restraint ring on the other side to hold the spigot. The restraining device and
components shall be manufactured of high strength ductile iron meeting ASTM A536, Grade 65-
42-10. Clamping bolts and nuts shall be manufactured of corrosion resistant high strength, low
alloy CORTEN steel meeting the requirements of ASTM A242. The restraint device shall be the
EBBA Iron MEGALUG° Series 1500 TD Restrainer or an equal.
B. Mechanical joint fittings used with PVC pipe shall be restrained with the EBBA Iron MEGALUG°
Series 2000 PV Restrainer or an equal approved. The restraining device shall consist of a retainer
gland such that it can replace the standard mechanical joint gland and can be used with the standard
mechanical joint bell conforming to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 and ANSI/AWWA C153/A21-
53. The restraining device shall have a pressure rating equal to that of the PVC pipe on which it is
used. Twist off nuts, sized same as the tee -head bolts shall be used to insure proper actuating of
restraining devices. The restraining gland shall be manufactured of high strength ductile iron
meeting ASTM A536, Grade 65-42-10. The tee head bolts and nuts, and the clamping bolts and
nuts, shall be manufactured of corrosion resistant high strength, low alloy CORTEN steel meeting
the requirements of ASTM A242.
502-2.2.1. RESTRAINED JOINT PVC PIPE (DIRECTIONAL BORE)
Restrained Joint PVC pipe and couplings used for directional bores shall be made from un -plasticized PVC
compounds having a minimum cell classification of 12454-B, as defined in ASTM D1784 (latest edition).
All compounds shall qualify for a Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) rating of 4000 psi for water at 73.4°F,
in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2837 (latest edition latest edition). Blue pipe (safety blue
paint color) shall be supplied for the potable water system and purple pipe (pantone 522C paint color) shall
be supplied for the reclaimed water system as specified in Section 502-2.2.
Nominal outside diameters and wall thickness of PVC pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA
C900 for pipe sizes between 4 and 16 -inches. Nominal outside diameters and wall thickness of 4" PVC
pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2241 (latest edition). PVC pipe shall be furnished in
sizes 4" (Pressure Rating 250 psi, DR17), 4" (Class 305, DR -14) and 6" and 8" (Class 235, DR -18). Pipe
shall be furnished in standard laying lengths of 20 ft. + 1 in.
PVC pipe used for directional bores shall be joined using a restrained -joint coupling system or ring restraint
with Rieber Gasket meeting the requirements of ASTM F477, latest edition. Pipe and/or couplings shall be
designed as an integral system and shall be provided by a single manufacturer for maximum reliability and
interchangeability. Assembled joints shall meet the leakage test requirements of ASTM D3139 (latest
edition). No external pipe -to -pipe restraining devices which clamp onto or otherwise damage the pipe
surface as a result of point -loading shall be permitted.
Maximum allowable axial jacking loads for the pipe shall be provided by the pipe manufacturer. The
Contractor shall provide and utilize appropriate instrumentation that the Engineer shall monitor, to ensure
that the jacking loads never exceed 80% of the maximum allowable axial jacking loads allowed by the pipe
manufacturer. Only experienced personnel shall be used to install pipe. If used, coupling edges shall be
beveled to reduce drag force when pipe is installed by directional bore or Micro tunneling. Assembly of
joints shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions.
Manufacturer/Product: Certain Teed Certa-Lok C-900, no approved equal.
SECTION IV
Page 89 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
502-2.3. HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
This Section includes materials and methods of installation of high-density polyethylene pipe (HDPE) and
fittings for water, reclaimed water, and wastewater utility use as required and as specified herein. For point
repairs only if the flow cannot be stopped the use of stiffeners is allowed.
The high density, very high molecular weight polyethylene pipe shall be made from a HDPE material
having a minimum material designation code of PE4710 and shall conform to AWWA C906, latest revision.
The material shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3350 and shall have a minimum cell classification of
PE445574C/E. In addition, the pipe shall be listed as meeting NSF -61. HDPE pipe shall have outside
diameter sizes matching ductile iron pipe (DIPS) and shall have the minimum wall thickness and dimension
ratio (DR) as shown on the Drawings for a particular installation. Minimum pressure ratings for HDPE pipe
shall be 250 psi DR 9 and 200 psi for DR -11. The DR rating or the minimum pipe wall thickness of the
pipe for a particular HDD installation shall be as called out on the Drawings. The polyethylene compound
shall be suitably protected against degradation by ultraviolet light by means of carbon black, well dispersed
by pre -compounding in a concentration of not less than 2 percent.
The pipe manufacturer shall be listed and in good standing with the Plastic Pipe Institute as meeting the
recipe and mixing requirements of the resin manufacturer for the resin used to manufacture the pipe. Pipe
shall be manufactured by Performance Pipe (Chevron), JM Eagle or an approved equal.
HDPE pipe shall be manufactured and identified by color based on the type of utility service. HDPE pipe
and tubing less than 6 -inch in size shall be manufactured entirely in the required color. For HDPE pipe 6 -
inch and greater, color coding shall be accomplished either through an exterior surface entirely of the
required color or through striping. The color coding shall be permanently co -extruded on the pipe exterior
surface as part of the pipe's manufacturing process. The pipe shall be manufactured as one solid color per
the applicable service color or shall be black in color with three (3) permanent solid color stripes, per the
applicable service color, extruded into the piping material. The colored stripes shall appear on three (3)
sides of the pipe, run the entire length of the pipe, and each stripe shall be no less than 1 -inch wide. Painting
HDPE pipe to accomplish color coding shall not be permitted. The pipe identification color coding based
on the intended Type of Utility Service shall be as follows:
1. Sewer — green (safety green paint color)
2. Water — blue (safety blue paint color)
3. Reclaimed water — purple (pantone 522C paint color)
In addition to the identification color being co -extruded, HDPE Pipe shall have been continuously marked
by the manufacturer with permanent printing with the following information at a minimum:
A. Nominal Size (Inches).
B. Dimension Ratio (DR).
C. Pressure Rating (psi).
D. Trade Name.
E. Material Classification (PE4710).
F. Plant, Extruder and Operator Codes.
G. Resin Supplier Code.
H. Date Produced; and
I. HDPE pipe used for potable water mains shall bear the NSF Seal of Approval.
502-2.3.1. MECHANICAL JOINT ADAPTERS (MJ ADPATERS)
Mechanical Joint Adapter Fittings shall have a material designation code of PE4710, and a minimum Cell
Classification of PE445474C/E. Mechanical Joint Adapters can be made to ASTM D3261 or if machined,
must meet the requirements of ASTM F2206. MJ Adapters shall have a pressure rating equal to the pipe
SECTION IV Page 90 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
unless otherwise specified on the plans. Markings for molded or machined MJ Adapters shall be per ASTM
D3261.
Where shown on the drawings, 4 -inch and larger transitions to mechanical joint fittings and valves shall be
ductile iron mechanical joint. Connection to the mechanical joint fittings shall be accomplished using a
mechanical joint adapter kit. The mechanical joint adapter fitting shall be fused onto the pipe and shall
result in a restrained joint with a pressure rating no less than 150 psi. The D.I./HDPE mechanical joint
adaptor shall consist of:
1. A molded or fabricated HDPE mechanical joint transition fitting.
2. A mechanical joint rubber gasket fabricated of EPDM.
3. A mechanical joint restraining gland. The restraining gland shall be manufactured of high strength,
ductile iron meeting ASTM A536, Grade 65-42-10.
4. The tee head bolts and nuts shall be manufactured of corrosion resistant high strength, low alloy
CORTEN steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM A242.
502-2.3.2. BUTT FUSION PROCESS AND INSTALLATION
The pipe shall be joined by the butt fusion procedure outlined in ASTM F2620 or PPI TR -33. All fusion
joints shall be made in compliance with the pipe or fitting manufacturer's recommendations and shall be
butt -welded flush to the outside diameter of the pipe. Joints shall provide axial pullout resistance. Fusion
joints shall be made by qualified fusion technicians per PPI TN -42. A record or certificate of training for
the fusion operator must be provided to the Engineer that documents training to the fundamentals of ASTM
F 2620.
All HDPE fusion equipment operators shall be qualified to perform pipe joining. Fusion equipment
operators shall have current, formal training on all fusion equipment employed on the project and shall be
certified by the pipe supplier/manufacturer. Training records for qualified fusion technicians shall be
submitted to the Engineer for review. Training received more than two years prior to operation with no
evidence of activity within the past 6 months shall not be considered current.
When the fusion machine operator is employed by the HDPE pipe and fusion machine supplier, the supplier
shall maintain an ISO 9001 Certified Quality Management System.
Sections of HDPE shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground and butt fused in
strict accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The finished pipe assembly shall be pressure
tested prior to insertion underground.
All HDPE pipe shall be cut, fabricated, and installed in strict conformance with the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. Joining, laying, and pulling of polyethylene pipe shall be accomplished by personnel
experienced in working with high density polyethylene pipe. The pipe supplier shall certify in writing to
the Engineer that the Contractor is qualified to join, lay, and pull the pipe or representative of the pipe
manufacturer shall be on site to oversee the pipe joining. Expenses for the representative shall be paid for
by the Contractor.
The butt fused joint shall have a zero -leak rate under the following conditions:
A. External pressure up to 60 psi from bentonite injection, slurry system operation, or groundwater
head.
B. Internal hydrostatic pressure testing of 150 psi.
The Contractor shall obtain from the pipe manufacturer a certificate of compliance to the effect that the
pipe and fittings supplied for this Contract have been inspected at the plant and that they meet the
requirements of these specifications. The Contractor shall submit these certificates to the Engineer prior to
installation of the pipe materials. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to visual inspection at time of
delivery and before they are lowered into the trench to be laid. Joints or fittings that do not conform to these
SECTION IV
Page 91 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
specifications will be rejected and must be removed immediately by the Contractor. The entire product of
any plant may be rejected when, in the opinion of the city, the methods of manufacture fail to secure uniform
results, or where the materials used are such as to produce inferior pipe or fittings.
Each joint fusion shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device (data logger) affixed to
the fusion machine. Joint data shall be submitted as part of the As -Built record information, in accordance
with this Technical Specification.
Butt Fusion Machines: Only appropriately sized, and outfitted fusion machines that have been approved
by the pipe supplier shall be used for the fusion process. Fusion machines must incorporate the following
properties, including the following elements:
A. Heat Plate: Heat plates shall be in good condition with no deep gouges or scratches within the pipe
circle being fused. Plates shall be clean and free of any contamination. Heater controls shall
properly function, and cord and plug shall be in good condition. The appropriately sized heat plate
shall be capable of maintaining a uniform and consistent heat profile and temperature for the size
of pipe being fused, per the pipe supplier's recommendations.
B. Carriage: Carriage shall travel smoothly with no binding at less than 50 psi. Jaws shall be in good
condition with proper inserts for the pipe size being fused. Insert pins shall be installed with no
interference to carriage travel.
C. General Machine: Overview of machine body shall yield no obvious defects, missing parts, or
potential safety issues during fusion.
D. Data Logger: The current version of the pipe supplier's recommended and compatible software
shall be used. Protective case shall be utilized for the hand-held wireless portion of the unit. Data
Logger operations and maintenance manual shall always be with the unit. If fusing for extended
periods of time, an independent 110V power source shall be available to extend battery life.
E. Joint Recording: Each fusion joint shall be recorded and logged by an electronic monitoring device
(data logger) connected to the fusion machine. The fusion data logging and joint report shall be
generated by software developed specifically for the butt -fusion of thermoplastic pipe. The
software shall register and/or record the parameters required by the manufacturer and these
Specifications. Data not logged by the data logger shall be logged manually and be included in the
Fusion Technician's joint report.
Required Auxiliary Equipment: Other equipment specifically required for the butt fusion process shall
include the following:
A. Pipe rollers shall be used for support of pipe on either side of the fusion machine.
B. A weather protection canopy that allows full machine motion of the heat plate, fusion assembly
and carriage shall be provided for fusion in inclement and /or windy weather.
C. Fusion machine operations and maintenance manual shall always be kept with the fusion machine.
D. Facing blades specifically designed for cutting HDPE pipe.
The pipe shall be installed in a manner that does not exceed 70 percent of the recommended maximum
bending radius of the pipe. When the pipe is installed by pulling in tension, 75 percent of the recommended
Safe Pulling Force, according to the pipe supplier, shall not be exceeded.
Joint Fusion Bead Removal: Contractor shall trim and remove the butt fusion beads from the inside and
the outside of the HDPE pipe at the butt fused joint following joint fusing. without disrupting pipe service.
The restraints shall be manufactured by EBAA Iron Series 1500 or 1600 or approved equal.
SECTION IV
Page 92 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
502-2.4. PIPING IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
502-2.4.1. EXTERIOR MARKINGS FOR BURIED PIPE
All ductile iron and polyvinyl chloride pressure pipelines installed by open cut shall receive a color -coded
continuous self-adhesive vinyl tape, installed by the contractor, with the width and located as indicated
below. Pipe tape striping shall be in the color required for the service as specified below.
A. Tarte Striae Marking Locations:
Up to 4 -inch
diameter pipe
(1 location)
3 -inch wide tape placed at center -top of pipe.
6 to 16 -inch
diameter pipe
(2 locations)
6 -inch wide tape placed on both sides, top half of pipe.
20 -inch and larger
diameter pipe
(3 locations)
6 -inch wide tape placed on both sides' top half of pipe with
a third stripe centered along top of pipe.
B. Color of Tarte Striae Marking:
Potable Water Marking Stripe Tape
Blue with Black or White Lettering,
"POTABLE WATER MAIN" or similar wording.
Reclaimed Water Marking Stripe Tape
Purple with White or Yellow Lettering,
"RECLAIMED WATER MAIN" or similar wording
Force Main Marking Stripe Tape
Green with Black or White Lettering,
"WASTEWATER FORCE MAIN" or similar wording
502-2.4.2. LOCATION DETECTION WIRE:
A. Location Detection Wire for Open -Cut Pipeline Installations: All ductile iron and polyvinyl
chloride pressure pipelines installed by open cut shall be laid with two (2) strands of Location
Detection Wire applied to the pipe. The detection wire shall be continuous, high strength copper
clad steel (HS -CCS) 10 gauge AWG wire insulated with 30 mil thick high molecular weight — high
density polyethylene (HMW -HDPE) insulation with a minimum break load of 684 pounds and
specifically designed for use in open cut installations, equal to "1030 -HS High Strength Tracer
Wire" manufactured by Copperhead Industries, LLC, or an approved equal. Each wire shall be
continuous with splices made only by spicing connectors manufactured by the wire manufacturer
equal to "LSC 1030C Snake BiteTM Locking Connectors" as manufactured by Copperhead
Industries, LLC or an approved equal. The 2 wires shall be taped to the top of each joint of pipe
with about 5 -feet between each piece of tape, with a minimum of 3 taping locations for each 20 -
foot length of pipe. The tape used shall be 3M Scotch Rap All -Weather Corrosion Protection Tape,
polyvinyl chloride backing with rubber adhesive, 4 -inches wide or Engineer Approved Equal.
Following installation of the pipeline including backfill and compaction, the Contractor shall perform a
second 12 -volt DC electrical continuity test on each of the two (2) tracer wires.
B. Location Detection Wire for Horizontal Directional Drilling Pipeline Installations: All
polyvinyl chloride or HDPE pressure pipe installed by directional drilling methods shall be installed
with three (3) insulated tracer wires. The three (3) tracer wires shall be attached at 120 -degree
locations around the pipe to help ensure continuity of at least one wire subsequent to the HDD
installation. The tracer wire shall be continuous, extra high strength copper clad steel (EHS-CCS)
10 gauge AWG wire insulated with 45 mil thick high molecular weight — high density polyethylene
(HMW -HDPE) insulation with a minimum break load of 2,032 pounds and specifically designed
for use in directional drilling installations, equal to "1045-EHS Solo Shot EHS, Extra High Strength
Tracer Wire" manufactured by Copperhead Industries, LLC, or an approved equal.
SECTION IV
Page 93 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Continuity shall be maintained in the wire along the entire length of the pipe installed by HDD. No splices
shall be allowed for each wire attached to the HDD pipeline unless approved by the city or the Engineer. If
approved, permanent splices shall be made using wire connectors approved for underground applications
with splices made only by spicing connectors manufactured by the wire manufacturer equal to "LSC1030C
Snake BiteTM Locking Connectors" as manufactured by Copperhead Industries, LLC or an approved equal.
If splices are approved by the city or the Engineer, all miscellaneous splicing components shall be furnished,
installed, and tested by the Contractor and witnessed by the city or the Engineer.
At a minimum, the location detection wires shall be attached to the pipe with nylon wire ties, with ties
located at 5 -foot intervals, as shown in the Standard Details. The Contractor may suggest other methods of
attachment, with the approval of the city or the Engineer.
Prior to installation of the pipeline into the bore hole, the Contractor shall perform a 12 -volt DC electrical
continuity test on each of the three (3) wires during the aboveground pressure test.
Following installation of the pipeline into the bore hole, the Contractor shall perform a second 12 -volt DC
electrical continuity test on each of the three (3) tracer wires. Failure of continuous continuity for at least
one of the three tracing wires attached to the HDD pipeline, at the discretion of the city or the Engineer,
shall be cause for rejection of the HDD installation, resulting in the abandonment and reinstallation of the
directionally drilled pipeline.
The HDD tracer wires shall be spliced twelve (12) inches below grade to three (3) 10 -gauge tracer wires,
as specified above for open cut installations, and brought up in the valve boxes at the ends of each HDD
line segment. The splices shall be made only by methods per the tracer wire manufacturer's
recommendations and by splicing connections manufactured by the tracer wire manufacturer. The splicing
connectors shall be the "LSC1030C SnakeBiteTM Locking Connector" as manufactured by Copperhead
Industries, LLC, the Direct Bury Lug as manufactured by DryConn®, or an approved equal.
C. Color of Location Detection Wires: The insulation color for the wire shall match the color for the
pipes intended service as follows:
1. Potable Water Mains — Blue Insulation.
2. Reclaimed Water Mains - Pantone Purple Insulation.
3. Wastewater Force Mains — Green Insulation.
D. Termination of the Location Detection Wires: The tracer wires shall be secured to all valves,
tees and elbows. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2 -inch PVC pipe to 18 -inches
above the top of the concrete slab. The 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable
valve box, and the 2 -inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2 -inch removable brass plug with
recessed square nut
502-2.4.3. WARNING TAPE:
In addition, all underground pipelines installed by open -cut methods shall be buried with identification tape
installed over the centerline of the pipe at a depth of 1.0 foot below finished grade. The identification tape
shall be as follows:
A. Identification tape shall be manufactured of reinforced polyethylene film with a minimum overall
thickness of 4 mils and shall have a 0.35 mil thick magnetic metallic foil core. The tape shall be
highly resistant to alkalis, acids, and other destructive agents found in soil. Tape width shall be 3 -
inches and shall have background color specified below, imprinted with black letters. Imprint shall
be as specified below and shall repeat itself a minimum of once every 2 -feet for entire length of
tape. Tape shall be Terra Tape Sentry Line, or an approved equal.
B. Tarte background colors and imprints shall be in accordance with the following table:
Tape Imprint
Background Color
Imprint Color
"Caution — Potable Water Main Buried Below"
Blue
Black
SECTION IV
Page 94 of 175
Updated 6/2/2021
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
"Caution — Reclaimed Water Main Buried Below"
Purple
White
"Caution — Wastewater Force Main Buried Below"
Green
Black
502-2.5. RESTRAINED JOINT COUPLINGS
Restrained Joint Pipe Couplings: Restrained joint pipe couplings used to join and restrain two pieces of
plain end pipe shall be sized to suit the outside diameter of the pipe ends to be jointed with restrained ends.
Transition couplings shall be used to join pipes of different outside diameters. Pipe couplings shall be bolted
type with ASTM A536 ductile iron middle ring and end followers.
Coatings: All ductile iron parts of the coupling shall be coated on the interior and exterior with a fusion
bonded thermosetting epoxy coating, applied electrostatically prior to assembly, and complying with
AWWA C550 with a 12 -mil nominal coating thickness. The coating shall be equal to Mega -Bond as
manufactured by EBBA Iron, Inc., or an approved equal.
Gaskets: Gaskets for the coupling shall be wedge type manufactured of EPDM resilient rubber.
Bolts: Torque limiting nuts and gripping restraint wedges shall be manufactured of corrosion resistant, low
alloy, high strength steel. Threaded restraint rods and hexagonal nuts shall be manufactured of high
strength, Type 316 stainless steel. Bolts and nuts shall conform dimensionally to ANSI/AWWA C111,
latest revision.
Approved Manufacturer: Restrained joint couplings shall be Series 3800 as manufactured by EBBA Iron,
Inc., or an approved equal.
502-3. GATE VALVES
General: Gate valves shall open by turning to the left (counterclockwise), when viewed from the stem.
When fully open, gate valves shall have a clear, unobstructed waterway equal to the nominal diameter of
the pipe. All internal valve components shall be removable from the valve bonnet without removing the
valve body from the pressure main. Operating nut or hand wheel shall have an arrow cast in the metal
indicating the direction of opening. Each valve shall have the manufacturer's distinctive marking, pressure
rating and year of manufacture cast on the body. Prior to shipment from the factory, each valve shall be
tested by applying to it a hydrostatic pressure equal to twice the specified working pressure. Hydrostatic
and leakage tests shall be conducted in strict accordance with ANSI/AWWA C500 or ANSI/AWWA C509,
latest revisions, whichever is applicable. Only gate valve sizes 4 -inch and larger shall be acceptable.
Large Gate Valves: Gate valves with nominal sizes from 4- to 12 -inches shall conform to ANSI/AWWA
C509, latest revision, and shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 250 psi differential pressure
with zero leakage. Gate valves with nominal sizes from 16- to 36 -inches shall conform to AWWA C515,
latest revision, and shall be designed for a working pressure of 250 psi differential pressure with zero
leakage. Valves shall be ductile iron body resilient wedge type with Nitrile rubber 0 -ring stem seals. Stems
shall be sealed with three (3) 0 -rings. The top two 0 -rings shall be replaceable with the valve fully open
and subject to the full rated working pressure. 0 -rings in a cartridge shall not be allowed.
All cast ferrous components of the gate valve including the valve body, wedge, bonnet and stuffing box
shall be constructed of ductile iron in conformance with ASTM A536. The valve stem shall be
manufactured of manganese bronze in accordance with ASTM B763 and the wedge nut shall be
manufactured of bronze in accordance with ASTM B584. The valve stem shall have an integral thrust collar;
two-piece stem collars shall not be acceptable. The valve shall have Delrin thrust washers above and below
the thrust collar to assist in the operation of the valve.
Valve wedge shall be symmetrical and constructed to assure uniform seating pressure between the wedge
seat circumference and body seating surface, providing a complete seal at the rated pressure with flow from
either direction. Resilient wedge of the valve shall be formed by a special corrosion and chloramine
SECTION IV
Page 95 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
resistant, EPDM synthetic elastomer which is permanently bonded to and completely encapsulates the
ductile iron valve disc. The wedge nut shall be independent of the wedge and held in place on three sides
by the wedge to prevent possible misalignment.
All bolting materials for buried gate valves shall be Type 304 stainless steel with hexagonal shaped heads
with dimensions conforming to ANSI B18.2.1; metric bolting materials shall not be allowed. Gate valves
shall be NSF 61 listed.
Resilient wedge type gate valves shall be as listed in the City of Clearwater Approved Products List, or an
equal approved by the city.
Valve End Joints: All gate valves shall have either mechanical joints per ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 or
restrained joints as specified above for ductile iron or PVC pipe for underground service, or flanged ends,
Class 125 per ANSI B16.1, for above ground service or valves in vaults to fit the pipe run in which they
are to be used. Gate valves installed on push -on joint pipe shall have mechanical joint ends unless otherwise
specified.
Gate Valve Operators: Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein, gate valves shall
have non -rising stems. Buried gate valves shall be furnished with a 2 -inch square AWWA standard nut
operator with a valve box and cover. All buried gate valves shall be installed in the vertical position only.
Buried gate valves 16 -inches and larger in nominal size installed vertically shall be provided with a spur
gear box, valve operator. The spur gear shall be an EXEECO 1S-5 to IS -10 spur gear, depending on the
valve size, with a gear ratio not more than 2:1. Gate valves located aboveground or inside structures shall
be furnished with a rising stem and a handwheel operator which shall have an arrow cast in the metal
indicating the direction of opening. Gate valves used as isolation valves for double check valve backflow
preventers for fire lines or reduced pressure back flow preventers shall be of the open screw and yoke
(OS&Y) design with rising stems and with a handwheel operator.
Gate valves larger than 16 -inches in nominal size shall be provided with a smaller gate valve bypass sized
by the gate valve manufacturer.
Interior Valve Lining: Interior of the valve body shall be lined with a fusion bonded or thermo-setting
epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550, latest revision. Lining shall be holiday -free, NSF 61
approved, with a minimum thickness of 16 mils. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, and free from rust and grease
before lining.
Exterior Valve Coatings: All exterior surfaces of iron body gate valves shall be clean, dry, and free from
rust and grease before coating. For buried service, the exterior ferrous parts of all valves shall be coated at
the factory with coal tar epoxy with a minimum total finish dry film thickness of 20 mils. Prior to back
filling, all uncoated nuts, bolts, glands, rods, and other parts of joints shall be coated in the field with coal
tar epoxy equal to Carboline Bitumastic No. 300-M. For valves installed above -ground, the exterior ferrous
parts of all valves shall be shop primed at the factory with one coat, minimum dry film thickness of 4 mils,
of a rust -inhibitive universal epoxy primer. Primer shall be suitable for finish paint specified. Following
installation, above -ground valves shall be finish painted in accordance with city Construction Standards.
Two Inch (2") diameter gate valves or smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves.
Three Inch (3") diameter valves are not allowed.
502-4. VALVE BOXES
Furnish, assemble, and place a valve box over the operating nut for each buried valve. The valve box shall
be designed to prevent the transmission of surface loads directly to the valve or piping.
Valve boxes shall be of the adjustable screw-type of suitable length with an interior diameter of not less
than 5-1/4 inches. The valve boxes shall be manufactured of cast iron and shall be of the three-piece design
SECTION IV
Page 96 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
including a bottom section, middle section and top section with cover. The bottom section shall have a
flange at the bottom having sufficient bearing area to prevent settling. The cast iron cover shall be cast with
the applicable service; "WATER", markings for potable water mains, "RECLAIMED" marking for
reclaimed water mains or "SEWER", markings for wastewater force mains. The top section shall be
adjustable for elevation and shall be set to allow equal movement above and below finished grade.
The castings shall be manufactured of clean, even grain, gray cast iron conforming to ASTM A48, Class
30B for Gray Iron Castings; and shall be smooth, true to pattern, free from blow holes, sand holes,
projections, and other harmful defects. The seating surfaces of both the cover and the top section shall be
machined so that the cover will not rock after it has been seated.
The valve boxes shall be coated inside and outside with an asphaltic coating prior to machining, so that the
machined seating surfaces will be free of any coating. Valve extension stems shall be provided for all buried
valves when the valve operating nut is deeper than 3 feet below final grade.
Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Standard Detail
Index 402; Sheet 1 of 3 & Sheet 2 of 3 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Standard Detail Index
502; Sheet 1 of 3 & Sheet 2 of 3 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail.
502-5. HYDRANTS
Fire hydrants shall be dry barrel, break away type with 5 -1/4 -inch minimum main valve opening and shall
comply with AWWA C502, latest revision, for a 150 -psi working pressure and shall also be UL/FM listed.
All hydrants shall be hydrostatically tested at the factory in accordance with AWWA C502, latest revision.
Hydrants shall be the compression type, closing with line pressure. The main valve shall be solid
encapsulated EPDM rubber. The main valve stem shall be Type 304 or higher -grade stainless steel and
manufactured in two sections with a breakable coupling. The main hydrant valve shall open left
(counterclockwise). Hydrants shall be fully bronze mounted with all working parts of bronze. Valve seat
ring shall be threaded bronze and shall screw into a bronze retainer insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0 -rings
to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. All interior working parts of the hydrant, including the
seat ring, shall be removable through the top of the hydrant to allow repairs without disturbing the barrel of
the hydrant after it has been installed. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism
from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating
nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. The hydrant operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or
ductile iron construction and open counterclockwise. Operating nut shall be a No. 7, 1 -1/2 -inch, pentagonal
shaped nut. The operating threads shall be totally enclosed in an operating chamber, separated from the
hydrant barrel by a rubber 0 -ring stem seal and lubricated by a grease or an oil reservoir.
Fire hydrants shall be the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in at least two sections bolted
together, of ample length for 3-1/2 foot depth of bury with necessary extensions to place the safety break
flange located approximately 2 -inches above finished grade. Breakaway bolts shall not be approved. The
fire hydrant shall be provided with a 6 -inch mechanical joint epoxy lined elbow. The hydrant shall be
provided with two, 2 -1/2 -inch hose nozzles and one, 4 -1/2 -inch pumper nozzle, all having National
Standard hose threads. All nozzles shall have caps attached by stainless steel chains. Hose nozzle cap nuts
shall be 1 -1/2 -inch AWWA standard pentagonal shape. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 -turn
type with 0 -ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless-steel locking
device.
The hydrant shall be cast with no drain or weep holes or the drain or weep holes shall be permanently
plugged by the manufacturer. All bolts, nuts and studs for fire hydrants shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
Fire hydrant base, lower barrel and 6 -inch elbow shall be epoxy coated inside and outside. Upper barrel
shall have an interior epoxy coating with the exterior coated with an epoxy primer and a two-part
SECTION IV
Page 97 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
polyurethane top coating. Fire hydrant upper barrel exterior colors shall have National Standard Yellow,
UV resistant enamel, polyurethane, or fusion bonded epoxy.
Approved Fire Hydrants: Only those fire hydrants listed in the City of Clearwater Approved Products
List, shall be used in extension to or replacement of the city's potable water system: Absolutely no
substitutions for fire hydrants shall be allowed without the approval of the city Engineering Department.
All shipments of fire hydrants to the project site shall be palletized, securely anchored to the pallet(s) and
delivered by delivery trucks with mechanical, motorized tailgates for receipt by the Contractor.
All hydrant assemblies shall be provided with an auxiliary 6 -inch resilient seated gate valve for isolation so
that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the
distribution system. Gate valves for fire hydrant installations shall be as specified above in Section 502-2.7.
Piping used from the water main tee to the fire hydrant shall be 6 -inch ductile iron pipe only. Ductile iron
pipe shall be in accordance with Section 502-2.1.
The fire hydrant assembly shall be provided with anchoring hydrant fittings including a locked hydrant tee
with split gland to provide the locking together of the entire assembly for joint restraint. Hydrants shall be
restrained by using bolted mechanical swivel -type connecting joints from the hydrant tee through to the
hydrant. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length
precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement
of the hydrant. If used, mechanical restrained joints shall comply with Section 502-2.1.2 of these Technical
Specifications.
All fire hydrants shall be provided with a fiber mesh reinforced concrete shear pad with dimensions as
shown in the Drawings.
Fire hydrants shall be located in the general location as shown on the Drawings. Final field location of all
hydrants shall be as required by the city. All hydrants shall be located no less than 6 -feet and no more than
10 -feet from the curb or edge of pavement of the adjacent roadway.
Fire hydrants shall be located in a manner to provide complete accessibility and separated from any and all
obstructions such as utility poles, posts, walls, etc., by a distance of at least five feet, measured from the
centerline of the fire hydrant to the nearest physical feature, which may obstruct access or view of any fire
hydrant, unless otherwise required by the Owner. All fire hydrants located within FDOT rights-of-way shall
conform to FDOT clear zone requirements.
In order to minimize any inconvenience to property owners, new fire hydrants shall be installed at or near
side property lines. Fire hydrants shall be installed such that the 4 -1/2 -inch pumper nozzle faces the street
or driveway, unless otherwise directed by the Fire Department or the Owner's representative.
No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the city Engineering
Department.
502-6. SERVICE SADDLES/ POLYETHYLENE SERVICE LINES
Service Saddles: Service saddles shall have ductile iron bodies in accordance with ASTM A536, latest
revision, with double stainless-steel straps. Ductile iron body shall have a fusion bonded nylon coating with
a minimum thickness of 12 mils. Straps shall be Type 304 stainless steel with premium grade Type 304 L
stainless steel bolts and Type 304 stainless steel washers and nuts. The nuts shall be Teflon coated. The
gasket material shall be an EPDM elastomeric compound resistant to degradation by oil, natural gas, acids,
alkalis, most aliphatic fluids, and chloramines. The outlet of the saddle shall have female NPT threads.
Approved service saddles shall be as listed in the City of Clearwater Approved Products List, or an equal
approved by the city.
SECTION IV
Page 98 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Service saddles shall be used on all service taps on water main pipelines 4 -inch in size and larger. The
largest service connection allowable for a 4 -inch main shall be a 1 -1/2 -inch tapped connection. Service
saddles shall be used on all 2 -inch service connections on water main pipelines 6 -inch and larger. Taps
larger than 2 -inch in size shall require using a tapping sleeve as specified below in Section 502-12.
Corporation Stops: Corporation stops shall be all bronze bodies with an all bronze ball and Teflon seats,
in accordance with AWWA C800. Inlet and outlet threads shall have NPT threads. Corporation stops shall
be as listed in the City of Clearwater Approved Products List, or an equal approved by the city.
Polyethylene Service Lines: All polyethylene service lines require stiffeners must be approved by the city
and manufactured by Mars Company, Ocala, FL 34483. 3" service lines are not allowed. Refer to reclaimed
water Standard Detail Index 501 Sheet 2 of 2.
502-7. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
The city owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system.
Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the city and installed by city work forces.
Backflow prevention devices that are installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service
connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA C511, latest edition for Reduced Pressure
Principle Backflow Prevention Devices or AWWA C506, latest edition for Double Check Valve Assembly
Backflow Prevention Devices.
Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. The type of device, and when required,
shall be determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow
of water within the customer's private system, as determined by the city Utility Engineering Department.
The two types of backflow prevention devices allowed are:
1. Double Check Valve Assembly Backflow Prevention Device: a device composed of two (2)
single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves
located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each
check valve.
2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device: a device containing a minimum of two
(2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure
differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing
shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located
test cocks.
a. Reduced -pressure principle back flow preventers shall include an integral sensing system
that will automatically open a relief valve whenever the differential pressure between the
inlet supply and the reduced pressure zone drops to 2 psi. The relief valve shall remain
open until a positive pressure differential of 2 psi is re-established. If pressure upstream of
the first check valve drops to atmospheric or below, the relief valve shall remain fully open
providing an internal air gap between the first check valve and the water level in the
reduced pressure zone. The unit shall also be constructed such that any minor leakage of
the second check valve will result in visible flow from the relief valve, even if the first
check valve is totally disabled.
502-8. TAPPING SLEEVES AND LINESTOPS
Tapping valves and tapping sleeves shall be installed where shown on the drawings to make "wet" taps into
existing potable water, reclaimed water mains or wastewater force mains. Tapping valves shall only be
installed in the vertical position.
SECTION IV
Page 99 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Tapping Sleeves for Taps 4 -inch to 12 -inch in Size: Fabricated all stainless steel body tapping sleeves to
tap pipelines 4 -inch through 30 -inch in size with outlet tap sizes ranging from 4 -inches through 12 -inches,
shall have heavy welded ASTM A240, Type 304 stainless steel body; Type 304 stainless steel bolts, Grade
8 per ASTM A194, epoxy coated; Type 304 stainless steel nuts, Grade 8 per ASTM A194, fluoropolymer
coated; and a 3/4 -inch Type 304 stainless steel test plug. The tapping sleeve, unless otherwise specified
shall have a 18-8 Type 304 stainless steel outlet flange which meets the requirements of ANSI/AWWA
C228 Class SD, ANSI 150 LB drilling recessed for tapping valve per MSS-SP60. The tapping sleeve gasket
shall be EPDM rubber. Stainless steel body tapping sleeves shall be as listed in the City of Clearwater
Approved Products List, or an equal approved by the city.
Mechanical Tapping Sleeves for Taps Larger Than 12 -inch in Size: Mechanical joint split tapping
sleeves shall be ductile iron capable of withstanding a 250 -psi working pressure or the pipe rated working
pressure, whichever is greater. The tapping flange for the sleeve shall have a groove that shall mate to the
raised lip on the tapping valve flange. Gaskets shall be vulcanized EPDM resilient rubber material. All
tapping connections for "size on size" taps shall utilize mechanical joint tapping sleeves only. The tapping
sleeve shall be provided by the same manufacturer as the tapping valve. Bolts and nuts for the tapping
sleeve split flange connection shall be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B8M
for bolts and ASTM A194, Grade 8M for nuts. The nuts shall be fluoropolymer coated and have a hardness
that is lower than that of the bolts and washers by a difference of 50 Brinnell hardness to prevent galling
during installation. All interior and exterior surfaces of the mechanical joint split tapping sleeves shall be
clean, dry, and free from rust and grease before coating. The interior and exterior surfaces of all mechanical
joint split tapping sleeves shall be coated at the factory with fusion bonded or thermo-setting epoxy coating
with a minimum total finish dry film thickness of 16 mils.
Tapping Valves: Tapping valves are special gate valves designed to mate to the flange of a mechanical
tapping sleeve with a mechanical joint outlet connection. The tapping flange of the valve shall have a raised
lip that will mate with the grooved flange of the tapping sleeve flange. The tapping valve shall have an
oversized diameter waterway to allow passage of the tapping machine cutter assembly, without sustaining
damage to the valve. Each tapping valve shall have the manufacturer's distinctive marking, pressure rating,
the words" Ductile Iron" or "DI", and year of manufacture cast on the body. Prior to shipment from the
factory, each valve shall be tested by applying to it a hydrostatic pressure equal to twice the specified
working pressure. Hydrostatic and leakage tests shall be conducted in strict accordance with ANSI/AWWA
C509, latest revision. Resilient -seated type tapping valves shall be as listed in the City of Clearwater
Approved Products List, or an equal approved by the city.
A. Tapping valves with nominal sizes from 4- to 12 -inches shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C509,
latest revision, and shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 250 psi. Tapping valves
with nominal sizes from 16 inches and larger shall conform to AWWA C515, latest revision, and
shall be designed for a working pressure of 250 psi. Valves shall be ductile iron body, resilient
wedge type with Nitrile rubber 0 -ring stem seals. Stems shall be sealed with three (3) 0 -rings. The
top two 0 -rings shall be replaceable with the valve fully open and subject to the full rated working
pressure. 0 -rings in a cartridge shall not be allowed. All cast ferrous components of the tapping
valve including the valve body, wedge, bonnet and stuffing box shall be constructed of ductile iron
in conformance with ASTM A536. The valve stem shall be manufactured of manganese bronze in
accordance with ASTM B763 and the wedge nut shall be manufactured of bronze in accordance
with ASTM B584. The valve stem shall have an integral thrust collar; two-piece stem collars shall
not be acceptable. The valve shall have Delrin thrust washers above and below the thrust collar to
assist in the operation of the valve. Valve wedge shall be symmetrical and constructed to assure
uniform seating pressure between the wedge seat circumference and body seating surface,
providing a complete seal at the rated pressure with flow from either direction. Resilient wedge of
the valve shall be formed by a special corrosion and chloramine resistant, EPDM synthetic
elastomer which is permanently bonded to and completely encapsulates the ductile iron valve disc.
SECTION IV
Page 100 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
The wedge nut shall be independent of the wedge and held in place on three sides by the wedge to
prevent possible misalignment. All bolting materials for buried tapping valves shall be Type 316
stainless steel, as specified below, with hexagonal shaped heads with dimensions conforming to
ANSI B18.2.1; metric bolting materials shall not be allowed. Tapping valves shall be NSF 61 listed.
B. Tapping Valve Ends: All tapping valves shall have a special flange with a raised lip to mate with
the groove in the tapping sleeve flange and a mechanical joint end on the discharge side of the
valve.
C. Tapping Valve Connection Bolting: Bolts and nuts for the tapping valve flange connection shall
be Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B8M for bolts and ASTM A194,
Grade 8M for nuts. The nuts shall be fluoropolymer coated and have a hardness that is lower than
that of the bolts and washers by a difference of 50 Brinnell hardness to prevent galling during
installation. Jointing materials for the mechanical joint valve end and the mechanical joint tapping
sleeve ends shall be in strict accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111 and ANSI/AWWA C153, latest
revisions. Tee head bolts and nuts for the mechanical joint ends shall be manufactured of CORTEN,
high strength, low alloy, corrosion resistant steel in accordance with ASTM A242, or an equal
approved by the Engineer and the Owner.
D. Tapping Valve Operators: Tapping gate valves shall have non -rising stems and shall open by
turning to the left (counterclockwise), when viewed from the stem. Tapping valves shall be
furnished with a ductile iron 2 -inch square AWWA standard nut operator with an arrow cast into
the metal indicating the direction of opening. Tapping valves 16 -inches and larger in nominal size
shall be provided with a spur gear box, valve operator. The spur gear shall be an EXEECO IS -5 to
IS -10 spur gear, depending on valve size, with a gear ratio not more than 2:1.
E. Interior Tapping Valve Linings: The interior of the tapping valve body shall be lined with a
fusion bonded or thermo-setting epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550, latest revision.
Lining shall be holiday -free, NSF approved, with a minimum thickness of 16 mils. Surfaces shall
be clean, dry, and free from rust and grease before lining.
F. Exterior Tapping Valve Coatings: All exterior surfaces of tapping valves shall be clean, dry, and
free from rust and grease before coating. The exterior ferrous parts of all tapping valves shall be
coated at the factory with fusion bonded or thermo-setting epoxy coating with a minimum total
finish dry film thickness of 16 mils. Prior to back filling, all uncoated nuts, bolts, glands, rods, and
other parts of joints shall be coated in the field with two coats of coal tar epoxy equal to Carboline
Bitumastic No. 300-M.
502-9. LINE STOPPING ASSEMBLIES
Specialty line stop fittings shall be used for applications where it is necessary to isolate a section of pipe
without interrupting service. The Contractor shall provide a submittal which clearly identifies the materials
used for line stop applications.
Sleeves used to line -stop existing mains shall be provided and installed at locations as shown on the
Drawings or as required for construction of the new force main tie-in to an existing force main. Line -
stopping sleeve shall be steel fusion epoxy coated body with stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers.
Contractor shall determine the outside diameter of the existing main prior to ordering sleeve. The back
(bottom) section shall be solid and designed within an outside diameter range specific to the pipe it is being
installed on. The front (top) section will also be full encirclement design with a welded installed nozzle and
flange outlet.
Line stop fitting sleeves shall be the high strength type having a wide body, made of a minimum material
strength of A-283 grade steel, ASTM A-36 Steel or equal, which conforms to and reinforces the pipe. The
sleeve shall have as a minimum 7/8 -inch wide gasket of Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR, Buna-N) per
ASTM D2000 with hydro activated lip, captured in a recessed groove around the outlet. Bolts, nuts and
washers shall be 3/4 -inch stainless steel 18-8 type 304. A 3/4 -inch forged steel test outlet will be placed
SECTION IV
Page 101 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
into the nozzle branch outlet, at the factory, for the purposes of site pressure testing after the fitting has
been installed around the pipe.
Tapping sleeves and line stops shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
for the specified model. The fitting may not be retrofitted in any way after being installed on the pipe. The
Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the fitting is properly restrained.
The line -stopping equipment shall consist of a resilient sealing element, which shall be attached to and
transported by a plug inserted perpendicularly into the pipe. The linear actuator shall extend and retract the
Line -Stopper into and out of the pipe. When retracted from the pipe, the element and inserter shall be
contained within the stopper housing.
The hollow cylindrical sealing element shall be molded of natural rubber. The lower interior chamber of
the element shall be enlarged into a hemispherical cavity to allow symmetrical deformation into sealing
conformity with the bore of the pipe. The linear actuator shall be hydraulic and shall have a self-contained
hand operated pump. The actuator shall exert a force sufficient to perpendicularly deform the cylindrical
element into axially symmetrical sealing contact with the bore of the pipe. Design of actuator shall provide
adequate stroke and means to continually align the line -stop bullet stopping assemblies in sizes 4 -inch thru
20 -inch with pressure rating to 250 psig.
Equalization of pressure across the sealed element shall not be required to retract the element from the pipe.
No equalization fittings shall be required downstream of the line -stopper.
Line -stopping equipment must be capable of function and acceptance of multiple stopper heads and shall
be compatible with existing system fittings.
502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS
Hydrant Blow offs are not allowed.
503. CONSTRUCTION
503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING
1. Care shall be taken in loading, transporting, and unloading to prevent damage to the pipe or fittings
and their respective coatings. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, and accessories shall be loaded and
unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances
shall such materials be rolled off the carrier or dropped. Unloading shall be done by lifting with a
forklift or crane using straps and a spreader bar. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or
rolled against pipe already on the ground.
2. Pipe shall be stored on level ground, preferably turf or sand, free of sharp objects which could
damage the pipe. Stacking of the pipe shall be limited to a height that will not cause excessive
deformation of the bottom layers of pipes. Pipe shall be stacked no higher than 6 -feet high on the
project site for safety reasons. Where necessary, due to ground conditions, the pipe shall be stored
on wooden sleepers, suitably spaced and of such width as not to allow deformation of the pipe at
the point of contact with the sleeper or between supports.
3. The interior surfaces of valves and piping shall be kept free of dirt and debris.
4. Pipe and fittings which require the protection from UV, such as PVC or HDPE pipe, shall be
covered and protected in accordance with manufacturer instructions.
5. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of
the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a
manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
SECTION IV
Page 102 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
6. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the
place where it is to be laid in the trench.
7. All materials shall be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no
broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged, unsatisfactory or defective
material shall be used.
8. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be
rejected and promptly removed from the site.
9. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the
damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe
corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items.
503-2. PIPE LAYING
503-2.1. INSPECTION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
All pipe, fittings, valves, and other material shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer and
the City after delivery and prior to installation. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or
accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer
shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. No broken, cracked, imperfectly coated,
or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be installed. When a defect or crack is discovered,
the injured or defective piece shall not be installed and shall be removed from the project site. All homing
marks shall be checked for proper length to not allow a separation or over homing of connected pipe.
Homing marks incorrectly marked on pipe shall result in rejection of pipe and removal from the site at the
Contractor's expense.
503-2.2. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
General: Excavation, backfill, and compaction shall conform to the provisions of Section 201-2. —
Excavation, Backfilling and Compaction for Utilities. Upon satisfactory installation of the pipe bedding
material as specified in Section 201-2. — Excavation, Backfilling and Compaction for Utilities, a continuous
trough for the pipe barrel and recesses for the pipe bells or couplings shall be excavated by hand digging.
When the pipe is laid in the prepared trench, true to line and grade, the pipe barrel shall receive continuous,
uniform support and no pressure will be exerted on the pipe joints from the trench bottom.
Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the
Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants
shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools
or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under
no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench.
Pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be installed as shown or indicated on the Drawings. All joint
lubricant compounds shall be NSF approved.
Water in Excavations: Water shall not be allowed in the trenches while underground pipes are being laid
and/or tested. All pipe shall be laid "in the dry". Installation of potable water pipes, reclaimed water pipes
or wastewater force main pipes shall not proceed in the trench until the trench has been properly dewatered
and prepared. Refer to Section 203, Dewatering for dewatering requirements for the installation of
pipelines. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. Water
shall not be allowed in the trenches while the pipes are being laid and/or tested. The Contractor shall not
open more trench than the available pumping facilities are able to dewater the trench to the satisfaction of
the Engineer or the city's Inspector. The Contractor shall assume responsibility for legally disposing of all
water so as not to injure or interfere with the normal drainage of the area in which he is working. In no case
SECTION IV
Page 103 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
shall the pipelines being installed be used as drains for such water, and the ends of the pipe shall be kept
properly and adequately plugged during construction by the use of approved stoppers and not by improvised
equipment. All necessary precautions shall be taken by the Contractor to prevent the entrance of mud, sand,
or other obstructing matter into the pipelines. If on completion of the work any such materials have entered
the pipelines, it must be cleaned as directed by the Engineer and the city's Inspector so that the entire system
will be left clean and unobstructed. The Contractor shall not leave trenches open overnight.
Pipe Bedding The Contractor shall provide pipe bedding material in accordance with the Standard Details
on the Drawings and Section 201-2. — Excavation, Backfilling and Compaction for Utilities. The Contractor
shall hand -grade bedding to proper grade ahead of pipe laying operation. Bedding shall provide a firm,
unyielding support along the entire pipe length. If the trench has been excavated below the required depth
for pipe bedding material placement, the Contractor shall fill the excess depth with pipe bedding material
to the proper grade. The Contractor shall excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and
inspection of the entire joint.
Pipe Cradle: Upon satisfactory installation of the pipe trench as specified in Section 201-2. — Excavation,
Backfilling and Compaction for Utilities and the pipe bedding, a continuous trough for the pipe barrel and
recesses for the pipe bells or couplings shall be excavated by hand digging so that when the pipe is laid in
the prepared trench, true to line and grade, the pipe barrel shall receive continuous, uniform support and no
pressure will be exerted on the pipe joints or pipe bell from the trench bottom.
Cleanliness: Mud, silt, gravel, and other foreign material shall be kept out of the pipe and off the jointing
surface. The interior of the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign material before being gently
lowered into the trench and shall be kept clean during laying operations by means of plugs or other methods
accepted by the Engineer and the city. During suspension of work for any reason at any time, a suitable
watertight plug shall be placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud or other foreign material from
entering the pipe.
Connections to Existing Utilities: All connections to existing piping systems shall be made as shown or
indicated on the Drawings after consultation and cooperation with the city Utility Department. Some such
connections may have to be made during off-peak hours (late night or early morning).
Pipe Joint Deflection: Whenever it is desirable to deflect pipe joints to avoid obstructions or to maintain
required alignment, the amount of the joint deflection shall not exceed 50 percent of the maximum limits
allowed by the pipe manufacturer for ductile iron pipe. No bending or joint deflection of PVC pipe shall be
permitted at any time. Changes in horizontal and vertical alignment of PVC pipe shall be achieved by use
of fittings only.
Pipe Installation: In preparation for pipe installation, placement (stringing) of pipe should be as close to
the trench as practical on the opposite side of the trench from the excavated material.
All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the
trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care
as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling.
Pipe laying shall proceed with the bell ends of the pipe pointing in the direction of the work progress unless
directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on a grade of 10 percent or greater, the laying shall
start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe pointing upgrade. Before pipe is
joined, gaskets shall be cleaned of all dirt and stones and other foreign material. The spigot ends of the pipe
and/or pipe gaskets shall be lubricated lightly with an NSF approved lubricant as specified by the pipe
manufacturer and approved by the Engineer and the city. No sulfur based joint compound shall be used.
Sufficient pressure shall be applied to the pipe to properly seat the spigot end into the bell of the previously
laid pipe. Any damage to the pipe due to over-exertion shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense All
damaged pipe shall be removed for the Project site.
SECTION IV
Page 104 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Pipe and fittings shall be laid accurately to the lines and grades indicated on Drawings or required. The
depth of cover over the pipeline shall vary to provide uniform gradient or slope to the pipe, whether grading
is completed or proposed at time of pipe installation. Where grades for the pipeline are not indicated on the
Drawings, maintain a uniform depth of cover with respect to finish grade.
As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced
home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill
material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the
joint space.
All pipe laid shall be retained in position to maintain alignment and joint closure until sufficient backfill
has been completed to adequately hold the pipe in place. Care shall be taken to ensure a good alignment
both horizontally and vertically and to give the pipe a firm bearing along its entire length. Any pipe which
has its grade or joint disturbed after laying shall be taken up and relayed.
All pipe and fittings shall be cleared of sand, dirt, and debris before laying. All precautions shall be taken
to prevent sand, dirt, or other foreign material from entering the pipe during installation. If necessary, a
heavy, tightly woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end of the pipe before lowering
into the trench and left there until the connection is made to the adjacent pipe. Any sand, dirt, or other
foreign material that enters the pipe shall be removed from the pipe immediately. During pipe laying
operations, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed into the pipe interior. Interior of all
pipe and fittings shall be kept clean after installation until accepted in the complete Work.
Any time that pipe installation is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug
or other method approved by the Engineer and the city Inspector. Plugs shall remain in pipe ends until all
water is removed from the trench. No pipe shall be installed when trench conditions are unsuitable for such
work, including standing water, excess mud, or rain.
Thrust Restraint:
A. General: Thrust restraint shall be accomplished by piping restrained joints or mechanical
restraining devices.
B. Required Length of Restrained Joints: The length of restrained joints required shall be in
accordance with the lengths shown on the Plan and Profile Drawings. The restrained joint lengths
listed in the Restrained Joint Pipe Tables in the Drawings are absolute minimum lengths required
and may not reflect the actual length of restrained joints required for a particular fitting arrangement
or situation.
C. Concrete Trust Blocks: Concrete thrust blocks shall not under any circumstances be allowed on the
Project for thrust restraint at fittings.
D. Concrete Trust Collars: Concrete thrust collars shall be used under extraordinary circumstances
when approved by the Engineer and the city. If thrust collars are used, they shall conform to the
details shown on the Drawings and shall be constructed of Class I concrete, which shall have a
minimum compressive strength of 3,500 psi at 28 days. No pipeline work shall be accomplished
adjacent to a thrust collar until the concrete has reached its full compressive strength and can handle
the required thrust restraint.
Initial Backfill:
A. After pipe has been laid, inspected, and found satisfactory, sufficient backfill shall be placed along
the pipe barrel to hold the pipe securely in place while conducting the preliminary hydrostatic test.
No backfill shall be placed over the joints until the preliminary test is satisfactorily completed,
leaving them exposed to view for the detection of visible leaks.
B. Upon satisfactory completion of the preliminary hydrostatic test, backfilling and compaction of the
trench shall be completed.
SECTION IV
Page 105 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV—Technical Specifications
Location Detection Wire: Refer to the city Standard Detail Drawings for wire location and installation
notes. Location Detection Wires shall be installed for all potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and
wastewater force mains. For open cut installation the two (2) detection wires shall be attached generally at
the three o'clock and nine o'clock positions on the pipe with nylon pipe straps or tape located at 5 -foot
intervals for each 20 -foot length of pipe. The wire shall be installed through valve boxes, valve vaults, air
release valve enclosures, etc., and provide sufficient excess (12 -inches minimum) such that a loop in the
wire can be raised above ground level. An energy source shall be attached to each of the wires to energize
each wire to facilitate location of the wire and pipe using a metal detector. Prior to acceptance, the
Contractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer and the city Inspector that each of the wires is continuous and
unbroken through the complete run of the pipe by performing a continuity test of the 10 gauge location
detection wires for the entire length of the potable water main, the reclaimed water main or the wastewater
force main at each valve test station box. The test shall also include energizing each of the wires and locating
the entire run of pipe with the Engineer and the city Inspector present.
Underground Identification Tape: Install a continuous underground utility identification tape for all
underground potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and wastewater force mains installed by open -
cut methods. The identification tape shall be installed over the centerline of the pipe at a depth of 12 -inches
below finished grade.
Aboveground and Exposed Piping: Piping shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the job
site and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing, properly clearing all equipment access
areas and openings. Changes in sizes shall be made with appropriate reducing fittings. Pipe connections
shall be made in accordance with the details shown and manufacturer's recommendations. Open ends of
pipelines shall be properly capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt and other foreign material out
of the system. Pipe supports and hangers shall be provided where indicated or as required to ensure adequate
support of the piping. All above ground piping shall be painted with the appropriate color.
503-2.3. INSTALLATION OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Handling and Cutting Pipe:
A. Care shall be taken in handling, cutting, and laying ductile iron pipe and fittings to avoid damaging
the pipe and interior cement mortar lining, scratching, or marring machined surfaces, and abrasion
of the exterior pipe coating. All cracked pipe and fittings shall be removed at once from the Work.
B. Pipe cutting shall be done by skilled workmen in a neat workmanlike manner without creating
damage to the pipe and interior lining and to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the
pipe. Cut ends shall be square and rough edges of ductile iron pipe shall be ground smooth. For
push -on joint connections, the cut end shall be beveled to prevent gasket damage during joint
assembly. Interior lining and exterior coatings of the pipe shall be repaired at cut ends per the
manufacturer's instructions prior to joint assembly.
Laying Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings:
A. Bedding for Ductile Iron Pipe: Minimum bedding requirements shall be Type 3 as defined in
ANSI/AWWA C600, latest revision. Provide proper bedding required, in accordance with
thickness class of pipe being laid, restrained joints required and depth of cover. At a minimum the
pipe shall be bedded in compacted 4 -inch thick select fill and backfilled and compacted to the top
of the pipe to a minimum of 95% Modified Proctor. Proper pipe laying conditions shall be in
accordance with ANSI/AWWA C150 and C151, latest revisions, and ANSI/AWWA C600, latest
revision.
B. All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be laid in accordance with American Water Works
Association Standard ANSI/AWWA C600, latest revision, entitled "Standard for Installation of
Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances ", with the following sections specifically
applying:
SECTION IV
Page 106 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
1. Section 3.3 - Pipe Installation.
2. Section 3.4 - Joint Assembly.
C. Polyethylene tube encasement shall be installed for all buried ductile iron pipe segments and fittings
for corrosion protection. Installation procedures shall be in accordance with AWWA C105/ANSI
A21.5-10, latest revision, entitled Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems, Section
4.4 - Installation.
Ductile Iron Pipe Joints:
A. General: The joints of all pipelines shall be made leak tight. The particular joint used shall be
approved by the Engineer and the city Inspector prior to installation. Where shown on the Drawings
or where, in the opinion of the Engineer or the city Inspector, settlement or vibration is likely to
occur, all pipe joints shall be bolted mechanical joint type with mechanical restraints, push -on joints
with mechanical restraints or manufactured restrained joint type as specified above, or as indicated
on the Drawings.
All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the
outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from
oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Mechanical Restrained Joints: All types of mechanical joint and push -on joint pipes with
mechanical restraints shall be laid and jointed in full conformance with manufacturer's
recommendations, which shall be submitted to the Engineer and the city Inspector for review and
approval before work is begun. Only specially trained and skilled workmen shall be permitted to
makeup mechanical restrained joints. Torque wrenches, set as specified in AWWA Standard C111,
shall be used; or spanner type wrenches not longer than specified therein may be used with the
permission of the Engineer and the city Inspector. The gasket shall be inserted, and the joint
surfaces cleaned and lubricated with soapy water before tightening the bolts to the specified torque.
C. Manufactured Restrained Joints: Manufactured restrained joints shall be provided where indicated
on the Drawings. Joint assembly shall be made in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions, which shall be submitted to the Engineer or the city Inspector for review and approval
before commencing work.
D. Flanged Joints: Flanged joints shall be made up by inserting the gasket between the flanges. The
threads of the bolts and the faces of the gaskets shall be coated with suitable lubricant immediately
before installation. Joints shall be fitted so that the contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket.
1. Bolt holes of flanges shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the pipe. Clean
flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged fittings. Clean flange bolts and nuts by
wire brushing and lubricate bolts with oil and graphite.
2. Insert the nuts and bolts (or studs), finger tighten, and progressively tighten diametrically
opposite bolts uniformly around the flange to the proper tension.
3. Execute care when tightening joints to prevent undue strain upon valves, pumps, backflow
preventers and other equipment.
If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen, or remove the nuts and bolts, reset or replace the gasket, re-
install or re -tighten the bolts and nuts, and re -test the joints. Joints shall be watertight; no leaks shall be
allowed.
503-2.4. INSTALLATION OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE
Storage and Handling of PVC Pipe: PVC pipe shall be delivered to the site in unbroken bundles packaged
in such manner as to provide protection against damage. When possible, pipe should be stored at the job
site in the unit packages until ready for use. Packaged units shall be handled using a forklift or a spreader
bar with fabric straps. Packaged units shall not be stacked at the job site higher than two units high.
SECTION IV
Page 107 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
When it is necessary to store PVC pipe for long periods of time, exposure to direct sunlight shall be
prevented by covering the pipe with an opaque material. Adequate air circulation above and around the
pipe shall be provided as required to prevent excessive heat accumulation. PVC pipe shall not be stored
close to heat sources of hot objects such as heaters, fires, boilers, or engine exhaust. Pipe gaskets shall be
protected from excessive exposure to heat, direct sunlight, ozone, oil, and grease. The interior and all sealing
surfaces of pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances shall be kept clean and free of dirt and foreign matter.
Care shall be taken in handling and laying pipe and fittings to avoid severe impact blows, crushing, abrasion
damage, gouging, or cutting. Pipe shall be lowered, not dropped, from trucks or into trenches. All cracked,
damaged, or defective pipe and fittings, or any length of PVC pipe having a gouge, scratch, or other
permanent indentation of more than 10 percent of the wall thickness in depth, shall be rejected and removed
at once from the Work and replaced with new acceptable pipe.
Field Cutting PVC Pipe: Field cutting of pipe shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner without creating
damage to the pipe. The pipe shall be cut square with a fine-toothed hand or power saw or other cutter or
knife designed for use with plastic pipe. Prior to cutting, the pipe shall be marked around its entire
circumference or a square -in vise shall be used to ensure the pipe end is cut square. Remove burrs by
smoothing edges with a knife, file, or sandpaper.
Field Cutting Bell and Spigot PVC Pipe: Bevel the cut end of the pipe using a pipe beveling tool, wood
rasp, or portable sander to prevent damage to the gasket during joint assembly. A factory -finished beveled
end should be used as a guide to ensure proper beveling angle and correct depth of bevel. Round off any
sharp edges on the leading edge of the bevel with a knife or file. The Contractor shall provide a seat homing
mark on the field cut pipe in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's written instructions.
Laying PVC Bell and Spigot Pipe:
A. Pipe Bedding: Bedding for PVC pipe shall be as specified in Section 201-2. — Excavation,
Backfilling and Compaction for Utilities using granular pipe bedding material.
B. All PVC pipe shall be laid in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's published installation guide,
the AWWA Manual of Practice No. M23 "PVC Pipe - Design and Installation" and the Uni-Bell
Plastic Pipe Association installation recommendations.
PVC Pipe Joint Assembly for Rubber Gasketed Bell and Spigot Pipe:
A. The PVC bell and spigot joint shall be assembled in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
installation instructions, ASTM D2774, and AWWA Manual M23. Clean the interior of the bell,
the gasket, and the spigot of the pipe to be jointed with a rag to remove any dirt or foreign material
before assembling. Inspect the gasket, pipe spigot bevel, gasket groove, and sealing surfaces for
damage or deformation.
B. Lubricate the spigot end of the pipe with an NSF approved lubricant supplied or specified by the
pipe manufacturer for use with gasketed PVC pipe in potable water systems. The lubricant should
be supplied as specified by the pipe manufacturer and shall be NSF approved. After the spigot end
is lubricated, it must be kept clean and free of dirt and sand. If dirt and sand adhere to the lubricated
end, the spigot must be wiped clean and re -lubricated.
C. Insert the spigot into the bell so that it contacts the gasket uniformly. Align the pipe sections and
push the spigot end into the bell until the manufacturer's reference mark on the spigot is flush with
the end of the bell. The pipe should be pushed into the bell using a bar and wood block. The joint
shall not be assembled by "stabbing" or swinging the pipe into the bell, nor shall construction
machinery be used to push the pipe into the bell. After joining the pipe, a metal feeler gauge shall
be used to verify that the joint gasket is properly located.
D. If undue resistance to insertion of the spigot end is encountered or if the reference mark does not
reach the flush position, disassemble the joint and check the position of the gasket. If the gasket is
twisted or pushed out of its seat, inspect the components, repair, or replace damaged items, clean
SECTION IV
Page 108 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
the components, and repeat the assembly steps. Be sure the pipe is in proper alignment during
assembly. If the gasket was not out of position, check the distance between the spigot end and the
reference mark and relocate the mark if it is out of position.
E. Restrained joints for PVC pipe shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings. Joint assembly
shall be made in strict accordance with the joint restraint manufacturer's instructions, which shall
be submitted to the Engineer and the city for review and approval before commencing work.
503-2.5. DIRECTIONAL BORING INSTALLATION
The work of this Section includes all labor, machinery, construction equipment and appliances required for
installation of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe or Certa-Loc PVC pipe below the ground using
directionally controlled horizontal drilling equipment and methods. All directional boring methods and
equipment shall be approved by the Engineer and the city before any work shall be permitted. All directional
boring and pipe installation methods shall be performed in a good workmanlike and safe manner.
Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) is a construction method consisting of drilling a small diameter pilot
hole within the designed tolerances for radius requirements, followed by enlargement of the hole by back
reaming to accommodate the utility pipeline.
503-2.5.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The overall work scope shall include, but not be limited to steerable directional boring equipment, boring
pits and equipment, sheeting, location signs as required, maintenance of traffic and miscellaneous
appurtenances to complete the entire Work as shown on the Contract Drawings, and restoration. Directional
boring operations shall be performed within the right-of-way and/or easements shown on the Drawings.
The HDD Contractor shall assume full responsibility for his methods of construction, the stability and
accuracy of the drilled and reamed hole and pits constructed by him, and all costs for damages resulting
from any failure thereof and be solely responsible for the safety of the pits and related structures, and
personnel engaged in underground construction throughout the duration of the work.
The general dimensions, arrangement and details for the drilled pilot hole and entry and exit pits to be
constructed shall be as indicated on the approved Shop Drawings.
Methods of excavation, equipment and procedures for the HDD operation and pits shall be selected to
provide adequate working space and clearances for the work to be performed.
Utility Protection: Utility lines and structures indicated on the Drawings, which are to remain in service,
shall be protected from any damage. Where utility lines or structures not shown on the Drawings are
encountered, Contractor shall report them to the city and the Engineer before proceeding with the Work.
All utilities within 10 feet of the drill pilot bore, back ream or utility carrier pipe installation will be exposed
through a soft -dig "pot -hole" or other opening, in accordance with appropriate utility locate laws and
regulations, to ensure, through visual inspection, that the drill, reamer or utility carrier pipe has caused no
damage to the utility and maintains adequate clearance. All potholes to locate existing utilities shall be
sealed with an excavatable grout to avoid a possible flow path for the HDD drilling mud.
Prior to commencing drilling operations, positively locate and stake all existing utility pipelines, cables,
storm sewers, or other underground facilities which are located within 10 feet of the designed drilled path.
All work covered by these Technical Specifications shall be performed in accordance with the applicable
local, state and federal codes and laws which pertain to such work and supplemental regulations which are
contained in these Technical Specifications.
SECTION IV
Page 109 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
At all times when construction is not in progress, watertight plugs shall be installed in all pipe ends and
openings, either following aboveground pipe fusing and storage before pipe pulling or following
underground installation after pipe pull back.
503-2.5.2. SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall prepare a detailed schedule for the work and submit it to the Engineer and the city for
approval. The schedule shall include all major tasks to be performed, including but not limited to the
following: pipe delivery; rig mobilization and setup; pipe assembly; pilot hole drilling; reaming; pressure
testing the pipe before installation; pipe pulling; pressure testing and pigging/flushing the pipe after
installation; disinfection of potable water pipelines; anticipated work hours for each task, daily work hours
and dates anticipated for each task.
At least 10 days prior to mobilization of equipment, the Contractor shall submit a detailed installation plan
to the city and the Engineer for review and approval. The plan shall also include a detailed Plan and Profile
of the bore plotted at a scale no smaller than 1 -inch equals 20 feet horizontally and 1 -inch equals 4 feet
vertically. The Contractor shall include a site plan of the entrance and exit pits, the pipe lay down area and
equipment staging. Traffic control plans for entry pit, exit pit, and pipe lay down area if different than what
is indicated on the Roadway Traffic Control Plan Drawings.
Submit pipe, fittings, specials, joint restraint systems, adapters and couplings shop drawings including
complete dimensions including length, internal diameter, pressure rating and wall thickness; maximum
allowable deflection of the pipe; detailing; mechanical connections; and necessary accessories for
manufacture, transportation, storage, handling, and installation.
Submit pipe assembly procedures including:
1. Descriptions of procedures means and methods for storing, fabricating, handling, transporting, and
protecting pipe segments.
2. Calculations of stresses and longitudinal strains developed in pipe during handling and installation.
3. Description of controls to safeguard that the allowable pulling forces will not be exceeded during
the installation.
4. Description of procedures for lifting pipe.
5. Calculations showing allowable lifting configurations so allowable stresses will not be exceeded.
6. Welding procedures for high density polyethylene pipe.
Submit a description of procedures, methods and materials that will be used to repair pipe or pipe joints
damaged during installation.
Submit a description of methods and materials that will be used to correct leaks in pipe or pipe joints.
Equipment Submittal: Contractor shall submit manufacturer and specifications of directional drilling
equipment to be used to ensure that the equipment will be adequate to complete the project. Submittal shall
demonstrate that anticipated pullback forces do not exceed the tensile strength of the HDPE pipe with a
minimum factor of safety of 2.0. Include calculations prepared by a Professional Engineer licensed in the
State of Florida demonstrating maximum allowable pullback forces for this installation / material
combination.
Drilling Plan Submittal: Contractor shall submit a Drilling Plan including: Drilling Operations, Reaming
Operations, Estimated Pullback Loads, Drilling Fluids Management, Safety Plan, and a Contingency Plan.
A. Drilling Operations submittal shall include:
1. The number and size of construction crew, hours to be worked, pilot hole drilling
procedure, reaming procedure, method of tracking and controlling the drilling head,
method of verifying pipe location for as -built drawing and schedule for completing major
activities.
SECTION IV
Page 110 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
2. Provide a 2 -inch x 34 -inch layout drawing(s), scale 1 -inch = 20 feet, indicating location of
the entry, exit pits, and fluid storage pits, location of fused pipe before pulling (shall not
block access to private property), location and type of fusion equipment, storage of waste
fluid, and fluid recycling plan (if used).
3. Spoil handling, separation and disposal.
4. Provide a detail of the planned bore path and the method of monitoring and controlling the
speed, line, grade, and rate of fluids delivery.
5. Include the sequence, size and description of each reamer and the capabilities of each
through the type of soils anticipated to be encountered in the project area.
6. The Contractor shall maintain the alignment and minimum radii as detailed on the plan
sheets and as specified herein.
7. The drill plan should include a final swabbing of the bore path prior to pipe pullback.
8. Contractor shall not proceed with work until Drilling Plan is approved by the Engineer and
the city.
B. Reaming Operations submittal shall include the required bore hole size for pullback of the pipeline.
The Reaming Operation Plan shall be submitted for review prior to initiation of construction.
C. Estimated Pullback Loads submittal shall include:
1. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an estimate of the anticipated pullback loads
that will be required to install the pipe.
2. Contractor shall include the calculated buoyant force or buoyant weight of the pipe and
proposed method for counterweighting or ballasting the pipe during pullback.
a. Calculation shall be based on anticipated density of the drilling fluid(s) to be used.
b. Any counterweight or ballast pipe placed inside the pipe shall be free from any
dirt, grease, oil, or other contaminants that may prevent proper disinfection.
D. Drilling Fluids Management submittal shall include:
1. Submit MSDS sheets for drilling fluid additives proposed, demonstrating they are non-
hazardous.
2. Proposed mix design for each specific geological strata or formation anticipated during
drilling of the bore path.
3. Estimate of drilling fluids and quantities to be utilized during each reaming pass.
4. Delivery volume and pressure for each reaming pass and the proposed method for
monitoring.
5. Details of the drilling fluid/soil slurry solids separation, recycling or disposal plan that will
describe the equipment and capacities for separation and recirculation.
a. If direct vacuum excavation of the slurry is selected, the disposal site shall be
identified, and copies of all required permits shall be presented to the Engineer.
b. The Contractor shall submit a written plan that details the estimated quantity of
slurry to be vacuum excavated and provide substantiation that there is sufficient
equipment to adequately pump or shuttle the slurry to and from the disposal site(s)
as required to maintain a near continuous drilling and pipe pull-back.
6. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a contingency plan for a quick response team
to address inadvertent fluid discharges to the surface (frac-outs). In the event that a drilling
fluid fracture, inadvertent returns or loss of returns occurs during pilot hole drilling
operations, Contractor shall cease drilling, wait at least 30 minutes, inject a quantity of
drilling fluid with a viscosity exceeding 120 seconds as measured by a March funnel and
then wait another 30 minutes. If mud fractures or returns loss continues, Contractor will
cease operations and notify the Engineer and the city.
The Engineer, the city and the Contractor will discuss additional options and the Work will then
proceed accordingly. Repair and clean-up of damages associated with frac-outs will be resolved in
a timely fashion as directed by the city at the Contractor's expense.
SECTION IV
Page 111 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
E. Safety Plan submittal: The Contractor shall be responsible for securing a safe worksite that meets
all Federal, State, and Local government codes. A project safety and contingency plan which shall
include but shall not be limited to drilling fluid containment and cleanup procedures, equipment
and plan for compromised utility installations including electrical and power lines, potable water,
reclaimed water, wastewater, storm water and any other subsurface utility.
F. Contingency Plan submittal: Contractor shall submit contingency plans to address procedures to be
employed in the event the following may occur:
1. Obstruction encountered during drilling or reaming.
2. Broken drill pipe.
3. Collapsed or buckled carrier pipe or casing pipe.
4. HDD fails to advance or fails to respond to steering actions.
5. Alignment deviation is outside allowable limits.
6. Installation (pull back) forces reach 75% of the max allowable forces.
7. Ground settlement/heaving exceed allowable limits set by the Engineer and the city.
Project Records and As -Built Drawings submittals shall include the following:
A. Fusion joint data and fusion technician data indicating conformance with this Technical
Specification and applicable standards. This will include fusion joint warranty information and
recommended project specific fusion parameters, including criteria logged and recorded by data
logger.
B. Certified copies of test reports of factory tests for the pipe to be inserted into the bore hole prepared
by HDD methods required by the applicable standards and this Technical Special Provision. Report
shall include at minimum include following information:
1. Dimensional Checks
2. Pipe Burst
3. Flattening
4. Extrusion Quality (Acetone Immersion)
C. Project Records: Maintain a complete set of project records. Maintain a daily activity log during
Horizontal Directional Drilling operations. Log shall accurately record entire workday. These
documents shall include but not be limited to:
1. Start and finish time of each section of drill pipe for pilot hole drilling and reaming.
2. For pilot hole drilling, drill bit location at least every 10 ft. along the drill path. Mark the
as -built drawings on a daily basis with drilling progress.
3. General description of ground condition drilled.
4. Details and perceived reasons for delays greater than one hour other than normal breaks
and shift changes.
5. Details of any unusual conditions or events.
As -built Drawings: Maintain at the construction site a set of field drawings for recording the pilot hole as -
built conditions. Plot as -built conditions on the field drawings, including the location in plan and elevation
of the pilot hole.
503-2.5.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND COORDINATION OF WORK
HDD Contractor's Experience: Any horizontal directional drilling operations 16" or larger diameter
installation shall be conducted by an experienced HDD Contractor. The HDD Contractor shall have
minimum of five years of experience constructing horizontal directional drills for pipelines of the same or
larger diameter and the same or greater lengths. A responsible representative of the HDD Contractor and
the city must be present at all times during a directional drilling operation. A responsible representative as
specified herein is defined as a person experienced in the type of Work being performed and who has
authority to represent the Contractor in a routine decision making capacity concerning the manner and
method of carrying out the Work.
SECTION IV
Page 112 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
Oualifications and Experience of Contractor Personnel: The Contractor shall employ skilled,
experienced superintendent(s), drill rig operators, and key personnel. A competent and experienced
superintendent representing the HDD Contractor, that is thoroughly familiar with the equipment and type
work to be performed, must always be in direct charge and control of their operation. In all cases the
superintendent shall be continually present at the job site during the actual directional drilling.
The superintendent(s) and drill rig operators shall each have at least three years of successful experience
using the HDD process, on at least five (5) projects with similar or greater diameters, pull back length and
ground conditions. The superintendent(s), drill rig operator, and key personnel shall demonstrate successful
completion of at least five (5) projects where pipe was installed with horizontal directional drilling
techniques. The Contractor shall furnish resumes of the superintendent(s), drill rig operator(s) and other
key personnel. Personnel experience records should include project names, locations, pull back lengths,
ground conditions, pipe materials, project description, city project number, Engineer, and references with
names, addresses and telephone numbers. The superintendent, drill rig operator(s) and other key personnel
listed in the submittal shall be on-site during all construction related activities required for HDD installation.
A responsible representative of the HDD Contractor and the city shall be present at all times during the
directional drilling operation. A responsible representative as specified herein is defined as a person
experienced in the type of Work being performed and who has authority to represent the Contractor in a
routine decision making capacity concerning the manner and method of carrying out the Work.
The HDD Contractor shall always have a sufficient number of competent workers on the job to ensure the
directional bore is made in a timely and satisfactory manner. Adequate personnel for carrying out all phases
of the actual drilling operation must be on the job site from the beginning through the completion of the
work.
The Contractor shall use certified HDPE pipe welding and fusion operators. The certifications of these
individuals shall be made available prior to construction. HDPE pipe welding and fusion operators shall be
certified by the pipe manufacturer prior to commencement of pipe welding and fusing operations.
The equipment used in directional boring, also known as horizontal directional drilling, shall be of adequate
commercial size and satisfactory working condition for safe operation, and may be subject to approval by
the city or at the discretion of the Engineer. Such approval, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for making a satisfactory installation meeting the criteria set forth herein. Only workmen
experienced in directional boring operations shall be used in performing the Work.
The Contractor shall provide all structures, safety equipment, and professional services required to provide
for the health and safety of the general public and of personnel involved in directional boring work in
accordance with the requirements of the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction The Contractor shall take
all measures necessary to protect surrounding public and private property, adjacent buildings, roads, drives,
sidewalks, and appurtenances from damage due to directional boring work. Responsibility and payment for
correction of such damage shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and at no additional cost to the
city.
The HDD operation is to be operated in a manner to eliminate the discharge of water, drilling mud, and
cuttings to nearby water bodies or to the land areas involved during the construction process. If inadvertent
spills to nearby water bodies occur, the Contractor shall immediately provide environmental controls and
cleanup to the satisfaction of, and at no additional expense to the city.
Best Management Practices (BMP's) for erosion control within the Contractor's work area shall be
implemented and maintained at all times during drilling and back -reaming operations to prevent siltation
and turbid discharges in excess of State Water quality Standards pursuant to Rule 62-302, F.A.C. Methods
shall include but are not limited to the immediate placement of turbidity containment devices such as
turbidity screen, silt containment fence, hay bales, and earthen berms, etc. to contain the drilling mud.
SECTION IV
Page 113 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
503-2.5.4. HDD PIPE PRODUCTS
The horizontal directional drilling shall only use Certa-Loc PVC or butt -welded
HDPE pipe which meets the requirements specified in Section 502. Refer to Section 502-2.4. for the HDPE
Butt Fusion Process and installation procedures for HDD installations.
503-2.5.5. GENERAL HDD INSTALLATION CONSIDERATION
The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials required, including but not limited to the
following:
1. Drilling equipment (Drilling rig, drill head, drill pipe, drilling control system, pipe pull heads, pipe
rollers).
2. Water pumps, hoses, fittings, storage tanks, vacuum truck(s), filters, hay bales, and silt fences, as
required.
3. Drilling fluids containment, collection, cleaning and disposal equipment, and materials.
4. Fuel and lubricants.
5. Bentonite and related mixing equipment.
6. All hydrostatic testing equipment and materials.
7. Side booms, cranes, backhoes, trucks and other equipment and materials necessary to load and
unload pipe, and to support and smoothly transition the pipe while being pulled into the reamed
hole.
All equipment used in the horizontal directional drilling operation shall have the built-in capacity, stability
and necessary safety features required to fully comply with the Technical Specifications and requirements
of this section without showing evidence of undue stress or failure, and shall otherwise be in sound
operating condition.
Backup equipment, sufficient spares and replacement items shall be required where job site conditions
indicate that severe damage to the roadway or a hazardous condition may result in the event of an equipment
breakdown and where the condition of the equipment to be used indicates that routine component
replacement or repair will likely be necessary during the drilling operation.
If equipment breakdowns or other unforeseen stoppages occur and forward motion of the directional cutting
head is halted at any time other than for reasons planned in advance (addition of drill stems, etc.), the bore
hole shall remain filled with Bentonite slurry and the slurry shall be recirculated periodically.
If an existing utility is damaged, pavement cutting for inspection may be approved by the roadway authority
(state, county or city) and the city representative after consideration of all pertinent facts indicates that such
action would offer the most practical solution to the problem for all parties concerned.
Any such authorized pavement opening shall be repaired according to appropriate regulatory agency's
specifications and requirements. No cutting of the pavement will be allowed on interstate or other limited
access roadways unless approved by FDOT.
The boring tool shall have a steering capability and have an electronic tool detection system. The position
of the tool during operation shall be capable of being determined accurately both horizontally and vertically.
503-2.5.6. HDD DRILLING EQUIPMENT AND DRILLING FLUID
General: The directional drilling equipment shall consist of a directional drilling rig of sufficient capacity
to perform the bore(s) and pullback of the pipe(s), a drilling fluid mixing and delivery system of sufficient
capacity to successfully complete the crossing, a drilling guidance system to accurately guide boring
operations, a vacuum truck or mud separation plant of sufficient capacity to handle the drilling fluid volume,
and trained and competent personnel to operate the system. All equipment shall be in good, safe operating
condition with sufficient supplies, materials and spare parts on hand to maintain the system in good working
SECTION IV
Page 114 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
order for the duration of this project. All required equipment shall be included per the emergency and
contingency plan as submitted per these Technical Specifications.
Drilling Rig:
A. The directional drilling machine shall consist of a hydraulically powered system to rotate, push and
pull drill pipe while delivering a pressurized fluid mixture to a steerable drill head. The machine
shall be anchored to withstand the pulling, pushing and rotating forces required to complete the
project.
B. The drilling rig hydraulic system shall be self-contained with sufficient pressure and volume to
power drilling operations. Hydraulic system shall be free of leaks.
C. The drilling rig shall have a system to monitor and record maximum pull-back forces during pull-
back operations.
D. The drilling rig shall be grounded during drilling and pullback operations. There shall be a system
to detect electrical current from the drilling string and an audible alarm that automatically sounds
when an electrical current is detected.
Drill Head:
A. The horizontal directional drilling equipment shall produce a stable fluid filled bore hole with the
use of a steerable drill head.
B. The system shall be able to control the depth and direction of the pipe.
C. Drill head shall contain all necessary cutters and fluid jets for the operation and shall be of the
appropriate design for the soil or rock being drilled.
Drill Pipe: Drill pipe shall be constructed of high quality 4130 seamless tubing, Grade D or better, with
threaded box and pins. Tool joints should be hardened to 32-36 RC. Drill pipe shall be capable of drilling
the design drill path and of pulling back the HDPE pipe.
Drilling Fluid System:
A. Drilling Fluid (Mud):
1. Drilling Fluid shall be a high-quality bentonite drilling fluid or equivalent to ensure hole
stabilization, cuttings transport, bit and electronics cooling and hole lubrication to reduce
drag on the drill pipe and the product pipe. Oil based drilling fluids or fluids containing
additives that can contaminate the soil or ground water shall not be considered acceptable
substitutes. Composition of the fluid must comply with all applicable local, state and
federal environmental regulations.
2. Drilling fluid shall be composed of clean potable water and the appropriate additive(s) for
the fluid to be used. Water shall be from a clean potable source and shall meet the mixing
requirements of the manufacturer. Reclaimed water shall not be considered an acceptable
alternative to potable water.
3. Potable water shall be obtained from a metered city Water Utility construction service
connection paid for by the Contractor. The contractor shall follow all city Water Utility
Department requirements regarding backflow prevention, service water metering, and
cross connection control.
4. The water and additives shall be mixed thoroughly to assure the absence of any clumps or
clods. No hazardous additives may be used.
5. Drilling fluid shall be maintained at a viscosity sufficient to suspend cuttings and maintain
the integrity of bore wall(s).
6. Drilling fluid shall be disposed of off-site in accordance with local, state and federal
requirements and/or permit conditions. Disposal of drilling fluids shall be in compliance
with environmental regulations, right-of-way and workspace agreements and permit
requirements.
SECTION IV
Page 115 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
7. No additional chemicals or polymer surfactants shall be allowed to be added to the drilling
fluid as submitted for this project without written consent of the city and the Engineer.
B. Drilling Fluid Mixing System:
1. A self-contained, closed, drilling fluid mixing system shall be of sufficient size to mix and
deliver drilling fluid for the project.
2. The drilling fluid reservoir tank shall be a minimum of 1,000 gallons.
3. The mixing system shall be able to ensure thorough mixing of the drilling fluid. The drilling
fluid reservoir tank shall be sized for adequate storage of the fluid.
4. The mixing system shall continually agitate the drilling fluid during drilling operations.
C. Drilling Fluid Delivery and Recovery System:
1. The mud pumping system shall have a minimum variable capacity of 35 to 500 gpm and
the capability of delivering the drilling fluid at a constant minimum pressure of 1200 psi.
2. The delivery system shall have filters or other appropriate in-line equipment to prevent
solids from being pumped into the drill pipe.
3. Used drilling fluid and drilling fluid spilled during drilling operations shall be contained
and disposed of in a legal manner at approved solid waste landfills. The use of spill
containment measures shall be maintained around drill rigs, drilling fluid mixing system,
entry and exit pits and drilling fluid recycling system (if used) to prevent spills into the
surrounding environment. Pumps, vacuum truck(s), and/or storage of sufficient size shall
be in place to contain excess drilling fluid.
4. A closed-loop drilling fluid system and a drilling fluid cleaning system should be used to
the extent practical, depending upon project size and conditions. Under no circumstances
shall drilling fluid that has escaped containment (i.e. inadvertent returns) be reused in the
drilling system.
Pipe Pull Heads:
A. Pipe pull heads shall be utilized that employ a positive through -bolt design assuring a smooth wall
against the pipe cross-section at all times.
B. Pipe pull heads shall be specifically designed for use with high density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe
or PVC fusible pipe as appropriate and shall be as recommended by the pipe supplier.
Drilling Control System:
A. Calibration of the electronic detection and control system shall be verified prior to the start of the
bore.
B. The drilling head shall be remotely steerable by means of an electronic or magnetic detection
system. The drilling head location shall be monitored in three dimensions, X, Y and Z:
1. Distance along the baseline, X.
2. Offset from the baseline, Y, and.
3. Depth of bore, Z.
C. The guidance system shall be capable of tracking at all depths up to 50 feet and in any soil condition,
including hard rock. It shall enable the driller to guide the drill head by providing immediate
information on the tool face, azimuth (horizontal direction), and inclination (vertical direction). The
guidance system shall be accurate and calibrated to the manufacturer `s specifications of the vertical
depth of the borehole at sensing position at depths up to 50 feet and accurate to 2 -feet horizontally.
D. Point of rotation of the head shall also be monitored.
Pipe Rollers:
Pipe rollers shall be used for pipe assembly and during final product pull back.
SECTION IV
Page 116 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
503-2.5.7. PREPARATION AND MOBILIZATION FOR HDD OPERATIONS
Do not commence directional drilling until all required submittals have been approved by the Engineer and
the city.
Do not begin drilling until all pipe and special items for drilling have been delivered.
All drilling operations shall be accomplished during daylight hours and shall not begin after the hour pre-
established as the latest starting time that will allow completion during daylight hours. Planned nighttime
work will generally not be allowed unless stipulated in the special conditions of the city's Agreement. In
emergency situations, or where delay would increase the likelihood of a failure, nighttime work may be
allowed to complete the drilling operations.
Mobilize all necessary personnel, equipment, and materials to construct an entry area for drilling operations.
Provide appropriate supports to maintain safe working conditions; ensure stability of the entry, exit,
settlement, and containment pits; minimize loosening, deterioration and disturbance of the surrounding
ground.
The drilling site shall contain the horizontal directional drilling rig, drill pipe storage racks, water and slurry
pumps, slurry mixing tank, cuttings separation equipment, primary settlement and containment pits, dry
storage area for bentonite, crane or lifting equipment, and site office.
The pipe launcher/roller system (or equal) shall be constructed in the specified area. The pipe lay down area
shall be as determined in conjunction with the Engineer and the city and shall be used to facilitate the
installation of the pipeline.
503-2.5.8. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
Provide equipment and procedures to maximize the recirculation of drilling mud and to minimize waste.
Provide solids control and fluid cleaning equipment of a configuration and capacity that can process surface
returns and produce drilling fluid suitable for reuse.
Inadvertent surface returns or "frac-outs" of drilling fluid that is accessible on land must be cleaned up
immediately and the surface area washed and returned to original condition. All drilling fluids, spoils and
separated material will be disposed of in compliance of state and local environmental regulations. If the
amount of surface returns exceeds that which can be contained and collected using small sumps, drilling
operations shall be discontinued until surface return volumes can be brought under control. Equipment and
materials for cleanup and contingencies must be provided and stored at all HDD sites.
Construction related activities involving fuels and lubricants such as vehicle refueling and equipment
maintenance, including the draining and pumping of lubricants shall be conducted at a minimum distance
of 50 feet from surface water bodies, drainage ditches or swales, drainage pathways and storm water
collection structures to eliminate contamination in case of a spill. Any fuels, drilling fluids, or lubricants
spilled shall be cleaned up immediately and comply with all FDEP requirements.
Contractor shall provide sanitation and garbage facilities on both sides of the HDD operation. Wastes shall
be transported offsite for disposal.
Immediately upon completion of work, all rubbish and debris shall be removed from the job site. All
construction equipment and implements of service shall be removed and the entire area involved shall be
left in a neat, clean, and acceptable condition approved by the city.
503-2.5.9. DRILLING OPERATIONS
Supply all necessary drilling equipment for completing the HDD installation as shown on the approved
Shop Drawings.
SECTION IV
Page 117 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
The plan and profile for the horizontal directional drilling operation shall be in accordance with the
approved Shop Drawings.
Drill entrance and exit angles shall be as shown on the approved Shop Drawings.
Drilling Tolerances: A smoothly curved pilot hole shall follow the designated centerline of the pipe
profiles as shown on the Drawings. The directional tolerance of the holes will be as follows:
A. Deviations from, and corrections to, the design centerline of the HDD pipeline construction shall
not exceed 2 percent in depth per 100 feet horizontal or a lesser rate determined by the structural
characteristics of the selected pipe and jointing system.
B. The as -built variance from the designed bore path shall not exceed plus or minus 1 -foot in the
vertical plane and plus or minus 2 -feet in the horizontal plane.
503-2.5.10. HDD INSTALLATION
General: The Contractor shall install the HDPE pipe by the horizontally drilled, directionally controlled
method of construction.
Instrumentation: The Contractor shall always provide and maintain instrumentation which shall
accurately locate the pilot hole position in the X, Y and Z axes relative to the ground surface and measure
drill string axial and torsional loads. Drilling fluid flow rate and pressure shall also be monitored. The
Contractor shall maintain and provide to the city Inspector and the Engineer access to the data generated
by the downhole survey tools.
Drilling Guidance and Pullback:
A. Pipe installed by horizontal directional drilling shall be located as shown on the Drawings. The
Contractor shall plot the actual horizontal and vertical alignment and the depth of the pilot bore at
intervals not exceeding 10 feet. Deviations between the recorded position of the drill string and the
specified position of the drill string shall be documented and immediately brought to the attention
of the Engineer. This "as -built" plan and profile shall be updated as the pilot bore is advanced. At
the completion of the pilot hole, the Contractor shall provide the coordinates of the pilot hole as
specified.
B. The Contractor shall provide and use on land, a separate steering system employing a ground survey
grid system, equal to "Tru -Tracker".
C. The Contractor shall have accurate working gauges which register tensile force being used to pull
the pipeline back through the reamed borehole. If, during the pipeline pulling process, this force
reaches 75 percent of the allowable load for the pipeline, the Engineer shall be notified
immediately, and the Contractor shall prepare to initiate the contingency plan provided within the
approved Project submittals. Logs shall be kept referencing all forces exerted on the pipeline during
the installation.
D. The Contractor shall provide adequate pipe supports/rollers along the stringing area (for both entry
and exit pits) to support the required length of pipe for each location. The rollers shall be comprised
of a non-abrasive material arranged in a manner to provide support to the bottom and bottom quarter
points of the pipeline allowing for free movement of the pipeline during pullback.
E. The pipe entry area shall be graded to provide support for the pipe to allow free movement into the
borehole. The pipe shall be guided in the borehole to avoid deformation of, or damage to the pipe.
The pipe shall be installed in a manner which will not cause upheaval, settlement, cracking,
movement, or distortion of surface features.
F. During pullback operations, the Contractor shall monitor roller operation and use side booms if
required to assist movement of the pipe and to avoid damage to the pipe.
G. Cease installation operations if damage to the pipe occurs. Damage to the pipe shall be repaired
immediately. Pulling operations shall not resume until the pipe has been repaired.
SECTION IV Page 118 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
H. Pipe pullback shall be planned to occur continuously until complete, except for stoppages planned
in the course of the operation such as drill rod removal or if damage to the pipe is observed during
pullback that needs to be repaired before continuing. Contractor shall implement necessary
buoyancy control as stated in the approved HDD Method and Work Plan.
Location Detection Wire for HDD Pipeline Installations: Refer to Section 502-2.5.2. B. for specifications
regarding material and installation of Location Detection Wires for HDD installations.
503-2.5.11. DRILLING MUD AND CUTTINGS
The horizontal directional drilling operation shall be conducted in a manner to eliminate the discharge of
water, drilling mud, and cuttings to areas not involved in the construction process. The Contractor shall
immediately contain and clean-up any inadvertent drilling fluid returns. The Contractor shall also provide
equipment and procedures to maximize the recirculation or reuse of drilling mud to minimize waste
disposal.
Disposal of water, drilling fluids, drilling mud, cuttings, and muck shall be the Contractor's responsibility.
Disposal of waste materials shall be in a legal manner at approved solid waste landfills.
503-2.5.12. REAMING AND PULLBACK
Reaming: Reaming operations shall be conducted at the discretion of the Contractor. Choosing to
simultaneously ream and pull back the pipe is at the discretion and the sole risk of the Contractor. All
provisions herein relating to simultaneous reaming and pulling back operations shall also pertain to reaming
operations.
A. Prior to pulling pipe, enlarge pilot hole to the diameter identified in the reaming procedure
submittal. The Contractor shall ream the borehole to a minimum of 12 -inches larger than the outside
diameter of the pipe or 1.5 times the outside diameter of the pipe, whichever is less, using the
appropriate tools. Complete a swab pass if necessary.
B. Ream at rates consistent with the drilling equipment and mud system selected.
C. Continue to monitor the drilling fluid viscosity and density to reduce the potential for frac-out.
Pulling Loads: The Contractor shall be responsible for determining safe pulling loads required for proper
installation. Such loads shall be minimized to prevent failure of the pipeline during installation. Once
pullback operations have commenced, operations shall continue without interruption until the pipe is
completely pulled into the borehole. During pullback operations, the Contractor shall not apply more than
the maximum safe pipe pull pressure at any time. A break away head rated at the maximum safe pull
pressure shall be utilized.
Torsional Stress: A properly sized and fully operational swivel shall be installed between the reaming
assembly at the end of the drilling pipe and the pipeline to restrict torsional stress from being transmitted
to the pipeline.
Ballast: The pipeline must be filled with water (ballasting) as installation proceeds, to prevent buckling
and reduce buoyancy.
Pull Section Support: The pipe section shall be supported as it proceeds during pull back so that it moves
freely.
503-2.5.13. PIPELINE PROTECTION
Protect the interior of the pipe from entry of foreign matter until the installation is complete and accepted.
Contractor shall video record the inside of the pipe after it has been installed and verify that no cracks,
breaches, gouges, holes, etc. have occurred during pullback that would decrease the integrity of the pipe.
SECTION IV
Page 119 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
503-2.5.14. PIPELINE CLEANING
Following installation of the pipeline installed by HDD, the pipeline shall be hydraulically cleaned and
flushed as specified in Section 504 of these Technical Specifications.
503-2.5.15. PIPELINE TESTING
Pressure Testing: Hydrostatically test pipe before and after installation in accordance with ASTM F2164 -
Field Leak Testing of Polyethylene Pressure Piping Using Hydrostatic Pressure and Section 505. of these
Technical Specifications.
A. Test Duration: The total test time including initial pressurization, initial expansion, and time at test
pressure, must not exceed a total of 8 hours. If the test is not completed due to leakage, equipment
failure, etc., the test section shall be depressurized and allowed to "relax" for a minimum of 8 hours
before it is brought back up to test pressure. The test procedure consists of initial expansion phase
and leakage test phase.
B. Initial Expansion Phase: During the initial expansion phase, the test section is pressured to the test
pressure and enough make-up water is added each hour for a total of three hours to return to test
pressure.
C. Leakage Test Phase: The leakage test phase immediately follows the initial expansion phase. The
test section shall be brought back up to the test pressure and remain at that pressure for 4 -hours in
duration. At the end of the 4 -hour test time period, the test section shall be within +/-2 psig of the
test pressure with zero leakage (no water added).
D. Zero Leakage: The portion of the HDD pipeline to be hydrostatically tested with HDPE butt fused
joints shall have zero leakage for the entire 4 -hour leakage test duration for the HDD pipe section
to have passed the leakage test.
Test Pressure: The test pressure for the HDD pipeline shall be 150 psi for potable water and
reclaimed water or 100 psi for wastewater.
The Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, and labor required for making pressure and leakage
tests. Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer and the city Inspector.
503-2.5.16. DISINFECTION FOR HDD POTABLE WATER PIPELINES
Final disinfection for potable water pipelines installed by HDD, following cleaning, flushing and pipeline
testing, shall be in accordance with Section 506. of these Technical Specifications.
503-2.5.17. CITY ACCEPTANCE
If the finished installation of the HDD is not satisfactory to the city, the Engineer or other jurisdictional
entity, due to any of the following: the pipe alignment being outside of the specified limits of ±1.0 foot of
the coordinates for the entry or exit points stated on the Drawings; failure to pass the leakage or pressure
tests; or internal damage to the pipeline; the pipeline shall be abandoned, fully pressure grouted in place, in
accordance with the jurisdictional authority, and an alternate installation shall be constructed. The
abandoned pipeline shall be properly shown on Record Drawings to be submitted following conclusion of
the construction work.
If the HDD pipeline construction is to provide an HDPE casing pipe for a carrier utility pipe, casing spacers
shall not be permitted inside the HDPE casing pipe.
If the HDD installation is for a casing pipe, the Contractor shall end -seal the annular space between the
casing pipe and the carrier pipe using concrete brick and mortar which shall extend at least 8 -inches into
the casing pipe. To secure the ends of the casing and to preclude the entrance of water and soil into the
casing, the casing ends shall be completely sealed to be watertight with a neoprene rubber seal specifically
manufactured for that purpose. The neoprene end seal shall be attached to the casing and the carrier pipe
SECTION IV
Page 120 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
with Type 304 stainless steel bands. The casing end seals shall be constructed to be basically watertight to
preclude the intrusion of groundwater into the casing. Casing end seals shall be equal to Cascade Water
Works Model CCES or an approved equal listed in the City of Clearwater Approved Products List.
The Engineer shall inspect the installed pipe ends for roundness and/or damage. Evidence of significant
surface scratching shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. Gouges or excessive surface damage of
more than 10 percent of the wall thickness will be grounds to abandon the bore and have the Contractor re -
drill another pipeline at no cost to the city.
The city shall be provided with test logs from the Contractor indicating the actual maximum pull loads,
maximum deflection angle encountered during the pulling operation and the actual X, Y and Z coordinates
of the pipe centerline at a maximum of every 10 feet horizontally of the HDD pipe for review as part of
final acceptance.
Contractor shall review the internal video of the HDD installation and report any deficiencies to the
Engineer and the city. A copy of the video shall be provided to the city as part of the Record Documents
submittal for the completed and accepted Work.
503-2.5.18. REPAIR
Pipes damaged during handling or installation shall be pushed or pulled out or repaired in-place using
replacement sections and butt fusion welds recommended by the pipe manufacturer following methods
described in the approved submittal.
503-2.5.19. CLEANUP AND REPAIR
Following the installation, remove all equipment, material, drilling mud and waste from both work area
ends of the HDD installation. The project site shall be returned to a condition equal to or better than the
pre -construction condition of the site. All excavations will be backfilled and compacted to 98% maximum
dry density under roadways and hardscape, or to 95% maximum dry density for all other areas and shall be
graded to original contours. Compaction Testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 201-2.9 —
Backfill and Compaction of these Technical Specifications. All pavement and hardscape shall be repaired
per applicable jurisdictional standards, excess materials shall be removed from the site, and disturbed areas
shall be re -landscaped. All drilling fluid shall be properly disposed of per these Technical Specifications
and all applicable jurisdictional laws.
Areas or facilities disturbed or damaged during construction shall be restored to original or better condition
with new materials prior to the completion of construction unless specifically identified on the Drawings
to be modified. This includes areas or facilities outside or inside the roadway rights-of-way, previous
construction activities being done as part of this Project, and ancillary roadways, retention ponds,
landscaping, signage, billboards, utility boxes and equipment, utility poles, and utility lines.
503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS
503-3.1. GENERAL
Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for
installation of pipe.
503-3.2. Fittings
The weight of ductile iron fittings shall not be carried by the pipe on which they are installed. The fitting
shall be supported by a concrete cradle as shown on the standard details. Concrete used for supports shall
SECTION IV
Page 121 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
have a minimum compressive strength of 3,500 psi at 28 days. Concrete for the support cradle shall be
poured against undisturbed soil.
All glands, clamps, bolts, nuts, studs, and other uncoated parts of fitting joints for underground installation
shall be coated with two coats, 10 mils DFT per coat, of coal tar epoxy equal to Carboline Bitumastic No.
300-M.
503-3.3. VALVES
Valves for potable water mains and reclaimed water mains shall be located within the street rights-of-way
lines unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed adjacent to the tee in all cases, not
to exceed 18 -inches from the main line.
Valves of the size and type shown on the Drawings shall be set plumb and installed at the locations indicated
on the Drawings. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written installation and
operation instructions; with the approved shop drawing submittals; and with the details shown on the
Drawings.
Buried valves shall be installed such that they are supported properly in their respective positions, free from
distortion and strain with a concrete cradle as shown on the Standard Details. Concrete used for supports
shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3,500 psi at 28 days. Concrete for the support cradle shall
be poured against undisturbed soil. Valves shall be installed such that their weight is not borne by piping
or equipment that are not designed to support the weight of the valve. Exposed aboveground valves shall
be supported with fabricated piping supports so that the weight of the valve is not carried by the pipeline.
Install gate valves with the operating stem in the vertical position. Valves shall be carefully inspected during
installation; they shall be opened wide and then tightly closed and the various nuts and bolts shall be tested
for tightness. Special care shall be taken to prevent any foreign material from becoming lodged in the valve
seat. Check and adjust all valves for smooth operation.
Aboveground Valves: For aboveground flanged valves, clean iron flanges by wire brushing before
installing the valves. Clean stainless-steel flange bolts and nuts lubricate threads with a fluoropolymer
coating to prevent galling and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. Flanged joints shall be watertight;
no leaks shall be allowed.
Buried Valves: For buried valves, a valve box shall be centered accurately over the operating nut and the
entire assembly shall be plumb. Extensions or risers for valve boxes shall be an integral part of the box. No
cut sections of ductile iron or PVC pipe shall be used to extend the valve box to its proper height. The tops
of valve boxes shall be adjusted to the proper elevation as specified below and as shown on the Drawings.
Care shall be taken while constructing valve boxes to ensure that valve stems are vertical and the cast iron
valve box has been placed centered and plumb over the valve stem nut of the valve with base bearing on
compacted fill and the top flush or above final grade, as specified below. Valve boxes shall have sufficient
bracing to maintain alignment during backfilling. When installation is complete, no pressure shall be
exerted by the valve box on either the valve or the pipe. The Contractor shall remove any sand or undesirable
trash or debris from valve box interior prior to final inspection.
A. In paved areas, tops of valve box covers shall be set 1/4 -inch below pavement. Following paving
operations, a 24 -inch square shall be neatly cut in the pavement around the box and the paving
removed. The top of the box shall then be adjusted to the proper elevation and a 24 -inch square by
6 -inch thick concrete pad poured around the box cover. Concrete pads in traffic areas shall be
reinforced with No. 4 reinforcement bars as shown on the Drawings. Concrete for the pad shall be
3,500 psi compressive strength at 28 days.
B. In unpaved areas, tops of valve box covers shall be set 2 inches above finished grade. After the top
of the box is set to the proper elevation, a 24 -inch square by 6 -inch thick concrete pad shall be
SECTION IV
Page 122 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
poured around the box cover. Concrete for the pad shall be 3,500 psi compressive strength at 28
days.
C. The concrete pad for the valve box cover shall have a 3 -inch diameter, brass identification disc
embedded in the concrete surface as shown on the Drawings. The brass identification disc shall
have the information as shown on the Drawings neatly engraved, not stamped, on it.
Refer to City Standard Detail Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 3 & Sheet 2 of 3 for potable water valve pad detail,
and City Standard Detail Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 3 & Sheet 2 of 3 for reclaimed water valve box and pad
detail.
Hydrostatic Testing: Valves shall be tested hydrostatically, concurrently with the pipeline in which they
are installed. Protect or isolate any parts of valves, operators, or control and instrumentation systems whose
pressure rating is less than the pressure used for the pressure test(s). If valve joints leak during pressure
testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and
nuts, and hydrostatically retest the joints.
Coating Repair: Following installation of buried valves, repair any scratches, marks and other types of
surface damage, etc., with a coating equal to the original coating supplied by the manufacturer. Prior to
backfilling, all nuts, bolts, and other parts of the valve joints shall be coated with two coats, 10 mils DFT
per coat, of coal tar epoxy equal to Carboline Bitumastic No. 300-M.
503-3.4. FIRE HYDRANTS
Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the
possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians.
Each hydrant shall be connected to the potable water main with a 6 -inch ductile iron branch tee with flow
controlled by an independent 6 -inch mechanical joint gate valve for isolation at the branch of the water
main tee. If the fire hydrant is placed greater than 20 -feet from the main, an additional 6 -inch mechanical
joint valve shall be installed at the hydrant location and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. The
fire hydrant valve cannot be located anywhere within the hydrant ductile iron pipe branch line to circumvent
the requirement of using two valves. Refer to City Standard Detail Index 409, for potable water hydrants.
All fire hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb,
with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Fire hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as
shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Hydrostatic Testing: Fire hydrants shall be tested hydrostatically, concurrently with the pipeline in which
they are installed. If the hydrant mechanical joints leak during pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts
and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and hydrostatically retest the
joints.
Coating Repair: Following installation of buried portions of the hydrants, repair any scratches, marks and
other types of surface damage, etc., with a coating equal to the original coating supplied by the
manufacturer. Prior to backfilling, all buried nuts, bolts, and other parts of the hydrant mechanical joints
shall be coated with two coats, 10 mils DFT per coat, of coal tar epoxy equal to Carboline Bitumastic No.
300-M.
Reclaimed Water System: No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved
by the city's Engineering Department.
503-3.5. ANCHORAGE
Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching
approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations.
SECTION IV
Page 123 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on
hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints.
Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans.
503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING POTABLE WATER OR
RECLAIMED WATER LINES
The Contractor shall coordinate making connection of the new mains to mains which are in service at the
time of construction with the city. All potable water or reclaimed water main connections, regardless of
new or existing pipe size, to existing potable water or reclaimed water mains shall be made by the
Contractor only after the connection procedure and his Work scheduling has been reviewed and approved
by the Engineer and the city Engineering Department. The Contractor shall submit a written request to the
Engineer and the city Engineering Department a minimum of 5 working days prior to scheduling said
connections. The request shall outline the following.
A. Location of points of connection, fittings to be used, and method of flushing and disinfection, if
applicable.
B. Estimated construction time for said connections.
The Engineer and the city Engineering Department shall review the Contractor's submittal within 3 working
days after receiving it and inform the Contractor regarding approval or denial of his request. If this request
is rejected by the city, the Contractor shall resubmit his request modifying it in a manner acceptable to the
city.
Connections to existing potable water or reclaimed water mains shall only be made following completion
of new potable water or reclaimed water main cleaning operations and successful completion of pressure
and leakage testing and disinfection clearance of the new potable water main.
The Contractor shall not connect to existing facilities unless the Engineer and a representative of the city
are present. All connections shall only be made on the agreed upon date and time. If the Contractor does
not initiate and complete the connection work in the agreed upon manner, the Contractor shall be required
to reschedule the said connection by following the procedure outlined above.
Operation of all existing potable water or reclaimed water system valves shall be the responsibility of the
city's personnel only. At no time shall the Contractor operate any existing system valves. System valves
shall be defined as any valve which has main pressure against either side of the valve. The Contractor shall
notify the city to request that a valve be operated, at least 5 days prior to the time operation is required.
Upon satisfactory completion of all hydrostatic testing of the new potable water or reclaimed water pipeline,
and disinfection of the new potable water pipeline, remove restrained joint caps from both ends of the new
pipeline, close main line isolation valves on the existing main, cut and drain the existing main and swab all
pipe and fittings for the connection to be installed on the new main with 10 percent hypochlorite solution.
The connection of the new main to the existing main shall be made as swiftly as possible and any water
collected in the ditch shall be pumped out and kept below the level of the pipe bottom. Following connection
and make-up of all fittings, the new pipeline shall then be placed into service by the city's operating
personnel.
In the event any existing customers will be without potable water while a connection is being made, the
Contractor shall notify the city's Inspector 72 hours prior to disconnection. The city Utility Department
shall notify the affected customer(s) when the water will be turned off and when the service is estimated to
be resumed. In some instances, these connections may have to be made at late night or early morning hours.
No user shall be without potable water service for more than three hours, unless approved otherwise by the
city.
SECTION IV
Page 124 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
504. PIPELINE CLEANING
Following installation of the potable water or reclaimed water pipelines, the pipelines shall be cleaned using
a combination of hydraulic cleaning using poly -pig swabbing devices and full bore flushing as specified
below.
504-1. PIPELINE PIGGING
All pipelines shall be hydraulically cleaned utilizing multiple pass operations with a polypropylene
swabbing device, also referred to as "pigging" operations, of the piping system. Between successive
operations, the pig diameter shall increase, and the pig material shall stiffen. Poly pigs shall be blown
elastomer polyurethane with open cell -type construction having a material density suitable for use within
the system to be cleaned. Pipe cleaning poly pigs shall have a parabolic nose, crisscross coated with a
resilient peripheral surface that engages the inner cylindrical wall of the pipe to maintain a sliding seal. Pipe
cleaning poly pigs shall be able to pass through a reduction of a minimum of sixty-five percent (65%) of
the original cross-sectional area of the pipe and shall be bi-directional. Cleaning procedures shall conform
to the Poly Pig manufacturer's recommendations.
The Contractor shall provide pig launching and retrieval points for the pipeline cleaning, as required. The
poly pig cleaning operation shall be completed prior to connection of the new potable water main or
reclaimed water main to an existing potable water main or reclaimed water main.
Passage of cleaning poly pigs through the system shall be constantly monitored, controlled, and all poly
pigs entered into the system shall be individually marked and identified so that the exiting of the poly pigs
from the system can be confirmed.
Cleaning of the pipeline system shall be done in conjunction with the initial filling of the system for the
hydrostatic testing.
The line to be cleaned shall only be connected to an existing potable water or reclaimed water distribution
system at a single connection point. Only the city's operating personnel shall operate the supply valve from
the existing potable water or reclaimed water distribution system.
The Contractor shall locate and open all new in-line valves beyond the point of connection on the pipeline
to be cleaned during the swabbing operation.
At the receiving or exit point for the poly pig, the Contractor is responsible for creating a safe environment
for collection of debris, water, and the swab. The Contractor shall provide for the protection of surrounding
personnel and property and the safe retrieval of the poly pig.
Temporary blowoffs may be required for the purpose of flushing mains. Temporary blowoffs shall be
installed as close as possible to the ends of the main being flushed. Blowoffs installed on the main shall be
the same diameter as the main. Temporary blowoffs shall be removed and plugged after the main is flushed.
The city Utility Department shall be notified at least 72 hours prior to pigging and flushing mains.
Cleaning and flushing shall be accomplished by propelling the poly pig down the pipeline to the exit point
with potable or reclaimed water, depending on the type of main being cleaned. Flushing shall continue until
the water is completely clear and poly pig is retrieved.
A. Re -apply a series of individual poly pigs in varying diameters and/or densities as required, to attain
proper cleanliness of pipeline.
B. Pigging speed shall range between two and five feet per second.
SECTION IV
Page 125 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
504-2. FINAL PIPELINE FLUSHING
Following the pigging process for cleaning the pipeline, the length of new water main shall be final flushed
with a full -bore clean water flush with a flushing velocity of at least 2.5 fps. The time required for the final
full bore flush shall be based on the time needed at the required flushing velocity to provide one complete
turnover of the quantity of water in the pipeline based on the length and diameter of water main being
flushed.
Blowoffs and temporary drainage piping used for flushing shall not be discharged into any gravity sewer
or pumping station wet well. The Contractor shall obtain prior approvals from the Engineer and the city as
to the methods and locations of flushing water discharge.
At the discretion of the city, full bore water flushing may not be required for a particular water main based
on the size of the main being cleaned and the quantity of water usage required for a full bore water flush.
Following the pigging and flushing process, pressure testing of the pipeline shall be completed in
accordance with Section 505 below.
505. TESTS
505-1. HYDROSTATIC PIPELINE TESTING
General: The Contractor shall perform hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests on all newly laid pressure
pipes, fittings and valves for potable water mains and reclaimed water mains. After installation of the water
mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid water
main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test as described below.
Standard: AWWA C600, Section 4, with the exceptions required herein. The Contractor shall furnish all
closure pieces in the pipe as required. All equipment required for the hydrostatic pressure test shall be
furnished by the Contractor and shall include, but not be limited to, graduated containers, pressure gauges,
meters, testing taps and valves, hydraulic pressure pumps, suitable hoses and piping and any other
equipment needed to hydrostatically test the pipelines. Hydrostatic tests shall be conducted on all newly
laid potable water main or reclaimed water main pipes, fittings, and valves including any branch lines to
the curb. Tests shall be made between valves not exceeding 2,000 feet.
The Contractor may conduct a preliminary hydrostatic test after the trench has been partially backfilled
with the joints left exposed for an initial leakage test for his inspection and informational purposes only.
The hydrostatic testing for acceptance shall only be conducted after the trenches have been completely
backfilled and compacted as specified.
Test new pipelines which are to be connected to existing pipelines by isolating the new line from the existing
line by means of pipe caps, special flanges, or blind flanges. After the new line has been successfully tested,
remove temporary caps or blind flanges and connect to the existing piping.
The Engineer and the city's Inspector shall be present during all inspection, pressure, and leakage testing
for the results to be considered acceptable for the city's acceptance of the new potable water main or
reclaimed water main system. Successful passage of both the pressure test and the leakage test is required
before acceptance by the city.
The hydrostatic pressure and leakage testing described herein is intended for non -butt -welded jointed pipe
with gasketed joints.
Where any section of the piping contains concrete thrust collars, do not proceed with the pressure test until
at least 10 days after the concrete has been poured. If high -early cement is used for the concrete thrust
collars, the time may be reduced to three (3) days, if the Engineer and the city Engineering Department
SECTION IV
Page 126 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
both concur that the concrete has cured and reached adequate strength. When testing cement mortar -lined
piping, fill the pipe to be tested with water and allow it to soak for at least 48 hours to absorb water before
conducting the pressure test.
Each section of pipe to be tested shall be slowly filled with water and the specified test pressure shall be
applied by means of a pressure pump connected to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. Before applying the
specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe as described below. If defective pipes, fittings
or valves are discovered in consequence of this pressure test, all such items shall be removed and replaced
by the Contractor with sound new material, the pipe shall be re -cleaned and the pressure test shall be
repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. Provisions of AWWA C-600, where applicable, shall apply.
Hydrostatic Pressure Test:
A. Test Pressure: Potable Water Mains - 150 psi; Reclaimed Water Mains —150 psi; Wastewater Force
Mains — 150 psi. Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a hydraulic pressure pump. The
test pressure shall be maintained ±2 psig throughout the entire test period.
B. Test Duration: 2 -hours. If during the test, the integrity of the tested line is in question, the Engineer
or the city's Inspector may require an additional pressure test.
C. Air Release Requirements: Tapping saddles and corporation cocks at least 3/4 -inch in diameter,
pipe riser and angle globe valves shall be installed by the Contractor at each dead-end and at all
high points in the main to bleed all air from the water main to be tested.
D. Zero leakage and no pressure loss shall be allowed for the pressure pipe being tested.
Visible Leakage: All visible leaks evident at the ground surface shall be repaired and leakage eliminated.
Leakage Repair: Repairs to leaks shall be completed in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's
written recommendations. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage.
Damage or Defects: Any exposed pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, and joints shall be examined during the
test. Any damage or defects that are discovered shall be replaced with new material at no additional cost to
the city. The test shall be repeated until no damage or defects are discovered.
505-2. NOTICE OF TEST
The Contractor shall give the city's Project Manager and/or Representative forty-eight (48) hours advance
notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing.
City inspector/CEI shall certify and submit all hydrostatic pressure and leakage testing results to the city
Project Manager within 10 days of performing test(s).
506. DISINFECTION AND TESTING
Before the new potable water system is put into operation, all new potable water mains and appurtenances
and any item of new construction with which the water comes into contact, shall be thoroughly disinfected
in accordance with AWWA C651. This section includes materials and procedures for disinfection of water
mains by the continuous feed method.
506-1. DISINFECTION MATERIALS
Dry Calcium Hypochlorite: High test granular calcium hypochlorite (HTH) used as the chlorinating agent
shall contain between 65 to 70 percent of available chlorine by weight. The dry calcium hypochlorite shall
be stored in a cool, dry, and dark environment, prior to its use, to minimize deterioration.
Sodium Hypochlorite Solution: Sodium hypochlorite solution used as the chlorinating agent shall be
obtained fresh and shall have a minimum concentration of 10 percent by weight available chlorine. To
SECTION IV
Page 127 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
minimize degradation, sodium hypochlorite solution shall be stored in opaque, closed polypropylene
containers, isolated from contact with any metals and out of direct sunlight. The solution shall be stored in
covered (as dark as possible) areas and as cool as possible, prior to use on the jobsite. Sodium hypochlorite
solution is highly corrosive. Therefore, the Contractor shall use this chlorinating agent with caution and per
the recommendations of the sodium hypochlorite solution manufacturer.
Chlorine Residual Test Kit: To measure chlorine concentration, provide and use a mid-range total chlorine
test kit with a digital titrator, using sodium thiosulfate as the titrant. Maintain fresh reagents for the test kit
and maintain all components of the kit in good working order available for immediate testing of chlorine
residuals at the point of sampling.
506-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM
Prior to pressure testing and application of the disinfection agent for disinfection, all pipelines shall be
hydraulically cleaned utilizing multiple pass operations with a polypropylene swabbing device, also
referred to as "pigging" operations, of the piping system, followed by full bore flushing. Flushing shall
continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for
flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the
lines. Cleaning and flushing prior to pressure testing and disinfection shall be in accordance with Section
504 of these Technical Specifications.
506-3. FINAL DISINFECTION PROCEDURE FOR POTABLE
WATER MAINS
Before any portion of a new potable water piping system is to be placed into service, it shall be disinfected;
and proper disinfection shall be demonstrated by bacteriological testing conducted in accordance with
"Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Sewage" for the coli -aerogenes group, by a commercial
laboratory approved by the FDEP, and acceptable to the Engineer and the city, or may be completed by the
Pinellas County Health Department.
All pipe, fittings, valves, and all other appurtenances installed for use in potable water pipelines shall be
disinfected prior to being placed in service. Disinfection procedures shall be approved by the Engineer and
the city and shall be in conformance with ANSI/AWWA C651, latest revision. Contractor shall comply
with all General Notes on the Drawings and special requirements that are included with the FDEP permit
related to disinfection and clearance of new potable water mains.
Pipe subjected to contaminating materials shall be treated in a manner approved by the Engineer and the
city. Should such treatment fail to remove contaminants from the pipe, contaminated sections of pipe shall
be replaced with new uncontaminated pipe.
Only potable water from an existing city water main shall be used for disinfection and final flushing of new
potable water pipelines. The potable water shall be obtained as described below in Section 508 of these
Technical Specifications.
Disinfection Procedure: Disinfection of a completed potable water pipeline shall be accomplished using
the following procedure:
A. All water piping, fittings, valves, and appurtenances shall be disinfected with a chlorine solution
with a sufficient concentration such that the initial chlorine concentration in the water line shall be
a minimum of 75 mg/1 available chlorine, at any point in the line, and that a chlorine residual of not
less than 30 mg/1 remains in the water, at any point in the line, after standing 24 hours in the
pipeline. The contact period may be longer than 24 -hours, if required by the city or the Engineer
SECTION IN/
Page 128 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being disinfection shall be opened and closed several
times during the contact period.
B. Chlorine may be applied to the water pipeline as a liquid 10% sodium hypochlorite solution, or as
a mixture of water and high-test calcium hypochlorite. The Contractor shall assume responsibility
for safe handling of chlorinating agents and shall meet requirements of OSHA and other regulatory
agencies for safe handling of chlorinating agents.
C. The dry high-test calcium hypochlorite (HTH) may be used to make up a high concentration
chlorine solution which will be used for disinfection. The hypochlorite solution to be used for
disinfection should be mixed based on the HTH manufacturer's recommendations. Under no
circumstances will undiluted, dry calcium hypochlorite be placed in the pipeline to be disinfected.
D. The chlorine solution, either 10% sodium hypochlorite or a calcium hypochlorite mixed solution,
shall be metered into the pipeline with a small metering pump.
E. Disinfection of Valves, Blind Flanges and Appurtenances: Swab exposed interior surfaces of valves
and blind flanges with a 10% sodium hypochlorite solution prior to installation and bolting in place.
F. Disinfection of Tapping Sleeves, Tapping Valves and Line Stops: Flush exterior of pipe with
potable water after removal of existing coating. Swab exterior of pipe and interior of tapping,
sleeve, tapping valve and line stop valve with a 10% sodium hypochlorite solution. Disinfect per
AWWA C651, Section 4.8. After completion of tapping and line stopping, swab interior of pipe,
valves, and faces of flanges to be connected to bypass piping with a 10% sodium hypochlorite
solution.
G. Disinfection of Connections to Existing Pipelines: Disinfect isolation valves, pipe, and
appurtenances per AWWA C651, Section 4.7. Flush with potable water until discolored water,
mud, and debris are eliminated. Swab interior of pipe and fittings with a 10% sodium hypochlorite
solution. Following disinfection procedures, flush with potable water again until water is free of
chlorine odor.
H. Water from the existing, in-service water line shall be made to flow at a constant, slow rate into the
water line to be disinfected. A jumper connection from the existing potable water main to the new
water main, utilizing a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer approved by the city, shall
be used to obtain water for disinfection. Chlorine solution shall be injected or pumped at a regulated
rate into the new main, at a point not more than 10 feet downstream from the beginning of the new
water main. The method of tapping the water main for the chlorine injection point and the location
of the tap shall be approved by the Engineer and the city.
I. Proportion the two rates so that the chlorine concentration in the pipeline is maintained at a
minimum concentration of 75 mg/L. Check the concentration at points downstream during the
filling to ascertain that sufficient chlorine is being added.
J. Chlorine solution shall be circulated in the water main by opening the water control valve and
systematically manipulating valves, fire hydrants and blowoffs.
K. Water service lines, if applicable, shall be disinfected in a similar manner as that for water mains,
including corrective measures, by methods acceptable to the Engineer and the city.
L. Chlorine solution shall remain in the water lines for not less than 24 -hours, but longer than 24 -
hours, if directed by the Engineer or the city.
M. Extreme care shall be exercised at all times to prevent concentrated chlorine solution from entering
existing water mains.
If methods of disinfection used by the Contractor differ materially from those outlined above, such methods
shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall
have the approval of that agency.
SECTION IV
Page 129 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
506-4. FLUSHING AND RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS
After 24 -hours, or when approved by the Engineer and the city, the free residual chlorine concentration in
the water line at the pipe extremity sample points shall be checked to make sure the free residual chlorine
concentration is at least 30 mg/1; if not, the water lines shall be re -disinfected as described above.
Final flushing of lines with potable water may proceed after 24 hours, or when approved by the Engineer
and the city, provided the free residual chlorine analysis is satisfactory at 30 mg/L or above. Flushing shall
be continued until a chlorine residual test shows that the pipelines contain only the normal chlorine residual
in the feed potable water, not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in
accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test kit. Prior to flushing water with high chlorine
concentrations, obtain approvals from the Engineer and the Owner as to the methods and locations of
discharge.
City inspector/CEI must certify and submit all residual chlorine test results to the city Project Manager
within 10 days of performing test(s).
506-5. BACTERIALOGICAL TESTS
Following disinfection and thorough flushing of the water lines, as specified herein, the Contractor, and/or
the city Public Utilities Department Water Division (or the Engineering Department), shall furnish all labor
and materials required to obtain samples of water from the potable water line, at established remote
sampling points approved by the FDEP, properly collected in suitable sterilized containers obtained from
the Pinellas County Health Department or an analytical laboratory approved by the city and certified by the
Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. Proper
techniques and procedures shall be used to collect the water samples to avoid outside contamination
resulting in a false positive coliform result. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of
bacteriological samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sample collection and shall be followed
in all respects.
Two (2) series of successive samples shall be obtained at each established sampling point in accordance
with AWWA C651, Section 5.1, to obtain a bacteriological quality test result to demonstrate the absence
of coliform bacteria in each separate section of the pipeline being tested after chlorination, flushing and
refilling. Each test series will require two samples at each sampling point. The period between each series
of samples shall be a minimum of 24 -hours. Samples shall be delivered by the Contractor to the County
Health Department or the approved analytical laboratory for bacteriological examination within 6 hours of
obtaining the samples. Samples shall be collected in conformance with the County Health Department
standards and lab testing schedule. Prior to collecting samples, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and
the city, who will have representatives present during bacteriological sample collection.
Collect at least one set of samples from every 1,000 feet of the new water main and line stopping insertion
point, plus one set from the end of the line and at least one set from each branch. At each connection to an
existing pipeline, take two additional samples.
Bacteriological test results will be available approximately 48- to 72 -hours after samples have been
submitted to the testing laboratory. If test results are unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall immediately re -
chlorinate and retest the water lines as described above and proceed with such corrective measures as are
necessary to secure disinfected lines. All services shall be re -chlorinated if the lines are re -chlorinated. The
water lines shall be re -disinfected and re -tested, at the Contractor's expense, until approved by the Engineer,
the city, and the Pinellas County Health Department or FDEP, as applicable.
At satisfactory completion of the bacteriological test requirements, potable water pipelines shall be placed
into service in a manner approved by the Engineer and the city Engineering Department. Complete the
pipeline where temporary disinfection or test facilities were installed. Potable water mains shall not be
SECTION IV
Page 130 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
placed into service until all requirements of the State and Pinellas County Public Health Departments are
met, and the Letter of Clearance is obtained from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection
(FDEP). The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the city at least 72 hours prior to placing potable
water pipelines into service.
The city Inspector/CEI shall certify and submit all bacteriological test results to the city Project Manager
within 10 days of performing the test(s) as required by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection.
507. CORRECTION OF NON -CONFORMING WORK
All non -conforming work shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the
city. Non -conforming work shall be defined as failure to adhere to any specific or implied directive of this
Project Manual and/or the drawings, including but not limited to paid not laid straight, true to the lines and
grades as shown on the drawings, damaged or unacceptable materials, misalignment or diameter ring
deflection in pipe due to bedding or backfilling, visible or detectable leakage and failure to pass any
specified test or inspection.
508. OBTAINING WATER FOR FLUSHING AND TESTING
The potable water supply shall be protected with an air gap or a reduced pressure principle backflow
preventer approved by the city if potable water is used for flushing and testing. Only potable water shall be
use for flushing and pressure testing of potable water pipelines. Reclaimed water may be used for flushing
and pressure testing of reclaimed water lines or wastewater force mains.
The city will provide the water required for city Projects. The Contractor shall coordinate with the city for
a temporary construction water service connection, intended for usage during flushing and testing.
For private development projects the Contractor will need to obtain temporary potable water service during
construction, the Contractor shall be required to pay for the installation and for the water used. The piping,
fittings, backflow preventer, and appurtenances required for the temporary construction water service shall
be supplied by the city of Clearwater.
509. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
509-1. GENERAL
Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the
work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work
as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and
materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the
cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work unless otherwise specified:
• Clearing and grubbing
• Excavation, including necessary pavement removal
• Shoring and/or dewatering
• Structural fill
• Backfill
• Grading
• Tracer wire
• Refill materials
• Joint materials
SECTION IV
Page 131 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
• Tests and sterilization
• Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system.
509-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS
509-2.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily
furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipeline, including the length of
valves and fittings.
509-2.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and
equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation.
509-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS
509-3.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment will be the actual number of size and type of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily
furnished and installed.
509-3.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials,
and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings.
509-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH
BOXES AND COVERS
509-4.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and
installed.
509-4.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor,
materials, and equipment and installing the gate valve complete with valve box and cover, concrete pad and
valve disc, including any jointing materials and any restraint devices required.
509-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS
509-5.1. MEASUREMENT
The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The
only hydrants allowed to be installed in the city utilities system are listed in Section 502-5 of these Technical
Specifications. No exceptions.
SECTION IV
Page 132 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
509-5.2. PAYMENT
Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials and
equipment and installing the fire hydrant assembly complete including all necessary anchor tees, swivel -
type thrust anchorage, 6 -inch ductile iron pipe between the main and the fire hydrant and gate valve(s) and
valve boxes and covers, concrete pad(s) and valve disc(s) on the hydrant branch line and , including any
jointing materials and any restraint devices required.
SECTION IV
Page 133 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
600 SERIES: STORMWATER
601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE
STRUCTURES
Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the
Engineer.
601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work.
602. UNDERDRAINS
The Contractor shall construct sub -surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail
drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a
bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non-
degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and
screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on
the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance
with ASTM F758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest
revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with
AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM
D3034 - SDR 35.
Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds
ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM
F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe
is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint.
Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non -perforated pipe with
compacted backfill. All poly -chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultraviolet
radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified
for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in
a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi® 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings.
Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 —
Coarse Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove
fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel.
602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub -drain in place and accepted.
602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall
be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe,
SECTION IV
Page 134 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be
paid by a separate bid item.
603. STORM SEWERS
All storm drainpipe installed within the city shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved
by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications.
All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi® 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as
approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the
pipe.
All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found
in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and
the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit.
Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each
joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide, and pipe is clear throughout.
603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION
The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions.
The work under this Section shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes
and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the city with a video of the completed stormwater
drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage
structures, to the satisfaction of the city, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD
format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should
include:
1. An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths.
2. The drainage structure number and pipe size.
3. The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S-1 to S-2).
4. Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions, and infiltration.
The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously.
All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with
Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the
video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense
within the contractual duration.
As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in
electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color).
All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the
Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures
rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired,
re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the
Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re -inspection shall be required at the Contractor's
expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved.
603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along
the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage
SECTION IV
Page 135 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe
(i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor, and
incidentals, etc.).
604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR
OTHER STORM STRUCTURES
For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to city of Clearwater Standards Details
Index Numbers 201 to 236.
When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and
applicable parts of these Technical Specifications, Sections 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the
Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance
of the work.
604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES
Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on city of
Clearwater Standard Details Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and
semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be
made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be
made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout.
The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels.
Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled, and the mortar shall be smoothed
from inside of the manholes.
The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one-half inch (1/2") of mortar.
Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course.
In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw
and shall not be removed with a sledgehammer.
604-2. PRECAST TYPE
Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on city of Clearwater Standards Details Index 202. The
manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper
seating and bearing.
Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes
in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable.
When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C478,
or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option.
Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the
distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less
than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future
adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided.
SECTION IV
Page 136 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis.
605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES
605-1. MATERIAL
605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES
605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS
Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non -raveling construction and
fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the
appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches.
605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING
The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than
0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from
exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial
compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion.
The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall
be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4'/2 inches.
The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches.
Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated
with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing
and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087
inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC
coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing
the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot
while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced
from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge
wires.
605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL
The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative
preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing
by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability
sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and
other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones
to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets.
All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and
shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the
stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be
used for filler material.
605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC
Fabric shall conform to the latest edition of FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985.
SECTION IV
Page 137 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
605-2. PERFORMANCE
Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as
shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid
and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and
shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and
sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section
of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to
that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width,
they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished
with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required
at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to
resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a
section of mesh is cut.
Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire
shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are
alternated.
A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire
shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top
selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to
the latter at front and back.
To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended.
Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be
filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of
each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in
each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then
be filled to the top.
Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses.
Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall
be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel
shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced
during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer
at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light
more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less.
In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of
geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses.
SECTION IV
Page 138 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS
701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS,
CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT
Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced with the same
type of material that was destroyed or damaged, or to existing city Standards, whichever provides the
stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material,
to existing city Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the
base shall be replaced with city approved material. All replaced base shall be at least eight inches (8")
compacted thickness, or same compacted thickness as the base destroyed plus two inches (2") and
compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Refer to Standard Detail Index 104.
Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials
and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base.
The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include
all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard
basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the
depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint
will be at the Contractor's expense.
The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the
proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid
for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot;
curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks
at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh.
The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of
all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work.
702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE
702-1. BASE
This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to
Section IV, Section 101 "Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base
and subgrade items.
Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans
or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted minimum thickness with
a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the
Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for
each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required
density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Section 204 -
Unsuitable Material Removal of the city's Technical Specifications will apply.
Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer) per Section 300 ofFDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from
a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the city's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's
expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the city approves the repaired base. The cost
for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base.
SECTION IV
Page 139 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all
base and subgrade placement or reworking.
The following base materials are acceptable:
1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with the latest edition of Sections 200
and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as
shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included
in the bid item price for base.
2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the
plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall
be included in the bid item price for base. When used, Contractor is required to submit
documentation certifying the materials were obtained from a FDOT certified pit.
3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with the latest
edition of Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum
compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT
approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the
crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum
of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for
continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City
Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base.
4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with the latest
edition of Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications and shall have a minimum compacted
thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be
included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base.
5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) base shall be
constructed in accordance with the latest edition of Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283,
RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non -limited access paved shoulders, shared
use paths, or other non -traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and
compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project
scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base.
702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED
BASE
The basis of measurement shall be the number of cubic yards of base in place and accepted as called for on
the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall
either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so, approved in writing by the City
Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in
place.
702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE
The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction,
finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing,
equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt
base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and
plans.
SECTION IV
Page 140 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
702-2. SUBGRADE
All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with the latest edition of Sections 160 and
914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum
compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock
is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where
unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Section 204 - Unsuitable Material
Removal of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by
the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing,
grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per
the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall
obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are
mixed for the stabilized subgrade and provide the results to the Engineer.
702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of cubic yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted
as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per the latest edition
of Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per the latest
edition of Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing
values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so, approved in writing
by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that
are left in place.
702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for subgrade shall include roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing,
testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete
the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base.
703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS
This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway
surfaces unless otherwise noted.
703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE
703-1.1. AGGREGATE
All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to the latest edition of
Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
All bituminous materials shall conform to the latest edition of Section 916 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications.
SECTION IV
Page 141 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS,
EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE
The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall
conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted,
all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of
Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications.
The city shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the
expense of the city, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses
shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with
the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and
accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or
investigation by the city, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such
independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair
of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor.
Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following:
1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications.
2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications.
3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of or greater shall be corrected
by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length
extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer
allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one-quarter
inch (1/4') or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced
at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on
the thickness specified in the contract.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the
placement of all asphalt.
703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES
All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to
the requirements of the latest edition of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt
mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation.
Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete
mixes up to 25% by weight.
703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS
All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following FDOT requirements:
• Type SP/Spec 334-1
• Type FC/Spec 337-8
• Type B/Spec 234-8
• ATPB/287-8
703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of
operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface
SECTION IV
Page 142 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance
with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications(latest edition).
703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION
703-6.1. CRACKS
Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following
steps:
1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method.
2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the
depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway
surface.
3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded
to prevent vehicular tracking.
4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
703-6.2. POTHOLES
Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps:
1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method.
2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole.
3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted.
4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete.
703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES AND APPURTANENCES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be
accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. Refer to
Section 401-2 of these Technical Specifications for additional information.
The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions:
1. The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements.
2. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements
of ASTM A36.
3. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless-steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant
finish.
4. The use of cast iron or fiberglass risers is not permitted.
In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be
individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used.
Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original
casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are
measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is
properly applied prior to installation of each riser.
If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around
manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway
materials prior to paving. A full depth backfills using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for
backfill is not acceptable.
SECTION IV
Page 143 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
All manhole and valve box adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic
concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur
within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes
are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water
and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor
with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said
appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the
owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments, so they are completed prior to
the scheduled paving.
703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS
1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the
Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt.
2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open
to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans.
3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at
their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements.
4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction
areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up
and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting
to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off from sidewalks, driveways, curbs
and roadways each day before leaving the job site.
5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be
placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall also be applied to the face of all
curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling, and applying) shall be included in the per
ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as
directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be
included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans.
7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's
Standard Specifications.
8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch ('/4") above
the lip or face of said curb per City Standard Detail Index 101.
703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted.
Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. The scales must be calibrated and
certified by an independent party and carry a state certification.
703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured
above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either
required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair,
sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work
in accordance with the plans and specifications.
SECTION IV
Page 144 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT
When this Section applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with
the following provisions:
1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies
more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening.
2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be
used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address
is: https://www.fdot.gov/construction/fuel-bit/fuel-bit.shtm For additional information, call FDOT
at (850) 414-4252.
3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the
initial determination of the asphalt price.
4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used
for payment calculation.
5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the
FDOT Payment Adjustment Index.
6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat.
7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any
month after the expiration of the allowable contract time.
8. The city reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt.
705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS
New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be
constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that
the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use
Section 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving.
When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment
shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways.
705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
Measurement shall be the number of square yards of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted.
705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall
be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all
materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
706. CONCRETE CURBS
Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless
otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of
3000 psi at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed a hundred feet (100') and
scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of
these city Technical Specifications Sections 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify
the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete
curbs.
SECTION IV
Page 145 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
The finished surface must have a reasonably uniform texture, must be within 1/4 inch of a true profile grade,
and must have no deviation in excess of 1/4 inch from a straight edge applied to the pavement perpendicular
to the centerline. Areas varying from a true surface in excess of the above stated tolerance may be accepted
without correction if the Engineer determines that they were caused by preexisting conditions which could
not reasonably have been corrected by the milling operations. Any unsuitable texture or profile, as
determined by the Engineer, must be corrected by the Contractor at no additional expense to the city.
706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted.
706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work
described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment,
tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work.
707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS
707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS
Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein
specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a
minimum strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a
minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"),
except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10
welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh
shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the
welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100
hundred feet and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on
compacted subgrade prepared in accordance with Section 702 of these Technical Specifications. In addition,
all the requirements of Sections 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply.
707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS
Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6") in
thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between
expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be
positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire
mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade prepared in accordance
with Section 702 of these Technical Specifications. In addition, all the requirements of Sections 301, 302
and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the
placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways.
SECTION IV
Page 146 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS
The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and
installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and
detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications.
707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk, six inch
(6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted.
707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full
compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall
include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary
to complete the work.
708. MILLING OPERATIONS
708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE
Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Section, the milling operation shall be performed in
accordance with Section 327 of FDOT 's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the city
Project Manager a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all milling.
708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS
The following are the additional milling requirements:
A. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure
any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations
governing operation of this type of equipment.
B. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless
otherwise noted in the contract documents.
C. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum
or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped
with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep
debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site.
D. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow
for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or
median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be
included in the bid item for milling.
F. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling.
G. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as
noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications
The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project
scope and plans.
SECTION IV
Page 147 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
H. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same
day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely
manner shall be done to the city's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the
exposed base can commence until the city approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall
be included in the bid item for milling.
I. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling
operation is complete.
708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS
Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the
property of the city. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the city Project Manager to schedule delivery of material at least
48 hours prior to starting work.
708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS
All surplus materials not claimed by the city shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The
Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory
requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the city.
708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND
UTILITIES
All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners
at the owner's expense. city -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner/City and adjusted
by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for
such adjustments (minimum 48 hours' notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed
prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations.
708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES
The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be
accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Sections 703-7 of the city's Technical
Specifications.
708-7. TYPES OF MILLING
There are two types of milling used by the city:
A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement
adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross
section.
B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb
line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise
indicated or approved by the Engineer.
SECTION IV
Page 148 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS
Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or
improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately fifty (50) feet from
the low point of the existing swale.
708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT
The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted.
708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT
The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of
salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and
intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt
from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance
with the plans and specifications.
SECTION IV
Page 149 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND
MARKINGS
801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 603 through 699,
unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials,
guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect
cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal
assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller
assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally
illuminated signs.
All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm
Assembly standard and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of
Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a
professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and
approved by the city's Traffic Engineering Division prior to ordering from the manufacturer.
All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the city's
Traffic Engineering Division and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize
countdown features.
Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the city's Traffic
Engineering Division.
All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781.
801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall
include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the
plans.
802. SIGNING AND MARKING
All signing and marking work shall be performed per most current FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless
otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work:
RPM' s (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings
(Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972).
The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall
be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these
incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the city's
satisfaction prior to any payment being made.
The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices
mentioned above. The city's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at
a later date unless otherwise specified.
SECTION IV
Page 150 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall
include all equipment, preparation, materials, and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans.
803. ROADWAY LIGHTING
All roadway lighting shall be constructed per most current Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard
Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans.
803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall
include all equipment, materials, testing, and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans.
SECTION IV
Page 151 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION
901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS
Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction
progress.
The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following
primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time
shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial
payment requests.
Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or
disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work.
The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and
all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses
except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission.
902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
902-1. IRRIGATION
902-1.1. DESCRIPTION
A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation
system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities
required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system as indicated
on the drawings and/or specifications. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included
in this pay item.
B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape
areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the
irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer.
902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting
company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure,
controls, etc.
B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FEDSPEC Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building
codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply.
C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly, and responsible manner with the
recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which
does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest
possible time at the Contractor's expense.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within
ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders,
with three rings and a USB with the electronic design files (including the irrigation As Builts),
containing the following information:
1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty-four (24) hour
emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of
SECTION IV
Page 152 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be
purchased.
2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract.
3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment.
4. Provide the Engineer and the city maintenance staff with a written the Operations Manual and
"hands on" training for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the
conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered.
a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Irrigation Zones equipment operation and
maintenance.
b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance.
902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the
location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty-
four -inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines.
B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials during the construction period.
C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the
Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular
maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor.
D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to
initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic
signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the
safety of its employees and the public.
902-1.1.3. WARRANTY
A. The Contractor(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one
(1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the city. Should any problems develop
within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, the Contractor shall be corrected at no
expense to the city.
902-1.2. PRODUCTS
902-1.2.1. GENERAL
A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the
specifications shall be allowed except as noted.
902-1.2.2. PIPING
A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in
accordance with these specifications.
B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to
ASTM D2665 and D1785.
C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required
to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80 per detail drawings.
902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS
A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe
Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material
designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe
SECTION IV
Page 153 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded
Schedule 80 nipples.
902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER
A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the
manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. Submit to the city Project Manager for
approval. The solvent that cement that should be used is 303 PVC Cement Regular Clear.
B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings have been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall
be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. The purple primer cleaner for PVC
is 8800.
902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS
A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant.
902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES
902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve
2. Nibco Brass Body Construction, female threaded on both sides, sized appropriately to source pipe
- with Teflon Ball Seals
3. Slip/Threaded Coupler
4. Schedule 80 Nipple
902-1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (21/2") AND LARGER
A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings:
1. AWWA-0509
2. 2001b. O.W.G.
3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B
4. Deep socket joints
5. Rising stem
6. Bolted bonnet
7. Double disc
8. Equipped with two inches (2") square operating key with tee handle
B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street key" shall be five
feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut.
902-1.2.7. SLEEVES
A. Sleeves: (Existing by city of Clearwater)
1. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility
and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies.
B. Schedule 80 or higher, sized two (2) times the diameter of pipe to be sleeved
902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. The electric globe remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated; balance -pressure across -the -
diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate per manufacturer's recommendations with a pressure loss
not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (psi). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi.
Submit to the city Project Manager for approval.
SECTION IV
Page 154 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel,
and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable
I santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice.
C. The valve body shall have a one -inch (1"), 1 1/2", 2", 3" (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one -inch (1")
female threaded inlet and outlet for threaded connections.
I D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of
the valve without disturbing the valve installation.
E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Irritrol or approved equal. Any valve that is 3" or larger than
I must submit to the city Project Manager for approval.
F. Identify all control valves using Aluminum or Bronze metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings.
G. All electric valves to have gate valves on source side of each valve.
1 902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES
A. For electronic irrigation valves use a Brooks #36 concrete valve box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing
I cover or approved equal.
B. For wire splices and gate valves use a Carson with T cover (Heavy Duty) ten inch (10") circular valve
box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks or approved equal. The color of the lids need to be
Pantone 522C if reclaimed.
1 902-1.2.10. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER
A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only.
IThe program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared
connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground.
The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the
1 transmitter shall function if submerged in water.
B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof
operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be
I securely mounted inside a valve box.
C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the
number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or
I independently.
D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run
time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7)
I day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual
operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming
a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation.
E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA.
1 Submit to the city Project Manager for approval.
902-1.2.11. FIELD TRANSMITTER
IA. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter)
only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection or
over air. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable,
I
reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery.
B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound
shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in
I use.
C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules
or A/C placed times, whichever is applicable.
1
I
SECTION IV Page 155 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora,
California USA.
E. Field transmitter to be provided to city Parks and Recreation at time of acceptance of project.
F. Submit to the city Project Manager for approval.
902-1.3. EXECUTION
902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work.
B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced.
C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on
site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent
of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all
directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.
D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside
authorities.
E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned
in these Technical Specifications.
F. No irrigation piping or any irrigation component shall be installed in a retention pond bottom or slopes
or passing through retention pond. No piping shall be 12" from top of bank.
G. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or
clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the
Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts
the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost.
H. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment
is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall
employ all data contained in the Contract Documents and shall verify this information at the
construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation.
I. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or
grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered.
All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer.
J. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway
base installation.
902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL
A. Dig sides of trenches straight(vertically). Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches.
Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings.
B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines
of other trades.
C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind.
D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45° to 90°.
E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching, and working near existing utilities.
902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING
A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over the pipe.
B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one
half inch (1/2").
C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications.
SECTION IV
Page 156 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil.
E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs before landscape installation begins.
F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO
T180. Under landscaped areas, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density.
G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand
tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6") thick. The
hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square
inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent
utilities.
902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING
A. Routing of pressure and non -pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings.
B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines.
1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations.
2. Report to Engineer and/or city any major deviation from routing indicated.
C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line.
D. Layout all systems using an approved staking method and maintain the staking of approved layout.
902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION
902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY
A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make
minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the city.
902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES
A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and
required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings.
B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When
used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly.
C. Install all assemblies in accordance with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical
Specifications.
D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only.
902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER)
A. The Contractor shall verify the location and size of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility
and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies before work begins.
902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE
A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent.
1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling.
2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on.
3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld
setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer.
C. Curing
1. When the temperature is above 80°F, allow soluble weld joints at least twenty-four (24) hours
curing time before water is introduced under pressure.
D. Flushing the system:
1. After all sprinkler pipelines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush
out the system with a full head of water.
E. Installing piping under existing pavement:
SECTION IV
Page 157 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. Refer to Section 503-2.3. of
these Technical Specifications.
2. Secure permission from the city Landscape Architect before cutting or breaking any existing
pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by city and shall be accomplished at no
additional cost.
902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS
A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans.
1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the city's Project Manager and/or
Representative prior to installation.
902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Install at final grade. Set in turf areas whenever possible.
B. Install valves in turf areas in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance
clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls,
and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways.
C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler
zone.
902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES
A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance.
B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfilling.
C. Install in 10" round, Carson Heavy Duty valve box or approved equal (Pantone 522C if reclaim).
902-2. LANDSCAPE
902-2.1. GENERAL
902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities, and regulatory agencies,
without additional cost to the city in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters.
B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which
are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by
the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing.
902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK
A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work
specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and
completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein.
B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil
for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove
and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch
and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the
Plans.
C. Work under this Section shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the
site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform,
will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings.
D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document.
SECTION IV
Page 158 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn
subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the
Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the city and the
city Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project.
B. All work of this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices.
C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's
convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between
the Plans and Specifications exists, submit to the city Project Manager for approval.
D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their
employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (and
all subsequent amendments). City and city Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any
accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these
standards.
E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or
affects the work in this Section.
F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call
"One Call"/ "Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800)
638-4097.
G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as:
soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the
Landscape Architect.
902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2)
copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Contractor for
maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year.
B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work.
902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS
A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose
prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding.
B. The city, through their Project Manager, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated
herein without rendering the Contract void.
C. The Contractor must have written approval by the city Project Manager for any substitutions not
previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the
Contractor' s risk.
D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties
stated herein.
902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS
O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the
majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds.
C.T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage
from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear
trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
SECTION IV
Page 159 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
C. W.: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot,
trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear
wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds.
SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including
extreme leaves, branches, or fronds.
ST. TR.: Straight trunk.
MIN.: Minimum.
GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 -gallon, 7 gallons, etc.
O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers.
DIA.: Diameter.
LVS.: Leaves.
D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade.
CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four -inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger
trees are measured at 12 inches above grade.
B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of
Nurserymen.
PPP: Plants per pot.
FG: Field grown.
STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk.
Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is
performed.
Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and
quality of materials specified and execution of installation.
Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor.
Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces
the landscape Plans and Specifications.
902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS
A. Use Florida Grades and Standards (most current edition) for all plant materials within these Technical
Specifications.
B. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery.
Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy
natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles,
the entire load shall be suitably covered.
C. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun,
cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken
shall be planted .except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor
handled in a rough or careless manner at any time.
D. Trees shall be dug with adequate root balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be
done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls
SECTION IV
Page 160 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport
only.
E. Palms shall be planted within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery.
F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If
planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather
and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist.
G. Label all plants of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of
botanical and common name.
H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod
against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area.
902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS
902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS.
A. The Contractor shall examine the sub -grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which
work is to be performed and notify the city Landscape Architect or Project Manager in writing of
unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the city Landscape Architect. Start of work
shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work.
B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available,
working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved
schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the city Landscape Architect for adjustments to the
Schedule.
C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures
before plant installations begin.
D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or
obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the city Landscape Architect in writing for change approval
before work is performed
E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns.
Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair all damages from planting operations that is
satisfactory and approved by the city.
902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK
A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract,
the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the city's Project Manager
and/or the city Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance
with the approved schedule.
B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete
the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs
shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the city.
C. The city's Project Manager and/or Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written
request from the city's Project Manager, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material
and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the city of Clearwater, the city's Project
Manager, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work
stoppage.
902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES
A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate,
as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by
others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned.
SECTION IV
Page 161 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
902-2.2. PRODUCTS
902-2.2.1. MATERIALS
902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE
A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule.
Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey,
or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature
(latest editions) or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. The scientific and common name
both need to be provided for each plant materials.
902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use Florida Grades and Standards (latest edition) for all plant materials within these Technical
Specifications.
B. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of
the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy,
vigorous, and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be
well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems.
C. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may
be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Tree species must have a single main
trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or
parallel branching are not acceptable.
D. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species
as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture
and Consumer Services (latest edition).
E. The city Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth
or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality,
or designated area.
F. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental
authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape
materials.
G. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape
Architect proof of it being non -available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an
available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change
order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount.
H. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal
crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include
immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees
and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant
material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the city Landscape Architect, with no
increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery.
I. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is
required shall be matched as nearly as possible.
J. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to
encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the
standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged
by improper binding and B & B procedures. Only natural biodegradable burlap will be acceptable.
K. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the
quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution.
SECTION IV
Page 162 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
L. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two
years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists.
902-2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED
A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a certified species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even
thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and
pest and disease free when laid. It must not be stacked more than twenty-four (24) hours before laying
and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist
prior to and after installation through the acceptance of the project.
B. Sod shall be laid side to side with no gaps and all at level grade, so no scalping occurs. Contractor will
make changes as deemed necessary by the city before acceptance of work.
C. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination
and weed content shall be as certification requirements.
902-2.2.1.4. MULCH
A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans
B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING
DETAILS in the plans.
902-2.2.1.5. STAKES AND GUYS
A. Use the University of Florida Urban Tree Foundation Planting Details and Specifications Staking
details. Use the latest edition of the Staking Details from the Urban Tree Foundation
(http://urbantree.org/details staking. shtml)
B. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum
of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood
connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. Submit
to the city Project Manager for approval.
C. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved.
902-2.2.1.6. PLANTING SOIL
A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native
soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no
additional cost to the city, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants.
Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing.
B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one-third
(1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1").
C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a native, friable soil with known
analysis and composition that is like soil makeup. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about
6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from weeds, clay, stones,
stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a
hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil,
such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt.
902-2.2.1.7. TREE PROTECTION
A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space
vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect
the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a
radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)
above grade.
SECTION IV
Page 163 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
902-2.2.1.8. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM
A. Submit to city Project Manager and Landscape Architect for approval (if applicable).
902-2.2.1.9. PACKAGED MATERIALS
A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect
' materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site.
902-2.2.1.10. PESTICIDES
A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions.
902-2.3. EXECUTION
' 902-2.3.1. PREPARATION
902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND
1 A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation
lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work.
B. If underground construction, utilities, or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting
areas or pits, the city Project Manager and Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select
a relocated position for any materials necessary.
902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS
A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with mutually
agreed on herbicide per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water
' bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" or approved equal per the manufacturer's specifications.
B. New plant materials will not be installed until 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than
one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed.
' C. Pre -emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Rodeo" or approved equal and may
be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect.
D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size,
' quantity, and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the city.
E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All
planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions,
lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and
provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling.
F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one- and one-half inches (1'/2") in any
dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site.
902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING
A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3") of one-
third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the
full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches
(8") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to ensure that surface drainage,
percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates.
902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS
' A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's
"Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall
be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications.
SECTION IV Page 164 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub -grade of seed
and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4").
C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface
assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent
curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains.
D. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface
moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition.
902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION
902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED)
A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated
is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction.
B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such
changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect.
C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well -drained, free of
rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil,
such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction.
902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale
measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference
point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc.
B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule
C. Leave an eighteen -inch (18") (450 millimeters) borders of mulched space between outer leaves of
installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes.
D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the
approval of the city Project Manager and Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible
to the intent of the Plans.
902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES
A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being
circular in outline. Planting pit shall be two (2) times the width of the root ball.
B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, planted "high" withl0% of the root ball
height above the surrounding grade.
C. Native soil shall be used in back -filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible
for providing additional soil for building tree saucers.
D. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root
ball to prevent voids. Backfill loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4
four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not
remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back-
fill up to the proper grade. Use the Florida Grades and Standards (latest edition). Failure to comply is
cause for rejection.
E. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball
to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled
and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the
backfill up to the proper grade.
F. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of
plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground cover adjacent to straight or curved edges shall
be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from
the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant.
SECTION IV
Page 165 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
902-2.3.2.4. SODDING
A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately
to the depth to which it is to be cut.
B. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod
edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to
one inch (1") to one- and one-half inches (1-1/2") below top of walks prior to laying sod.
C. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be
applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2") (50 millimeters).
Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities,
and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface.
Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade.
D. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved
equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without
any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation
has been completed and rolled, the edges of the area shall be smooth and conform to the grades
indicated.
E. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand
shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and
voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas.
F. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's
specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by
other approved method.
902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING
A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See
plan for type of seed.
902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING
A. Use the latest edition of the Staking Details from the Urban Tree Foundation
(http://urbantree.org/details staking.shtml). Submit to the city Project Manager for approval.
B. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees 1 year after the date of final
acceptance of the landscape work.
902-2.3.2.7. MULCHING
A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching.
B. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before compaction)
of 1.5" round pine bark nuggets or brown shredded hard wood mulch, or other mulch as specified on
the Plans or General Notes. Submit to the city Project Manager for approval.
C. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a
minimum six-inch (6") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six-inch (6") clearance for
the walls of buildings.
902-2.3.2.8. CLEAN-UP
A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the city.
B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area
neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving
pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition.
C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and
bracing materials as described in specifications. No pruning should be done by the contractor, but can
be done by the landscape contractor.
SECTION IV
Page 166 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
1
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
1 902-2.3.2.9. PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent
Ito the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) standards.
B. The Contractor shall protect the city's and adjacent property from damage.
1 C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape
operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.
D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified.
1 902-2.3.2.10. REPAIR OF DAMAGES
A. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades
1 to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage.
B. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other
materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the
Icity's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage.
902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE
I
A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first-class condition from the beginning of
landscape construction until Final Acceptance.
B. Operations:
I
1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing,
fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials,
straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and
guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent
Iwith the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all
work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the
University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service.
1 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the city of any maintenance practices being
followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape.
3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1") of water
1 for all planted materials before leaving the site.
902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE
1 902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION
A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the city or the city's Project Manager
I
that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be
inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the city
and/or Landscape Contractor.
I
902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT
A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the
work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and
I
Specifications.
B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape
Architect that the correction has been made.
1 902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE
A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other
1 correction items, the city or Project Manager will accept the project in writing.
1 SECTION IV Page 167 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
B. Upon Final Acceptance, the city assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the
Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period.
C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance
of this Contract, the city shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such
claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim.
2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to
that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal,
giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with
the city or their representative.
3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the city reserves the right to request plant
replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not
received from the under -specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the
Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications.
902-2.3.5. WARRANTY
A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1)
year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during
this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the city. Should any of the plant materials
show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality
or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same
with no additional cost to the city. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the
equal amount of warranty.
903. SODDING
Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the
direction of the Engineer, in conformance with the latest editions of Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of
FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable
depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges
in contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement.
In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent
sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy-two (72) hours can be used. The city shall be
notified in advance by 2 business days and reserves the right to view and inspect the sod before installation.
A city Project Manager shall inspect the sod at the site once delivered and will not be allowed to be laid
until approved. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall
continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat,
and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not
acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation.
Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer.
Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement,
rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be
withheld until the Contractor provides the city a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is
given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required
for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for
sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the city a healthy, properly placed stand of grass.
SECTION IV
Page 168 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV —Technical Specifications
904. SEEDING
Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or
mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be
brought to the required line and grade, fertilized, and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard
Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine
Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of
20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also
required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured.
When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water),
required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called
for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included
in the cost of other work.
905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
905-1. SCOPE
To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and
landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm
pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to
work with the city in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone.
The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street
areas including:
• Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic.
• Trash and debris removal from the job site.
• Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces.
• Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms.
• Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted).
• Irrigation service and repair.
• Mulch replacement.
• Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the
• Reporting of irregularities at the job site.
905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK
The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the
hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The city may
grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours.
All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be
completed before leaving the job site.
SECTION IV
Page 169 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
905-3. WORK METHODS
905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING
The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the city (see Level of Service). Any variations
to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized
representative of the other party.
905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT
The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location:
905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS
Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the
Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism,
etc., would be the responsibility of the city to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations
of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be
considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from
pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor.
905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK
The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged
plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the city within twenty-four (24) hours after
providing the service.
905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING
All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the
particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance.
Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in
Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb.
Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope.
Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower
formation, consistent with the following specification.
1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.):
Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to
remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads
that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such
as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk.
Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No'climbing spikes allowed on palms.
905-3.2.3.1. TRAFFIC CONTROL
Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor,
according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications.
905-3.2.3.2. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are
present. The city reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas.
SECTION IV
Page 170 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
905-3.2.4. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA
Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed
control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified
applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense.
905-3.2.5. MULCH CONDITION
Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture,
usually three inches (3").
905-3.2.6. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR
Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should
be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks
or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time.
905-3.2.7. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL
Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than
damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the
Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on city properties.
905-3.2.8. PALM FERTILIZATION
Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root
zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February.
905-3.2.9. FREEZE PROTECTION
The city will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive
plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a city facility. Contractor will remove
the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the
material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The city will furnish metal pins needed for securing
fabric to the ground. The city will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum
prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and
return it to the designated city facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or
remain in place as directed by the city. The city shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing
the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The city may cancel the freeze
protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor
will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-
hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering
fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The city and Contractor will
coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the
Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the city.
906. LEVEL OF SERVICE
The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7)
working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than
ten (10) calendar days apart.
SECTION IV
Page 171 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
907. COMPLETION OF WORK
Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work, notify the city Project Manager either in writing of said
completion and request the substantial completion letter.
908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL
Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the city shall inspect the serviced location the following
business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the city shall contact the
Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given forty-eight (48)
hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully
then the city will pay for services billed.
909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period
on plants, trees, and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the
Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be
responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they feel appropriate.
2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates.
3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and
standards which prevail in the industry.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the
Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the
damage and cost of repair. The city shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce
by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor.
5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may
make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify
the city Supervisor of such occurrences and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location
as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved.
910. TREE PROTECTION
910-1. TREE BARRICADES
A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or
construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas.
Protective barriers shall be installed as follows:
1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms.
2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species.
3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species
4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand.
B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch (2") lumber for upright posts.
Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the
ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails
are to be constructed using no less than one -inch (1") by four -inch (4") lumber and shall be securely
attached to the top of the upright post. The city's Project Manager must approve any variation from the
above requirements.
SECTION IV
Page 172 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated.
The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native
ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout
construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by
other means if authorized in writing by the city's Project Manager
D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall
be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or
litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or
construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers.
E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected
tree or palm.
F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section,
and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees.
910-2. ROOT PRUNING
A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone
of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture
(ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of
construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing
or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where
grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning
equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw,
chain saw, or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or
excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted
by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below existing
grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from existing grade. Any
questions should be addressed to the city's Project Manager.
B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of
Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist.
C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and
approved by the city's Project Manager and/or Representative prior to actual root pruning.
D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at
a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures
should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning.
E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning
activities.
F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (1") of the trunk diameter
from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the city's Project Manager prior to said root
pruning.
G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a
minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less
than eighteen inches (18").
H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose.
Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the city's Project Manager, prior to any work
adjacent to trees to be preserved.
I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected, and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation
or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected.
J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots
must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation or tunneled around to prevent
damage to the root.
SECTION IV
Page 173 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and
kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established.
L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the city Project Manager may require a
temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees.
M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning
requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to
open trenching.
910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING
A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the
direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all
tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National
Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub, and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard
practices (pruning) ANSI A-300.
B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning
cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper
techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on
the project in a healthy growing condition and will require replacement consistent with the current City
Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code.
C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed.
D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked, or lion tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly
pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition and will require
replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code.
E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and
bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a
manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition and will
require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development
Code.
911. IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN
The requirements for Irrigation System Design are the following:
A. The application rate must not exceed the ability of the soil to absorb and retain the water applied during
any one application.
B. The design operating pressure must not be greater than the available source pressure.
C. The design operating pressure must account for peak use times and supply line pressures at final
buildout for the entire system.
D. Distribution devices and pipes should be designed for optimum uniform coverage. The first and last
distribution device should have no more than a 10% difference in flow rate. This usually corresponds
to about a 20% difference in pressure.
E. "Head to head" placement of sprinklers to achieve 100% coverage.
F. Flexibility must exist to meet a site's peak water requirements and allow for the modification of the
system's operation to meet seasonal irrigation changes or local restrictions.
G. Distribution equipment (such as pop -ups, rotors, bubblers and drip) in a given zone must have the same
precipitation rate.
H. Turf and landscape areas should be zoned separately based on plant water requirements. Bubblers, drip,
rotors and pop -ups will all be on separate zones.
I. All water delivery devices (heads, tree bubblers, valves) shall be free of buried obstructions 8-10"
below each device to be acceptable.
SECTION IV
Page 174 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
SECTION IV — Technical Specifications
J. Install valves in Turf areas where possible
K. Install all irrigation heads at finish grade unless approved by Parks and Rec. before installation.
L. The design package should include a general irrigation schedule with recommendations and instructions
on modifying the schedule for local climatic and growing conditions.
M. If required by plant species, the design should account for the need to leach out salt buildup from poor
quality water.
N. Water supply systems (such as wells and pipelines) should be designed for varying control devices, and
backflow prevention.
O. Water conveyance systems should be designed with thrust blocks and air release valves, such that flow
velocity is 5 feet per second or less.
P. Pipelines should be designed to provide the system with the appropriate pressure required for maximum
irrigation uniformity.
Q. Pressure regulating or compensating equipment must be used where the system pressure exceeds the
manufacturer's recommendations.
R. Equipment with check valves must be used in low areas to prevent low head drainage.
S. A rain -sensing device must be used to automatically shut off system when raining.
T. Non -planted areas, including impervious surfaces should not be irrigated.
U. The city of Clearwater, Parks and Beautification must approve irrigation plan before irrigation
construction begins.
912. IRRIGATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
The requirements for Irrigation System Installation are the following:
A. Only qualified specialists under the direct supervision of a "Certified Irrigation Designer" or a
"Certified Irrigation Contractor" should install the irrigation system. Certifications are through "The
Irrigation Association".
B. The construction must be consistent with the design.
C. The designer must approve any design changes before construction.
D. Construction and materials should meet existing standards and criteria.
E. Mainline — To be laid with tracking wire / tape firmly attached throughout project. Leave 18" of excess
cable at terminal ends in 6" round valve boxes. See Parks and Rec Irrigation Spec page for type.
F. Sleeve size will be 2 times the diameter of pipe to be sleeved. Example 1.5" feed pipe dia. = 3" sleeve
diameter.
G. Acceptable safety practices must be followed during construction.
H. All underground cables, pipes and other obstacles should be identified, and their locations flagged.
I. Obtain all permits before construction.
J. Always give the city Engineering and Parks & Recreation Department a copy of the As -Built plans,
operating manuals, warranties, and written instructions on how to change the irrigation system's
timers/clock/controllers.
K. At the end of construction, the site must be cleaned of all construction materials.
SECTION IV
Page 175 of 175 Updated 6/2/2021
2021 BALLFIELD REPAIRS
BayCare Ballpark
601 N. Old Coachman Road
Clearwater, FL 33765
Submitted To:
Mr. Art Kader, Asst. Director
City of Clearwater
Parks and Recreation Department
100 S. Myrtle Avenue, Suite 120
Clearwater, FL 33756
Submitted By:
E. Michael McCarthy, PE
Pennoni Associates Inc.
5755 Rio Vista Drive
Clearwater, FL 33760
E. Michael McCarthy, PE #32629
Project Manager
Pennoni Project No. CLWRC21006 June 30,2021
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
June 30, 2021
I PROJECT NO. CLWRC21006
CITY OF CLEARWATER PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
I Mr. Art Kader, Assistant Director
City of Clearwater
Parks and Recreation Department
I 100 S. Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, FL 34658-4748
RE: BAYCARE BALLPARK STRUCTURAL REPAIRS (2021)
601 NORTH OLD COACHMAN ROAD
1 CLEARWATER, FL 33765
I
Dear Mr. Kader:
5755 Rio Vista Drive
Clearwater, FL 33760
T: 727-536-8772
F: 727-538-9125
www.pennoni.com
Please find a copy of the final documents dated June 30, 2021 regarding the above referenced project for
I
your use in preparing the documents for bidding.
I Sincerely,
Pennoni
1
E. Michael McCarthy, P.E. #32629
I
Vice President
I
Enclosure
cc: Leroy Chin, City of Clearwater
1
1
1
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 2
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
SECTION IV -A
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
BAYCARE BALLPARK
STRUCTURAL REPAIRS (2021)
PENNONI PROJECT NO. CLWRC21006
CITY OF CLEARWATER PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
FOR
THE CITY OF CLEARWATER
PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA
BY
PENNONI
5755 RIO VISTA DRIVE
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33760
JUNE 30, 2021
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 3
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
SECTION IV - A
BAYCARE BALLPARK
STRUCTURAL REPAIRS (2021)
PENNON! PROJECT NO. CLWRC21006
CITY OF CLEARWATER PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBSECTION DESCRIPTION
0000 SCOPE OF WORK
0001 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
0002 GENERAL CONDITIONS
0003 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
0004 SPECIFICATIONS
0005 EXHIBITS
0006 PLAN LIST
Project No. CLWRC21006 June 30, 2021 Page 4
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
SECTION IV - A
(SUBSECTION 0000)
BAYCARE BALLPARK
STRUCTURAL REPAIRS (2021)
PENNON! PROJECT NO. CLWRC21006
CITY OF CLEARWATER PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
SCOPE OF WORK
I. DESCRIPTION
The work shall consist of various types of repairs as follows, concrete repairs as identified herein,
sealant joint replacement, membrane repairs, HR post pocket repairs, painting of metal bridge
decks, plus misc. items noted on the plans and specifications.
II. WORK PROCEDURE
The work shall be in accordance with all applicable codes, and the referenced plans and
specifications, as amended during the project. Note: The contractor shall coordinate and schedule
the work as required to maintain the daily operation of the building with other contractors working
at the site. Unless otherwise approved, the work schedule will be Monday through Friday between
the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. Additional working hours may be requested and coordinated
with the owner fornights and weekends. Attached is the event schedule of Spectrum Field,
however, it is subject to change for additional events. All work to be completed between October
2021, and January 2022, prior to the Philadelphia Phillies Spring Training, 2022.
III. SCOPE OF REPAIRS
1. Contractor shall provide all barricades, shoring, etc., as necessary to protect the structure
and safety of visitors and workers at all times.
2. Contractor staging to be determined at the pre -construction meeting.
3. Demolition:
a. Removal of concrete spall materials.
b. Dust control.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 5
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
4. Concrete and other repairs are as noted on the drawings and as specified herein. Note: The
extent of damage is unknown and will therefore be subject to the contractor's survey under
Item #9d below (See SOV for a list of all repairs required).
5. Concrete repairs shall be as directed by the engineer, per the enclosed specifications, and
the applicable unit prices.
6. Painting of the exposed steel members, as follows:
a. Cleaning and painting of items noted on the SOV and the TNEMEC specifications.
b. Painting of score board frame as noted on the drawings.
c. Painting of outfield corner posts.
7. Protection of all horizontal and vertical surfaces adjacent to the work that are not subject to
repair.
8. Pre -construction meeting prior to award of contract (exact date to be determined). At this
meeting the contractor will provide the following:
a. Schedule of Values to be utilized for progress payments.
b. Detailed progress schedule.
c. Material submittals.
d. Discussion of project closeout procedures.
e. Owner to provide updated events schedule.
f. Owner to provide electric and water.
g. Contractor to provide employee sanitation (shall not use public restrooms).
h. Paint cleaning procedures. Contractor must provide his own paint cleaning
containment on-site. No paint cleaning can be flushed down sanitary, or storm
sewer systems or landscape areas. No dumping on-site property. Violations will be
subject to fines by the City or Pinellas County EPA.
The schedule is to be discussed at project meetings as follows:
1. Work completed the past two (2) weeks.
2. Work scheduled next two (2) weeks.
3. Issues of concern. (Questions and answers.)
4. Updated schedule.
Project No. CLWRC21006 June 30, 2021 Page 6
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
5. Draft pay request and submission of invoice.
9. Quality Assurance:
a. The contractor's field superintendent is to review the project documents in total,
and subsequently meet with the engineer prior to starting the work to address any
questions relevant to the project requirements.
b. Contractor is to prepare mockups of all specified repair procedures for the
engineer's review prior to proceeding with the work.
c. Contractor will also provide a pachometer, multi -meter, and an adequate supply of
phenophtalein for the superintendent's use during the project.
d. Note: Contractor is to inspect and sound, all suspected damaged concrete prior to
starting repairs. Subsequently, the contractor will provide a written report to the
engineer on the extent of the concrete and other repairs required, to include
estimated quantities and cost projections based on the contract Schedule of Values.
e. Owner will provide a Clerk -of -the -Works for coordination of daily activities within
the facility, and confirmation of unit price quantities, along with other duties as
required by the owner.
f. The contractor's superintendent will be required to maintain a daily log on-site
identifying the number of workers, work activity, change in weather conditions, etc.
(Include a copy with closeout documents.)
g.
The paint manufacturer shall provide technical assistance, to include regular visits
to the site, with written reports after each visit.
h. The contractor shall provide wheel load information regarding the lift capacities
that they may want to put on the concourse deck. Pennoni to evaluate and
advise.
i. Contractor will provide deck protection at the concourse level wherever a lift is
going to be used.
J•
If contractor is required to remove the fence at the bottom of the ramp for lift
access, he shall subsequently re -install the fence to the owner's satisfaction.
10. Other items as specified herein (or shown on the drawings).
11. Other repairs may be required as part of this project that are not yet known. This will be as
directed by the owner (or) engineer. The additional cost on this work shall be in accordance
with the contract.
12. Items excluded in base bid:
a. Any electrical work.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 7
BavCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
b. Asbestos survey (by owner). Please refer to separate attachment.
c. Work items specifically identified as "by owner".
IV. ALTERNATES: (As identified herein)
Project No. CLWRC21006 June 30, 2021 Page 8
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
SECTION IV - A
(SUBSECTION 0001)
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
(ALSO SEE OWNER'S SECTION II)
1. DOCUMENTS
Plans and specifications are as noted herein.
2. TYPE OF PROPOSALS REQUESTED
Proposals shall be submitted on bidder letterhead, in the format identified herein.
3. TIME AND PLACE
For proposal refer to Section I and Contract Section IV. (The City of Clearwater will provide these
sections.)
4. CONTRACTS
The successful contractor will be expected to execute a contract for the scope of work identified
herein using an AIA A107 (2007) Abbreviated Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor,
or as noted in the invitation for bid.
5. STATE AND LOCAL LAWS
Bidders shall comply with all federal laws and acts, those of the State of Florida, and all local and
county ordinances.
6. INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS
The owner or owner's agent will not be responsible for any oral interpretation of the meaning of the
plans, specifications, or other pre-bid documents to any bidder or supplier.
7. CHANGES AND SUBSTITUTIONS
Items herein specified under manufacturer's names and catalog numbers are intended as a basis of
quality and not as a closed specification unless otherwise noted. Voluntary alternates are welcome
but must be identified separately in the bidder's proposal.
8. MODIFICATIONS - WITHDRAWAL OF BID
Proposals may only be modified up to the time of bid after which bidder's proposal shall
stand for thirty (30) days.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 9
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
9. SALES AND USE TAX
Each bidder shall include in his proposal all sales and use taxes on the work covered by his contract.
10. SUBMITTALS - TO BE PROVIDED AT THE PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING
The Contractor shall prepare and submit in a timely manner, all shop drawings (or other submittals)
as may be necessary to describe completely the details of construction of the work. Approval of
such submittals by the Engineer shall not relieve the contractor of its obligation to perform work in
strict accordance with plans, specifications, and other contract documents, nor of its responsibility
for the proper matching and fitting of the work. (Log to be maintained by the contractor and
included with each submittal.)
11. OWNER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS
Contractor agrees to furnish any waiver, warranties, guarantees, affidavits, or other documents
required by the Owner within ten (10) days of notification. If such documents are not furnished
within such period, the owner may withhold payments currently owed until such time as the
documents are received. Contractor to provide three (3) hard copies plus three (3) electronic copies
of all closeout documents. (Thumb drive.)
12. LAYOUT
The contractor is responsible for its own field engineering, and/or layout.
13. PROTECTION OF WORK
The contractor shall provide and maintain at all times sufficient protection of all work material, and
equipment from damage or loss of theft, vandalism, and mischief and shall protect the Owner's and
adjoining properties from any and all injury arising in connection with the performance of said work.
Contractor shall make good any damage or injury occurring without any expense whatsoever to the
Owner.
14. GUARANTEE
A written two (2) year guarantee (fifteen years for all exposed areas, with five (5) years on areas not
subject to sunlight from the paint manufacturer) from final acceptance (unless otherwise stated in
the specifications) is required upon completion of the project. Receipt of this guarantee is required
prior to final payment.
15. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS
A final set of as -built drawings are required upon completion of the project, to include three (3) hard
copies in three ring binders, plus three (3) electronic files turned over to the owner at project
closeout. Receipt of these materials is required prior to processing the contractor's final payment.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 10
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
16. PERMITS
The contractor shall collect building related permits for the project from the City of Clearwater
Building Department. No fee will be required from the City of Clearwater for Permit.
17. INSURANCE - See General Requirements from the City of Clearwater
Note: The contractor's general liability insurance policies shall include the owner and engineer as
additional insured, and so noted on the insurance certificate.
18. BONDS
The Owner requires a 100% performance and payment bond, only if the contract is greater than
$150,000. Contractor shall record the surety bond at the Pinellas County Courthouse, with the
original being submitted to the owner prior to commencement of work. Final payment is subject to
receipt of "consent" of surety, upon completion of the work. An affidavit from the surety bond
company will be required before processing final payment.
19. PRE-BID MEETING:
The contractor(s) shall visit the site, confirm the existing conditions, and attend the Pre -Bid meeting
prior to submitting their proposals. The pre-bid meeting to be per Section I.
20. NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT
The contractor shall post a "Notice of Commencement" as provided by F.S. 713.13.
21. COVID 19 REQUIREMENTS
Contractor access into Spectrum Field:
1. Contractor and employees should adhere to CDC COVID 19 Guidelines.
2. Check into Spectrum Field.
a. Contractor shall provide complete list of employees working at facility.
b. Use south employee gate.
c. Park in south area of parking.
d. Check in through employee entrance.
e. Sanitize hands.
f. Check in at security desk and sign in.
3. Proceed to work area — may use south entrance for equipment access but must check in and
check out each time and use hand sanitizer in and out.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 11
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
4. End of workday check out at employee entrance and sanitize hands upon existing facility.
22. PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
The successful contractor shall meet with the owner and engineer prior to starting the work to
review the scope, submittal requirements, staging areas, sequence of work, unit price quantity
worksheets, project schedule, contractor access and job conditions, etc. Refer to Subsection 0000,
paragraph 111.8.
23. PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MEETING
During construction the engineer (or) owner's representative may conduct regular project
"progress" meetings (every two weeks, day and time to be determined at the pre -construction
meeting) which will require the attendance of the contractor's project manager and superintendent.
These meetings will be held as required by the engineer (or) owner's representative. The engineer
(or) owner's representative will issue meeting minutes after each meeting with regards to project
status and outstanding issues. Refer to Subsection 0000, paragraph 111.8.
24. PROJECT SCHEDULE
The contractor shall provide a project work schedule in sufficient detail prior to the Pre -Construction
meeting. Appropriate updates of the schedule are required at each progress meeting.
25. ALLOWANCES
The contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.
Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:
a. Allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at
the site and all required taxes, Tess applicable trade discounts;
b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in
the Contract Sum but not in the allowances unless otherwise noted.
c. Labor and Material (L&M) allowances shall include all labor, material, equipment, taxes,
etc., plus the contractors OH&P per the Schedule of Values.
d. Whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted
accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect the difference
between actual costs and the allowances.
Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to
avoid delay in the work.
26. CONTRACTOR'S TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 12
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
Contractor's temporary offices, staging areas, and parking locations shall be in areas designated by
the owner. The owner shall provide parking in the south parking lot for the contractor.
a. The contractor shall provide telephone access to the project superintendent on-site for the
length of the project.
b. Owner to provide sources for electricity and water. Contractor to provide all service from
those points.
c. Contractor shall provide employee sanitation (shall not use owner's restrooms).
d. Contractor to provide all paint cleanup containment.
27. SUPERVISION
The contractor shall provide a superintendent experienced in building repair work and window
installation for the duration of the project.
28. PROGRESS PAYMENTS
The contractor shall submit progress payment applications at the end of each month based on AIA
G702/G703, with a cost breakdown acceptable to the owner. Subject to review of the application by
the owner's representative, payment shall be made (less 5% retainage) within thirty (30) days. Final
payment, to include monthly retainage hold backs, is payable in accordance with the terms of the
contract. Note: Contractor to prepare and submit with each invoice all necessary worksheets signed
by the owner's agent that supports payment for unit price quantities at progress meetings.
(Advance deposits will not be approved unless specifically authorized by the owner in advance.)
29. PROCEDURES FOR PAYMENT APPLICATIONS - Provided at progress meetings
a. Prepare Payment Application for each billing period identified in the contract on A1A forms
(G702 and G703), or on forms approved by the engineer.
b. Payment Application breakdown shall be in accordance with the CONTRACT Schedule of
Values approved by the engineer.
c. Contractor shall submit a "draft" copy of the Payment Application for the engineer's review
and comments.
d. Contractor shall revise and resubmit the Payment Application in sufficient copies necessary
for the project requirements.
e. Each Payment Application shall include:
1. Contractor's signature with notary seal.
2. Date of Application.
3. Time period of Application.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 3Q 2021 Page 13
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
4. Number each sheet.
5. The contract start date.
6. The contract "name" of the project.
7. List only change orders that have been approved.
8. Contractor's partial Waiver of Lien for the subject Payment Application.
9. All vendor partial Waivers of Lien from the previous payment application, with cover
sheet listing the identity of each vendor.
10. A copy of the unit price quantity summary for the subject pay period identifying the
total quantities for each of the unit price line items, with the project superintendent
and owner representative's signature. (See Exhibit 3.)
11. Surety affidavit for final payment is required.
12. A 5% retainage may be requested upon Building Permit closeout, Certification of
Completion from the City of Clearwater Building Department, and preliminary walk
through with owner has been conducted.
13. The remaining 5% retainage and all money due to the contractor shall be paid upon
completion of the following:
f. Final walk through with engineer and owner.
g. Submittal of closeout documents to include "As -Built" drawings has been turned over the
owner, to include three (3) hard copies in three ring binders, plus three (3) electronic copies.
(Thumb drive)
30. CHANGES IN THE WORK
When the owner authorizes changes in the work, the contractor shall prepare a cost breakdown
acceptable to the engineer (and/or) owner based on the terms of the contract. Upon approval of
the cost, the contractor shall prepare a change order to the contract using AIA Form G701.
31. PROJECT CLOSEOUT
Upon completion of the project, the contractor will provide the owner with all documentation
required by the contract, plans, and specifications. (Refer to Exhibit 3 for checklist.)
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 14
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
(SECTION IV - A)
(SUBSECTION 0002)
GENERAL CONDITIONS
The AIA A107 General Conditions (2007) shall be applicable, except as amended by Instructions to
Bidders (Section 0001). See also owner's general conditions in Sections II and III.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 15
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
SECTION IV - A
SUBSECTION 0003
BAYCARE BALLPARK
STRUCTURAL REPAIRS (2021)
PENNON! PROJECT NO. CLWRC21006
CITY OF CLEARWATER PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
(SCHEDULE OF VALUES)
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 16
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
BAYCARE BALLPARK
2021 STRUCTURAL REPAIRS
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Item# / Description Est Qty Unit Unit Cost Total
1. General Conditions
a. Permits 1 LS LS NA
b. Supervision 1 LS LS
c. Tools, Equip, etc. 1 LS LS
d. Survey Quantities 1 LS LS
e. Owner Supplied Roll Off 1 LS LS
2. Demolition
a. Dispose of Materials 1 LS LS
b. Dust Control 1 LS LS
c. Water Tests at 6 Leaks (SR2) 6 EA
3. Concrete Repairs
a. Deck Spalls 20 CF
b. Column Spalls 5 CF
c. Wall Spalls 5 CF
d. Crack Repair - Epoxy 20 LF
4. Repairs to Finish Surfaces
a. Replace Deck Sealant Joints 2500 LF
b. Repair to 6 Leaks (SR2) 6 EA $2500 $15,000 (**)
c. Replace EJ @107 10 LF LS
(P86/Detail #14)
d. Replace EJ's at Suites 1 LS LS
(P15-P19/SR9/Detail 16)
e. Replace EJ @ C line 800 LF LS
(DOW123) Detail #11
f. Repair Steel Flashing 50 LF LS
at Slab Edge Above
P124, Detail #13
g. New Membrane @ Batter's 1 LS LS
Eye Platform P#106, Detail #8
5. Misc. Repairs
a. Repair HR Post 250 EA
Pockets P138, Detail 1
b. Seal/Reseal Ramp Light 24 EA
Fixtures (P140/P141/Detail #15)
c. Fence Repairs P2 2 EA LS $500(**)
d. Replace Conduit Clamps 12 EA
P139
e. Repairs to N/S Stairs 2 EA LS
Detail #6/#7
6. Painting (See TNEMEC Spec)
a. Paint Faded Frame at 1 LS LS
Scoreboard P10/11
b. Paint Outfield Posts 2 EA LS
P114, P115
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 17
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
c. Paint Batter's Eye 1 LS
Platform/Framing/Base Plates
Detail #9
d. Paint Door Frames, 5 EA
Detail #12
e. Paint Pole Base Plate, 1 LS
Detail #10
f. Misc. Painting 1 LS
7. Cleanup and Demob. 1 LS
8. Contingency (10%) 1 LS
9. TOTAL CONSTRUCTION COST
LS
LS
LS
LS
LS
LS
$2,000(**)
Note: (*) Contingency requires owner approval for unknown cost items before proceeding.
1. Lump sum (LS) quantities are for information only. Contractor to verify all LS quantities.
2. Allowance (**) labor and materials to be billed on a T&M basis.
3. Any contingency funds remaining shall be returned to the Owner upon close out of purchase order.
4. Photos are noted by P#'s. Details are noted by Detail #'s.
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
1. Contractor agrees to commence work within 7 calendar days from the execution of the contract,
notice to proceed, and permit is available.
2. Contractor further agrees to complete the work within 90 calendar days execution of the
contract, notice to proceed, and receipt of the permit.
ALTERNATES
1. Alternate #1: Painting of the entire scoreboard frame
(less item #6.a) (See Detail #9) ADD $
2. Labor rate for work performed on T&M basis $ Per Hr.
3. Materials for work performed on a T&M basis @ cost plus $ %
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 18
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
SECTION IV - A
(SUBSECTION 0004)
BAYCARE BALLPARK
STRUCTURAL REPAIRS (2021)
CITY OF CLEARWATER PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
(PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS)
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 19
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
BAYCARE BALLPARK
2021 STRUCTURAL REPAIRS
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
I. DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. SCOPE
1) THE WORK REQUIRED HEREIN CONSISTS OF ALL COMPONENTS AND RELATED
ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK AS LOCATED AND DETAILED ON
THE DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFIED HEREIN.
2) EXISTING BUILDING: ALL INFORMATION ON THE EXISTING BUILDING SHOWN ON
THESE PLANS IS OBTAINED FROM THE BEST AVAILABLE SOURCES, BUT EXISTING
INFORMATION DOES NOT NECESSARILY REFLECT AS -BUILT CONSTRUCTION. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE PLANS AND
NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY VARIATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL
EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS BEFORE FABRICATING MATERIALS, AND
INSTALLATION THEREOF.
B. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1) ALL COSTS RELATING TO TEMPORARY STORAGE AND PROTECTION SHALL BE BORNE
BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR
ANY DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION CAUSED TO SURROUNDING SURFACES.
2) UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE HIS
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND SHEDS AND REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND RUBBISH AND
PLACE THE AREA IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION.
3) TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR, AND
SHALL NOT USE THE OWNER'S FACILITIES.
4) THE OWNER SHALL FURNISH TEMPORARY WATER AND ELECTRICAL SUPPLY POINTS
ON THE SITE, WHERE AVAILABLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE MEANS
TO DELIVER THE WATER/ELECTRICAL TO HIS CONSTRUCTION AREA.
5) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE NECESSARY CLEANING AND
REPAIRING OF ADJACENT AREAS RESULTING FROM SAID CONTRACTOR'S
OPERATIONS.
6) ALL WORK RELATING TO THE DISRUPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE
COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER.
7) ALL PROTECTION AND SAFETY DEVICES TO INCLUDE TEMPORARY SAFETY RAILS
SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS IT RELATES TO THE SAFE CONDUCT
OF HIS WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL
REGULATIONS.
8) ALL APPROVED COLOR DRAW DOWNS, MATERIAL SUBMITTALS AND SHOP
DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT CLOSEOUT.
9) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR
TO FABRICATION OF MATERIALS.
10) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL BLOCKING
NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK.
11) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL:
A. CLEAN UP ALL WASTE MATERIALS, RUBBISH, AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 20
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AT SUCH FREQUENCIES AND LOCATIONS AS
REQUIRED.
B. REPAIR, PATCH, AND TOUCH-UP MARRED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT
FINISHES DAMAGED BY HIS OWN OPERATIONS.
C. REMOVE FROM THE SITE ALL WASTE MATERIALS, RUBBISH, AND DEBRIS ON
A DAILY BASIS.
D. OWNER TO PROVIDE ROLL OFF DISPOSAL CONTAINERS.
12) CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL SHALL CONFINE THEIR ACTIVITIES TO THE DESIGNATED
CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND THE ACCESS THERETO.
13) ELEVATOR USE: DO NOT USE ELEVATORS.
14) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PAINT CLEANUP CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS.
15) COORDINATE WORK ACTIVITIES WITH EVENTS SCHEDULED AND SHALL NOT
DISRUPT SPECTRUM FIELD ACTIVITIES AT ANY TIME. SPECTRUM FIELD SHALL BE
OPEN DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS
ACTIVITY WITH MINIMAL OR NO DISRUPTION OF BHF ACTIVITIES. SEE CURRENT
ACTIVITY SCHEDULE WHICH IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
C. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1) THE AIA A107 GENERAL CONDITIONS (2007) SHALL BE APPLICABLE, EXCEPT AS
AMENDED HEREIN.
2) PROVIDE WARRANTIES AS DEFINED IN THE CONTRACT.
D. MISCELLANEOUS CRITERIA
1) REFER TO ICRI GUIDELINE #120.1(2009) REGARDING GUIDELINES AND
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SAFETY IN THE CONCRETE REPAIR INDUSTRY.
2) CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION TO
ENSURE THE SAFETY OF THE PROJECT UNTIL THE WORK IS COMPLETED. THIS
INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER TEMPORARY
BRACING, SHORING, GUYS, OR TIE -DOWNS THAT MAY BE NECESSARY. SUCH
MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE
CONTRACTOR AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. NOTE: TEMPORARY SHORING
SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN FLORIDA,
EMPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
3) APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES: 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, WITH CURRENT
AMENDMENTS.
4) COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS.
5) CONTACT ENGINEER WITH ANY QUESTIONS OR DISCREPANCIES FOUND ON
DRAWINGS.
6) SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR PRODUCT DATA FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER
ON ALL COMPONENTS AND PRODUCTS SPECIFIED FOR THE PROJECT. CONTRACTOR
IS TO SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFY WHERE SUBMITTED REPAIR PRODUCTS ARE TO BE
USED. ALLOW ONE WEEK REVIEW TIME AFTER RECEIPT OF SUBMITTALS BY THE
ENGINEER. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE CHECKED AND SIGNED BY THE GENERAL
CONTRACTOR.
7) RESTORE ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION.
8) A FINAL SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS IS REQUIRED UPON COMPLETION OF THE
PROJECT.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 21
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
E. DESIGN CRITERIA
1) LIVE LOADS
a. ELEVATED CONCOURSE LEVEL - 100 PSF (ORIGINAL DESIGN)
2) WIND LOADS
a. 145 MPH, RISK CATEGORY II, EXPOSURE "C")
II. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL
A. REMOVE ALL ITEMS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED, TO MAKE THE SPECIFIED
REPAIRS.
B. ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND DEPOSITED AT A
REGULATED DUMP SITE. OWNER TO PROVIDE CITY SOLID WASTE ROLL OFF CONTAINERS.
NO EPA REGULATED MATERIALS SHALL BE PLACED IN ROLL OFF CONTAINERS. PLEASE
NOTE: PHONE NUMBER IS ON THE SIDE OF THE CONTAINER FOR PULLS AND BROUGHT
BACKS. CONTAINERS HAVE CONTRACT NUMBERS THAT SHALL BE USED FOR PULLS.
C. PROVIDE ALL SHORING NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE DURING THE DEMOLITION
PROCESS, AND UNTIL THE WORK IS COMPLETED.
D. MAINTAIN THE BUILDING IN A WATERTIGHT CONDITION WHEN SUBJECT TO INCLEMENT
WEATHER.
E. DUST CONTROL:
1) CONTRACTOR TO TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO LIMIT DUST DURING THE
COURSE OF THE PROJECT. (CLEAN UP AS NECESSARY.)
2) CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT ELEVATORS FROM EXCESSIVE DUST AT ALL TIMES.
III.A. CONCRETE REPAIRS
A. DESCRIPTION
1) WORK INCLUDED: PROVIDE CONCRETE REPAIRS INCLUDING FORMWORK AS
SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND AS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION.
2) DAMAGED REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE CLEANED AND COATED AS SPECIFIED
BELOW, OR REPLACED (WITH SAME SIZE BAR AND SPLICES) AS DIRECTED BY THE
ENGINEER.
B. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1) USE ADEQUATE NUMBERS OF SKILLED WORKMEN WHO ARE THOROUGHLY
TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED IN THE NECESSARY CRAFTS AND WHO ARE
COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AND THE METHODS
NEEDED FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION.
2) COMPLY WITH "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS," ACI
301, AND "CONCRETE REPAIR GUIDE" , ACI 546R, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN.
3) INSTALL ALL PRODUCTS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S
REQUIREMENTS.
4) SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA SHEETS ON ALL CONCRETE REPAIR PRODUCTS TO BE USED,
TO INCLUDE APPLICATION LOCATIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 22
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
APPLICATION. SUBMIT BY EMAIL. (PROVIDE FOUR SETS IN A THREE-RING
BINDERAT THE END OF THE PROJECT.)
5) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MOCK-UP OF THE TYPICAL REPAIR FOR ENGINEER
REVIEW BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.
C. SOUNDING AND SAW CUTTING
1) SOUND CONCRETE SURFACES TO VERIFY THE EXTENT OF THE AREA TO BE REPAIRED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONTRACTOR TO
HAVE AVAILABLE (ON-SITE) A PACHOMETER TO LOCATE REINFORCING STEEL IN
THE CONCRETE.
2) SAW CUT AROUND THE AREA OF DETERIORATION TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 3/4
INCH. DO NOT CUT EMBEDDED REINFORCING UNLESS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
3) WHERE POSSIBLE, THE CONCRETE AREAS REMOVED SHALL BE RECTANGULAR IN
SHAPE.
D. CONCRETE REMOVAL
1) REMOVE ALL DELAMINATED, UNSOUND, OR OTHERWISE UNSUITABLE CONCRETE.
2) IF THE DETERIORATION OCCURS OVER REINFORCING BARS, REMOVE ALL OF THE
CONCRETE AROUND EACH BAR TO ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 3/4 INCH ALL AROUND
THE BAR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF VERTICAL COLUMN BARS. DO NOT REMOVE
CONCRETE BEHIND VERTICAL COLUMN BARS (TOWARD THE CENTER OF THE
COLUMN) UNLESS DIRECTED TO DO SO BY THE ENGINEER. DO NOT CUT ANY
REINFORCING BARS WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. SEE ICRI
GUIDELINE #310.1R (2008).
3) AVOID FRACTURING OF THE AGGREGATE AT THE SURFACE OF THE EXCAVATION.
SOME "SOUND" CONCRETE MAY HAVE TO BE REMOVED TO ADEQUATELY EXPOSE
AND CLEAN THE REINFORCING FOR ITS FULL LENGTH.
4) MAXIMUM CARE IS TO BE TAKEN TO NOT DAMAGE ADJACENT CONCRETE THAT IS
TO REMAIN.
5) AVOID DAMAGING THE BOND OF THE BARS THAT EXTEND INTO THE ADJACENT
EXISTING CONCRETE BY MINIMIZING VIBRATION OF THOSE BARS DURING THE
CONCRETE REMOVAL PROCESS.
6) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PLYWOOD COVERS OVER EXCAVATED AREAS AT ALL
WALK AREAS UNTIL REPAIRS ARE COMPLETE. COVERS ARE TO BE SECURED TO
THE DECK SURFACE, AND APPROPRIATELY MARKED PER SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
E. FORMS
1) DESIGN, ERECT, SUPPORT, BRACE, AND MAINTAIN FORMWORK SO IT WILL SAFELY
SUPPORT VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOADS WHICH MIGHT BE APPLIED UNTIL SUCH
LOADS CAN BE SUPPORTED SAFELY BY THE REPAIRED CONCRETE STRUCTURE.
2) CONSTRUCT FORMS TO THE EXACT SIZES SHAPES, LINES, AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN,
AND AS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN ACCURATE ALIGNMENT, LOCATION, GRADES, AND
LEVEL AND PLUMB WORK IN THE FINISHED STRUCTURE.
F. REINFORCING STEEL (WHERE REPLACEMENT REQUIRED)
1) PROVIDE REPLACEMENT REINFORCING STEEL AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER WITH
ASTM A615, GRADE 60 REINFORCING BARS.
Project No. CLWRC21006 June 30, 2021 Page 23
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
2) PROVIDE MECHANICAL REBAR SPLICES BY BAR SPLICE PRODUCTS, INC. (OR EQUAL)
AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER; (OR WELD WITH FULL BUTT OR VEE WELD PER
AWS D1.4 (PREHEAT) WITH E60XX OR E70XX LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES.
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WELDER CERTIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE
WORK.
3) GENERAL GUIDELINES: REPLACE OR SUPPLEMENT ANY EXISTING REINFORCING BARS
WITH A LOSS OF AREA IN EXCESS OF 15% WITH NEW REINFORCING BARS. LAP IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ACI REQUIREMENTS, BUT NLT 30", UNLESS OTHERWISE
DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. INCREASE LAPS AS REQUIRED FOR EPDXY COATED
BARS. BARS WITH AN ABSENCE OF DEFORMATIONS ARE CONSIDERED DEFICIENT.
ANY REINFORCING THAT IN THE ENGINEER'S JUDGEMENT IS INADEQUATE DUE TO
DETERIORATION, DAMAGED DURING THE REPAIR PROCESS, OR IS INADEQUATE FOR
ANY OTHER REASON SHALL BE REPLACED. INSTALL ALL OTHER REINFORCING AS
SHOWN ON THE DETAILS.
4) RE -TIE ALL EXPOSED BARS TO EXPOSED CROSSING BARS. (100%)
5) RE -TIE ALL EXPOSED BARS TO IMBEDDED CROSSING BARS - (30%) - UNLESS
OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY ENGINEER.
G. SURFACE PREPARATION
1) PREPARE CONCRETE AND REINFORCING STEEL SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, AND ICRI GUIDELINE NO. 310.1R (2008).
2) WIRE BRUSH OR MECHANICALLY CHIP SUBJECT AREAS OF ALL LOOSE MATERIALS.
3) CLEAN AREA OF ALL DUST, LATENCE, OR OTHER SURFACE CONTAMINANTS.
4) ALL EXPOSED STEEL REINFORCEMENT (IF ANY) MUST BE CLEANED (BY WIRE WHEEL)
AND EXPOSED 100% OF ITS CIRCUMFERENCE (U.O.N.). ONCE CLEANED, AND PRIOR
TO THE REPAIR APPLICATION, THE EXPOSED METAL SHOULD BE COATED WITH
BONDING AND ANTI -CORROSION AGENT WHERE BARS HAVE LESS THAN ONE AND
ONE-HALF (1-1/2) INCHES OF COVER, AND ARE NOT PROTECTED BY A
WATERPROOF MEMBRANE. (DO NOT COAT BARS WHERE A CATHODIC
PROTECTION SYSTEM IS INSTALLED.)
5) DAMPEN CONCRETE SURFACE TO BE REPAIRED WITH CLEAN WATER (SSD), BUT
MAKE SURE THERE IS NO STANDING WATER.
6) ALL CONCRETE SURFACES SHOULD BE PRIMED WITH A SLURRY (FROM SELECTED
REPAIR MATERIAL), AND SCRUBBED INTO THE SUBSTRATE. (REFER TO
MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.)
7) DO NOT FEATHER EDGE REPAIR MATERIALS. SAW CUT AND CHIP BACK REPAIR
AREA, TO INSURE A MINIMUM 1/2" MATERIAL THICKNESS AT EDGE OF REPAIR
AREA.
H. MATERIAL SELECTION
1) SELECT THE APPROPRIATE PATCH MATERIAL AND METHOD BASED ON THE CRITERIA
ESTABLISHED IN THE DETAILS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS.
2) PROVIDE 1/4" TO 1/2" AGGREGATE IN REPAIR AREAS WHEN THE DEPTH OF THE
REPAIR EXCEEDS 1". TYPE, SIZE, AND QUANTITY OF THE AGGREGATE SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.
3) FORMED AND POURED PATCHES ARE PREFERRED BUT IN SOME INSTANCES
TROWELED PATCHES MAY BE ADVISABLE FOR SPECIFIC CONDITIONS. CONFER WITH
THE ENGINEER.
4) INSTALL ALL MATERIALS IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS. CONCRETE TO CONCRETE BONDING COMPOUNDS ARE TO BE
Project No. CLWRC21006 June 30, 2021 Page 24
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
USED ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE DETAILS OR APPROVED BY THE
ENGINEER.
REPAIR MATERIALS (STO, MASTER BUILDERS, OR APPROVED EQUAL). NOTE: SIKA AND
EUCLID ARE APPROVED EQUAL WHERE APPLICABLE.
1) FLEXIBLE CRACK FILLER: MASTERSEAL NP150 (SONOLASTIC 150).
2) BONDING AND ANTI -CORROSION AGENT: MASTEREMACO P124 (EMACO P24).
3) REPAIR MESH: MASTERSEAL 995
4) EPDXY BINDER: MASTERINJECT 1500 (CONCRESIVE LVI) / MASTERINJECT 1380
5) QUICK SET EPDXY GEL: MASTEREMACO ADH 327RS (CONCRESIVE PASTE(SPL)
6) EPDXY GROUT: STO CR639, OR MASTER FLOW MP GROUT.
7) TROWEL GRADE MORTAR: HORIZONTAL REPAIRS - MASTERSEAL 350
(TRAFFICGUARD EP35) FOR VERTICAL REPAIRS - MASTEREMACO N425 (GELPATCH) /
MASTEREMACO T 310 Cl.
8) OVERHEAD MORTAR: MASTEREMACO S488 CI (EMACO S88 CI) / MASTEREMACO
N350 CI.
9) FULL DEPTH REPAIR MORTAR: MASTEREMACO S 440 (LA 40).
10) FLOWABLE MORTAR: MASTEREMACO S 440 (LA 40) OR BASF LA REPAIR MORTAR
FOR PUMP APPLICATION.
11) THIN OVERLAY: MASTERSEAL 350 (TRAFFICGUARD EP35) / MASTEREMACO T 310 CI
(EMACO 310 CI) / MASTEREMACO T 1061 (EMACO 1061).
12) NON -SHRINK GROUT: MASTERFLOW 100.
13) EXPANSIVE GROUT: MASTERFLOW 928.
14) REPAIR MORTAR: MASTEREMACO T 430 (EMACO T 430)
15) EVAPORATION RETARDER: MASTERKURE ER 50 (CONFILM).
16) PROVIDE OTHER MATERIALS, NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED BUT REQUIRED FOR A
COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION, AS SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR
SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER.
J. SUPPLEMENTAL ANCHORS
1) INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS AND RODS AS SHOWN ON DETAILS OR AS
DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. KEEP SUBSTRATE SURFACE CLEAN AND FREE OF
EPDXY. THOROUGHLY CLEAN OFF ALL EPDXY RESIDUE FROM THE SUBSTRATE.
AVOID PLACING THE ANCHORS OR RODS IN CONTACT WITH THE REINFORCING
STEEL WITHIN THE EXCAVATION. IF CONTACT IS MADE, COAT THE COMMON
SURFACES WITH ANTI -CORROSION AGENT.
K. PLACING CONCRETE REPAIR MATERIALS:
1) INSTALL REPAIR MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICRI GUIDELINE #03731, AND
THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS IN A CONTINUOUS OPERATION, WITHIN
LIMITS OF THE REPAIR AREAS, UNTIL THE PLACING IS COMPLETED.
2) BRING SURFACES TO THE CORRECT LEVEL WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE, AND THEN
STRIKE OFF.
3) USE FLOATS TO SMOOTH THE SURFACE, LEAVING THE SURFACE FREE FROM BUMPS
AND HOLLOWS.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 25
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
4) PROVIDE MASTER BUILDER'S CONFILM AS REQUIRED TO REDUCE SURFACE
MOISTURE EVAPORATION AND RESULTANT PLASTIC SHRINKAGE. APPLY
EVAPORATION REDUCER IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S
REQUIREMENTS.
5) DO NOT SPRINKLE WATER ON THE PLASTIC SURFACE.
6) CURE REPAIRED AREA IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 308, "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR
CURING CONCRETE", BY MOISTURE CURE, COVER WITH SHEET MATERIALS
CONFORMING TO ASTM C171, OR WATER BASED CURING COMPOUND PER ASTM
C309. NOTE: ALWAYS VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF CURING COMPOUNDS WITH
FINISH SURFACE MATERIALS.
L. CRACK REPAIRS
1) CONCRETE - ROUT AND CLEAN WITH COMPRESSED AIR: REPAIR WITH STO-EPDXY
GEL OR STO CR633 EPDXY BINDER BY GRAVITY FEED, AS APPLICABLE. CONSULT
ENGINEER AS REQUIRED. (REFER TO ACI RAP #2)
2) CRACK INJECTION - AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. (REFER TO SECTION III.B. BELOW.
3) NON-STRUCTURAL CONCRETE - HAIRLINE CRACKS LESS THAN 1/32": CLEAN
SURFACE AND CLEAN JOINT WITH COMPRESSED AIR. APPLY ACURON 2000 OVER
JOINT (SATURATE) PRIOR TO APPLYING SURFACE COATING.
M. GALVANIC ANODES - (NOT USED)
N. RE -LEVELING OF THE ELEVATED FLOORS (NOT USED).
0. REMEDIAL WORK
1) REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFICIENT WORK AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER AND AT NO
ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
P. PAY QUANTITY
1) UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ACTUAL
QUANTITY OF UNIT PRICE CONCRETE REPAIRS BY MEASUREMENT (OR) MATERIAL
BAG COUNT, AS APPLICABLE.
2) SUBJECT TO ENGINEER OR OWNER REPRESENTATIVE CONFIRMATION, THE
CONTRACTOR WILL BE PAID FOR QUANTITIES VERIFIED.
III.B. EPDXY INJECTION
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1) FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, AND PERFORM ALL
OPERATIONS NECESSARY FOR THE CRACK INJECTION WORK.
2) THE INSTALLATION OF PORTS AND THE INJECTION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS SHALL
PROCEED AS INDICATED IN THE SEQUENCE OF WORK.
3) DESIGNATED CRACKS TO BE INJECTED FULL LENGTH OF THE CRACKS.
4) SPECIFIED MATERIALS WILL BE INJECTED UNDER SUCH PRESSURE SO AS NOT TO
DAMAGE THE EXISTING STRUCTURE.
5) WORK TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI RAP #1 AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 26
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
B. MATERIALS
1) ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE IN UNDAMAGED, UNOPENED
CONTAINERS BEARING THE MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL LABELS. MATERIALS
SHALL BE NON-FLAMMABLE AND NON-TOXIC
2) CAP SEAL - SIKADUR 31 BY SIKA CORPORATION, OR APPROVED EQUAL (AT EPDXY
FILLED CRACKS).
3) WHERE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER, THE SEALING MATERIALS SHALL BE A
POLYURETHANE GROUT AND ACCELERATOR SYSTEM MARKETED UNDER THE
NAMES OF HYDRO -ACTIVE GROUT WITH ACCELERATOR HYDRO -ACTIVE CAT
SUPPLIED BY DE NEEF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS (US), INC. (OR APPROVED
EQUAL).
4) WHERE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER, THE EPDXY MATERIALS SHALL BE SIKADUR 35,
SIKADUR 52, OR SIKADUR INJECTION GEL (OR APPROVED EQUAL).
C. INSTALLING PORTS
1) CLEAN CONCRETE SURFACE AT CRACKS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION
OF THE CAP SEAL.
2) PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNT OR SOCKET PORTS AS REQUIRED BY THE PROJECT
CONDITIONS. SPACING OF INJECTION PORTS SUBJECT TO THE WIDTH OF THE
CRACKS, BUT NO LESS THAN THICKNESS OF CONCRETE TO BE INJECTED.
3) INSTALL INJECTION PORTS COMPATIBLE WITH THE INJECTION MATERIALS.
4) FLUSH CRACKS AS REQUIRED BY THE MATERIALS MANUFACTURER.
D. STORAGE, MIXING AND HANDLING
1) STORAGE, MIXING AND HANDLING OF THE CHEMICAL MATERIALS AND THE
ACCELERATOR, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE
MANUFACTURER AND ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY CODES, AND SHALL BE PERFORMED
IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MINIMIZE HAZARD TO PERSONNEL.
E. PUMPS
1) HAND OPERATED, AIR DRIVEN OR ELECTRICAL POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS CAN
BE USED. ONE TO FIVE GALLONS PER MINUTE DELIVERY IS NORMALLY
SATISFACTORY. PUMPS MUST BE FLUSHED WITH WASHING AGENT FOR AT LEAST
TWO MINUTES BEFORE AND AFTER THE GROUTING OPERATION.
F. QUALITY CONTROL
1) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MOCK-UP OF TYPICAL CRACK INJECTION FOR ENGINEER
REVIEW BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.
2) EPDXY INJECTION PROCEDURES SUBJECT TO ICRI GUIDELINE #03734.
3) CORE SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN AS NOTED BELOW.
G. PROCEDURES
1) INSTALL CAP SEAL (1" WIDE X 3/16" THICK, PROX.) AT EPDXY FILLED CRACKS.
2) INJECT SPECIFIED MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS UNDER
SUFFICIENT PRESSURE AND FOR THE LENGTH OF TIME NECESSARY TO FILL ALL
VOIDS.
3) CORES (2" IN DIAMETER) SHALL BE TAKEN TO CONFIRM THE RESULTS OF THE
INJECTION (PER LOCATIONS DESIGNATED BY ENGINEER).
a) THREE (3) PER FIRST 100 LF.
b) ONE PER 150 LF, THEREAFTER.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 27
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
c) PATCH CORE HOLES WITH REPAIR GROUT.
4) PATCH CORE HOLES WITH REPAIR GROUT. CRACKS FOUND NOT TO BE FULLY
INJECTED (PER CORE SAMPLES) SHALL BE RE -INJECTED, AND SUBSEQUENTLY RE -
CORED.
5) REMOVE INJECTION PORTS AND EXCESS RESIN ON SURFACE OF CONCRETE (BY
GRINDING).
H. PAYMENT
1) THE OWNER WILL PAY THE CONTRACTOR A UNIT PRICE FOR EACH LINEAL FOOT OF
CRACK INJECTED OR GRAVITY FED, AS APPLICABLE.
2) THE UNIT PRICE SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF THE SAMPLE CORES, AND PATCHING
OF SAME.
III.C. CORROSION INHIBITOR - NOT USED
III.D. URETHANE/SILICONE CRACK REPAIR
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1) FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, AND PERFORM ALL
OPERATIONS NECESSARY FOR THE CRACK REPAIR WORK.
2) THE INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS SHALL PROCEED AS INDICATED IN THE
SEQUENCE OF WORK.
3) DESIGNATED CRACKS TO BE FILLED LENGTH OF THE CRACKS.
B. MATERIALS
1) ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE IN UNDAMAGED, UNOPENED
CONTAINERS BEARING THE MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL LABELS. MATERIALS
SHALL BE NON-FLAMMABLE AND NON-TOXIC
2) WHERE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER, THE SEALING MATERIALS SHALL BE A
POLYURETHANE SEALANT MASTERSEAL NP1 BY BASF CORPORATION OR APPROVED
EQUAL.
3) WHERE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER, SILICONE SEALANT SHALL BE DOW -CORNING
FC PARKING SEALANT OR APPROVED EQUAL.
C. STORAGE, MIXING AND HANDLING
1) STORAGE, MIXING AND HANDLING OF THE CHEMICAL MATERIALS AND THE
ACCELERATOR, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE
MANUFACTURER AND ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY CODES, AND SHALL BE PERFORMED
IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MINIMIZE HAZARD TO PERSONNEL.
D. QUALITY CONTROL
1) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MOCK-UP OF TYPICAL CRACK REPAIRS FOR ENGINEER
REVIEW BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.
E. PROCEDURES
1) ROUT CRACKS WITH THE USE OF A CRACK CHASER (1/4" WIDE).
2) INSTALL SPECIFIED MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.
F. PAYMENT
1) THE OWNER WILL PAY THE CONTRACTOR A UNIT PRICE FOR EACH LINEAL FOOT OF
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 28
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
CRACK REPAIR BY SEALANT OR GRAVITY FED EPDXY, AS APPLICABLE.
2) THE UNIT PRICE SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF THE SAMPLE CORES, AND PATCHING
OF SAME.
IV. STRUCTURAL STEEL - NOT USED
V. CARPENTRY - NOT USED
VI. DECK MEMBRANE — SEE PLANS FOR SPECIFICATIONS
VII. PAINTING - (COATING SYSTEMS BY TNEMEC, SEE EXHIBIT #1)
A. SCOPE OF WORK
1) WORK IN GENERAL INCLUDES SURFACE PREPARATION, SURFACE REPAIR, AND
APPLICATION OF THE PAINT COATING TO THE SUBSTRATES AND SYSTEMS OUTLINED
IN THIS SPECIFICATION, AND AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
2) BASE BID: WORK INCLUDES PAINTING AS NOTED ON THE SOV AND THE TNEMEC
SPECIFICATIONS.
3) TOUCH UP ALL WORK UPON COMPLETION.
4) REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM PAINTING WORK FROM THE SITE AND LEAVE THE SITE
IN A CLEAN AND WORKMANLIKE CONDITION.
5) ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED OR DISTRIBUTED BY TNEMEC (OR
APPROVED EQUAL), AND DELIVERED ON THE JOB IN ORIGINAL, SEALED
CONTAINERS.
B. STORAGE AND USE OF PREMISES
1) THE PAINTING CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFINE HIS APPARATUS, MATERIALS STORAGE
AND OPERATIONS OF HIS WORKMEN TO LIMITS INDICATED BY PROJECT
REPRESENTATIVE. ALL MATERIALS USED ON THE JOB SHALL BE STORED IN A SINGLE
PLACE DESIGNATED BY THE PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. SUCH STORAGE SHALL BE
KEPT CLEAN AND PAINTING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGE TO
SURROUNDING AREAS.
2) INFLAMMABLE MATERIAL AND/OR FIRE HAZARD WASTE SHALL BE STORED,
HANDLED AND USED IN AN APPROVED MANNER AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM
THE SITE DAILY.
C. WORKMANSHIP AND APPLICATION CONDITION
1) PAINT ONLY IN DRY WEATHER WHEN TEMPERATURE IS 50 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT
OR HIGHER. STOP EXTERIOR WORK EARLY TO PERMIT PAINT FILM TO SET UP
BEFORE CONDENSATION CAUSED BY NIGHT TEMPERATURE DROPS OCCUR. DO NOT
BEGIN PAINTING UNTIL SURFACES ARE MOISTURE FREE.
2) PRIMERS AND PAINTS TO BE APPLIED BY BRUSH AND ROLL APPLICATION ONLY ON
ALL EXTERIOR SURFACES.
3) DO NOT VARNISH OR ENAMEL IN DIRECT SUNLIGHT.
4) KEEP PAINT AT ROOM TEMPERATURE.
5) SWEEP DUST, DIRT AND DEBRIS AWAY BEFORE PAINTING.
6) EXECUTE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH LABEL DIRECTIONS. COATING
APPLICATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE TO THIS SPECIFICATION
AND TO THE MANUFACTURER'S PAINT INSTRUCTIONS ON THE LABELS AND
PRODUCT DATA SHEETS.
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 29
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
7) PAINT ONLY DRY WOOD (LESS THAN 15% MOISTURE). CEMENTICIOUS SUBSTRATES'
MOISTURE CONTENT MUST NOT EXCEED 25% PRIOR TO COATING APPLICATION.
8) ALL WORK SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY SKILLED WORKMEN FAMILIAR WITH AND
TRAINED TO DO THIS TYPE WORK; MOREOVER, THEY SHALL BE QUALIFIED TO
OPERATE OR USE THE EQUIPMENT AND RIGGING NEEDED TO ACCOMPLISH THIS
WORK.
9) ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN SOUND WORKING CONDITION AND MUST MEET ALL
OSHA SAFETY STANDARDS. ALL WORKMEN SHALL BE AWARE OF AND TRAINED IN
THE OPERATION OF ALL SAFETY EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT.
10) MATERIALS SHALL BE APPLIED EVENLY AND FREE OF RUNS, SAGS, PINHOLES OR LAP
MARKS.
11) ONLY THE MANUFACTURER'S THINNERS MAY BE USED TO THIN THE RESPECTIVE
PRODUCTS AND IN THE AMOUNTS PRESCRIBED.
12) ALL APPLICATION TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER
AND SUITABLE FOR PROPER APPLICATION.
13) ALL SHRUBBERY, OUTSIDE WALKWAYS AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE FULLY
PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE DURING EACH STAGE OF THE PAINTING PROJECT.
14) ALL EXTERIOR SUBSTRATES DESIGNATED NOT TO RECEIVE PAINT COATINGS SHALL
BE KEPT FREE OF PAINT RESIDUE, E.G. WINDOWS, WALKWAYS, FOLIAGE, ETC...
D. SURFACE PREPARATION
1) CLEANING AND MILDEW CONTROL
a. ALL EXTERIOR SURFACES TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE PRESSURE CLEANED
(2500 PSI MIN.) TO REMOVE DIRT, MILDEW, CHALKED PAINT AND ANY
FOREIGN MATERIALS DETERRENT TO THE NEW FINISH.
b. ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE WATERBLASTED WITH THE
FOLLOWING SOLUTION TO REMOVE MILDEW, MILDEW SPORES, AND
OTHER SURFACE CONTAMINANTS. MIX 1 PART BLEACH TO 3 PARTS WATER
- MIX THOROUGHLY. LET SOLUTION REMAIN ON SURFACE 15 - 20 MINUTES
AND THEN THOROUGHLY RINSE WITH POTABLE WATER. IF DIRT REMAINS,
WASH WITH A NON-SUDSING DETERGENT (I.E. SOILAX). RINSE
THOROUGHLY WITH POTABLE WATER AND ALLOW SURFACE TO DRY
BEFORE PAINTING.
c. ANY LOOSE AND SCALING PAINT NOT REMOVED BY PRESSURE WASHING
SHALL BE REMOVED BY WIRE BRUSHING OR OTHER SUITABLE POWER TOOL
CLEANING.
2) MASONRY/STUCCO SUBSTRATES - (NOT USED)
3) FERROUS METAL SUBSTRATES
a. METALS SHOWING SIGNS OF RUST DEGRADATION SHALL BE POWER TOOL
CLEANED PER SSPC-SP 3, TREATED WITH OSPHO AND PRIMED PER PAINT
SCHEDULE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
4) WOOD SUBSTRATES
a. ALLOW WOOD (P.T., AND NON-P.T.) TO DRY SIXTY (60) DAYS BEFORE PAINT
(OR UNTIL MOISTURE CONTENT IS BELOW 15%).
b. PRIME WOOD SURFACE WITH PRIMER. PER PAINT SCHEDULE, U.O.N.
c. ALL RUSTY NAIL HEADS SHALL BE TREATED WITH A PHOSPHORIC ACID BASE
SOLUTION. (OSPHO, OR EQUAL), COUNTER SUNK AND PUTTIED WITH DAP
PAINTERS PUTTY, OR EQUAL, OR SPOT PRIMED TO PREVENT FURTHER
BLEED.
5) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PROTECTION OF THE ADJACENT
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 30
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
STRUCTURE TO PREVENT OVER -SPRAY, TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
a. CONTRACTOR SHALL COVER AND PROTECT ALL PERMANENT SIGNAGE.
b. OWNER SHALL REMOVE AND SUBSEQUENTLY REPLACE ALL FOAM/SOFT
SIGNAGE TO ALLOW THE CONTRACTOR TO PAINT BEHIND THE SUBJECT
SIGNS.
E. CRACKS IN EXISTING STUCCO VERTICAL WALLS MORE THAN 1/8" IN WIDTH - (NOT USED)
F. COLOR SELECTION
1) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COLOR SAMPLES OF ALL PAINT SURFACES FOR OWNER
REVIEW.
2) COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT COLOR.
G. EXTERIOR EXPOSED STEEL / RUSTED METAL
1) REFER TO SCOPE OF WORK REFERENCED ABOVE. (EXHIBIT 1).
H. EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES
1) MATCH EXISTING COLORS, EXCEPT AS NOTED IN EXHIBIT 1.
VIII. MISCELLANEOUS
A. FIELD MEASUREMENT/SUBMITTALS
1) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO
SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS.
2) ALL FIELD OBTAINED DIMENSIONS SHALL BE REFLECTED IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS
WHEN SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW.
3) ACCURACY OF FIELD DIMENSIONS SHALL BE THE COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
CONTRACTOR.
B. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS
1) PROVIDE A SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS REFLECTING ALL CHANGES TO THE DESIGN
DOCUMENTS UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND SHALL BE PROVIDED AS
PART OF THE CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING THREE (3) HARD COPIES IN THREE
RING BINDERS, PLUS THREE (3) ELECTRONIC FILES. (THUMB DRIVE)
C. DRILLED ANCHORS
1) ALL DRILLED BOLTS AND REBAR INTO CONCRETE SHALL USE STO EPDXY GEL, OR
HILTI (HIT HY150) SYSTEM, OR APPROVED EQUAL. BOLTS SHALL BE AISI 304
STAINLESS STEEL U.O.N.
2) ALL TAPCON TYPE FASTENERS SHALL BE ELCO WITH STALGARD FINISH, OR EQUAL.
(PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL WHERE SPECIFIED.)
3) ALL SELF -DRILLING SCREWS SHALL BE ELCO (WITH STALGARD FINISH (OR EQUAL).
PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL WHERE SPECIFIED.
Project No. CLWRC21006 June 30, 2021 Page 31
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
SECTION IV - A
SUBSECTION 0005 - EXHIBITS
BAYCARE BALLPARK
STRUCTURAL REPAIRS (2021)
PENNON! PROJECT NO. CLWRC21006
CITY OF CLEARWATER PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Exhibit Description
1 Tnemec Specifications
2 Unit Price Summary
3 Project Closeout
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 32
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
EXHIBIT 1
TNEMEC SPECIFICATIONS
Section 09 96 00
BayCare Ball Park
601 Old Coachman Road, Clearwater, FL 33765
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 DEFINITIONS
A. OWNER — City of Clearwater, or their appointed representative.
B. CONTRACTOR — Selected Contractor who is awarded the project.
C. MANUFACTURER — Coating manufacturer or manufacturer's authorized representative;
1. Basis of Specification: Tnemec Company Inc., represented by Florida Protective Coatings
Consultants, Inc.
D. DFT— Dry Film Thickness
E. BayCare Ball Park — BayCare Ball Park, located at 601 Old Coachman Road, Clearwater, FL 33765
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide all labor, materials, apparatus, scaffolding, and all appurtenant work in connection
with painting and protective coatings, complete as indicated, specified and required.
B. Principal items to be coated per Article 2.02 include, but are not limited to:
1. Score Board Decorative Perimeter Frame (Base Bid)
2. Other Score Board Steel (Alternate)
3. Batter's Eye Steel Framing
4. Door Frames
5. Foul Poles
6. Other Miscellaneous Steel, Identified by Owner
7. North & South Stairs
8. Batter's Eye Concrete Deck
9. Underside of Deck/Stairs
C. In addition to the application of coatings, the following procedures are to be performed:
1. Not Used.
D. It is the Contractor's responsibility to examine areas and conditions under which coating
systems are to be applied, and to notify the Owner of areas or conditions which are not
acceptable. Do not begin surface preparation or application until areas or conditions have
been corrected.
1.03 GUARANTEE
A. A one (1) year guarantee against failure which commences on the date of final completion
shall be provided for all coatings, unless more stringent requirements are specified
hereinafter. Failure of any coating during the guarantee period shall be repaired by the
Contractor who shall absorb all costs related to the repair of the coating. Failure shall be
defined as peeling, blistering, delamination or loss of adhesion of any of the coatings.
Section 09 96 00 Page 1
B. A ten (10) year materials warranty shall be provided against color change in excess of 5 DE Hunter
units and a loss of gloss in excess of 24 units as measured by a gloss meter (Reference ASTM D2244,
ASTM D523-89 with 60° geometry).
1.04 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these specifications, all cleaning,
surface preparation, and coating shall conform to the applicable requirements of the referenced
portions of the standards specified herein to the extent that the requirements therein specified
are not in conflict with the provisions of this specification.
B. Unless otherwise specified, all work and materials for the preparation and coating of all surfaces
shall conform to the applicable requirements specified in the Steel Structures Painting Manual,
Volume 2, Systems and Specifications Revised, latest edition, published by the Society for Protective
Coatings (SSPC).
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with the following:
B. Comply with Owner -specified Submittal Procedures.
C. Product Data Sheets.
1. Contractor shall submit coating material manufacturer's printed technical data sheets for
products intended for use in each coating system.
2. Data sheets shall fully describe material as to its intended use, generic description,
recommended surface preparation and application conditions, primers, material mixing
and application (including recommended dry mil thickness recoat time), precautions,
safety and maintenance cleaning directions.
D. Safety Data Sheets. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) shall accompany all submittals and shall be easily
available for access at the job site during all activities.
E. Manufacturer's Quality Assurance: Submit manufacturer's letter stating that the applicator is
qualified to apply the specified system.
F. Project references as outlined in Article 1.08.0
1.06 PROTECTION OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all damage to his work or the work of others
caused by Contractor's activities during the time his work is in progress.
1.07 ONE MANUFACTURER
A. All products shall be the product of one manufacturer as specified in this document.
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Qualifications:
Section 09 96 00 Page 2
1. Specialize in manufacture of high-performance coatings with a minimum of 75 years
successful experience.
2. Able to demonstrate successful performance on comparable projects.
3. Single Source Responsibility: All coatings shall be products of a single manufacturer.
B. Manufacturer Representative
1. The Contractor shall require the manufacturer to furnish a manufacturer's qualified
technical representative to visit the project site for technical support as required and
ordered and as may be necessary to resolve field questions or problems attributable to or
associated with the manufacturer's products furnished under this Contract or the
application thereof.
C. Applicator's Qualifications:
1. Experienced in application of specified coatings for a minimum of 5 years on project of
similar size and complexity to this work.
2. Use best practices to carry out corrosion prevention activities in the field.
3. Use best practices in environmental protection to prevent environmental degradation,
and to ensure careful handling of all hazardous materials.
4. The Contractor must submit, with their bid, a list of a minimum 5 completed projects of
similar size and complexity to this work. Include for each project:
a. Project name & location
b. Name and contact of owner
c. Name and contact of engineer
d. Approximate area of coatings applied
e. Total project amount value
f. Date of completion
D. Pre -Application Meeting
1. A pre -application meeting shall be held at least two (2) weeks before the start of application
of coating systems. All parties who directly affect the project shall attend, including the
Contractor, Manufacturer, and Owner.
2. The pre -application meeting shall include a review of any circumstances which may impact
the project including, but not limited to, the following:
a. environmental requirements
b. protection of surfaces not scheduled to be coated
c. surface preparation
d. application
e. disinfection
f. repair
g. field quality control
h. cleaning
i. protection of coating systems
j. 11 -month walkthrough
k. coordination with other projects
Section 09 96 00 Page 3
E. 11 -Month Walkthrough:
1. The Owner shall organize a project meeting for 11 months after the final completion date
which the Contractor, Manufacturer, and Owner shall attend. Participants will perform a
walkthrough of the project and resolve any workmanship or materials discrepancies.
1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. All coatings shall be delivered to the mixing room in unbroken containers, bearing the
manufacturer's brand, date of manufacture, and name. They shall be used without alteration
and mixed, thinned, and applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions for
the applicable materials and surface before using.
B. Coatings shall be delivered to the job site in the original unopened containers, bearing the
manufacturer's label. A Product Data Sheet and Safety Data Sheets for all coatings shall be
obtained from the manufacturer for each shipment of materials to the job site. Coatings
shall be stored in a dry, well -ventilated area, not in direct contact with the ground, where the
temperature is maintained between 40°F and 120°F.
C. Damaged materials and/or materials exceeding the shelf life shall not be used.
D. The Contractor will be responsible for storing coatings onsite in accordance with the
Manufacturer's latest written recommendations.
E. Coatings shall be mixed in proper containers of adequate capacity. All coatings shall be mixed in
accordance with the Manufacturer's latest written recommendations. No unauthorized
thinners or other materials shall be added to any coatings. Air shall not be used directly for
agitation. Pigmented material shall be strained after mixing. Multiple (2 or more)
component catalyzed materials may not be used beyond the recommended pot life.
F. Work areas will be designated by the Owner for storage and mixing of all materials. Materials
shall be in full compliance with the requirements of pertinent codes and fire regulations.
Proper containers outside of the buildings shall be provided and used for wastes, and no
plumbing fixture shall be used for this purpose.
G. Contractor will be responsible for disposal of all waste, empty containers, etc.
H. All recommendations of the Manufacturer in regard to the health and safety of workmen
shall be followed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Materials shall conform to the specifications shown herein and to the requirements
hereinafter specified.
Section 09 96 00 Page 4
B. Coatings shall be a product of Tnemec, or approved equal. Tnemec coatings are listed as a
quality standard. Alternate coatings of other manufacturers may be approved by the
engineer, provided they are equal or better.
1. Tnemec Gulf Coast Representative: Chad Holmes (727) 201-6706, cholmes@tnemec.com
C. To allow time for engineer and owner review, all requests for substitution shall be submitted
by the coating manufacturer a minimum of 10 days prior to the project bid date.
D. The specified basis of design is intended to provide the longest service life possible, lowest life
cycle cost and most sustainable solution. All Contractors must provide pricing based on the
basis of design. If submitting alternate products, this must be shown in the Bid Schedule as an
ADD or DEDUCT to the overall Base Bid, so the Owner can decide which coating system to
accept.
E. Potential alternate products must include side-by-side comparisons of equality including
generic coating description, volume solids, ASTM performance test results, etc.
F. Substitutions which decrease the total film thickness, change the generic type of coating, or
fail to meet the performance criteria of the specified materials shall not be approved.
G. All coatings shall be furnished by the same manufacturer.
H. Coatings shall be sealed in containers that plainly show the designated name, formula or
specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, manufacturer's directions,
and name of manufacturer, all of which shall be plainly legible at the time of use.
I. All coatings shall be produced and applied as herein called for or, if not specifically called
for, it shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's latest printed recommendations as
approved by the Owner.
J. Coating materials shall meet Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) requirements of not more
than 3.5 lbs/gal. as applied after thinning.
K. No coatings containing lead will be allowed.
L. Compatibility. Only compatible materials shall be used in the work. Particular attention shall
be directed to compatibility of primers and finish coats. If necessary, subject to approval of
the Owner, a compatible barrier coat shall be applied between existing prime coat and
subsequent field coats to ensure compatibility.
M. Colors. All colors and shades of colors of all coats of material shall be as identified in the color
schedule. Each coat shall be of a slightly different shade, as directed by the Manufacturer to
facilitate inspection of surface coverage of each coat.
2.02 PROTECTIVE COATINGS
A. Surface Preparation — All surfaces are to receive the following surface preparation prior to
any other specified surface preparations in the remainder of Article 2.02:
Section 09 96 00 Page 5
1. The Contractor shall examine all surfaces to be coated and shall correct all surface
defects before application of any coatings. Any required removal, repair, or
replacement of this work caused by unsuitable conditions shall be done at no
additional cost to the OWNER.
2. Remove all loose coatings, dirt, dust, grease, oil, mold, mildew, salts, and other soluble
contaminants by High Pressure Water Cleaning (using potable water, 3500 - 5000 psi, 3-
5 gallons / minute, oscillating tip).
3. Neutralize and remove all mold & mildew using a solution made by adding two (2)
ounces of tri -sodium phosphate and eight (8) ounces of sodium hypochlorite to one (1)
gallon warm water. Use a scouring powder, if necessary, to remove mildew spores, and
then perform a final rinse with potable water.
4. All glossy surfaces must be thoroughly and uniformly scarified and de -glossed using
medium -grit sandpaper or similar. Sweep abrasive blasting may also be utilized if
approved by Owner.
5. All surfaces must be clean, dry, and free of contaminants prior to the application of any
coatings.
6. All prepared surfaces must be coated as soon as possible on the same day as surface
preparation to prevent re -contamination of the substrate.
7. Surfaces which are left uncoated for 1 day or longer must be re -cleaned prior to
application of coatings.
B. Coating Systems. Coating systems are specified as follows:
1. Substrate: Carbon Steel, Exterior, Subject to environmental conditions and UV exposure,
Previously overcoated with an unknown material, shall have the following coating
system:
a. Locations to apply this coating system (reference Article 1.02.B):
i. Score Board Decorative Perimeter Frame (Base Bid)
ii. Other Score Board Steel (Alternate)
b. Surface Preparation: Clean in accordance with Article 2.02.A of this specification
Section. Hand or Power Tool Clean areas of bare metal in accordance with SSPC-
SP2 or SSPC-SP3.
c. Prime Coat: Series 3600 @ 1.0 — 2.0 mils dft.
d. Spot Prime (Previously Bare Metal Only): Series 135 @ 4.0-6.0 mils dft.
e. Intermediate Coat: Series 1096 @ 2.0 — 5.0 mils dft.
f. Finish Coat: Series 1071V @ 2.0 — 3.0 mils dft.
2. Substrate: Concrete stairs with supplemental metals, Subject to environmental
conditions and foot traffic, Previously coated, shall have the following coating system:
a. Locations to apply this coating system (reference Article 1.02.B):
i. North & South Stairs
Section 09 96 00
ii. Batter's Eye Concrete Deck
Page 6
iii. Underside of Deck/Stairs
b. Surface Preparation:
i. Metals: SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning or ISO Sa 2 Thorough
Blast Cleaning with a minimum angular anchor profile of 1.5 mils.
ii. Concrete: Abrasive Blast, Grind, or Mechanically Abrade all surfaces to
completely remove the existing topcoat and all loose remaining coatings, and
to provide a minimum 3.0 mil angular anchor profile to the well -adhered
existing coatings. Bare concrete shall have an ICRI-CSP1-2 profile.
b. Prime Coat (All Surfaces): Series 205 @ 3.0 — 5.0 mils dft, or 186-310 ftz / gallon.
i. Additional Prime Coat (Underside of Deck/Stairs Only): Series 205 @ 3.0 —
5.0 mils dft.
c. Pit Filler/Surfacer: Use Series 215 as needed to fill pits, voids, and bring surfaces
to level. Series 237 may also be bulked using fumed silica or other bulking
powder and used for floor patching.
d. Broadcast Coat (Horizontal Concrete Surfaces Only): Series 237 @ about 12.0
mils dft, or about 134 ftz / gallon.
i. While 2nd Coat is wet, thoroughly and uniformly broadcast with 36 -grit
white aluminum oxide.
e. Grout Coat (Horizontal Concrete Surfaces Only): Series 237 @ 8.0 —10.0 mils, or
160-200 ftz / gallon.
f. Pre -mix Series 44-600 UV Blocker into Series 290 Part A at a rate of 6 oz. per
small kit, or 18 oz. per large kit.
g. Finish Coat (All Surfaces): Series 290 with Series 44-600 UV Blocker @ 2.0 — 3.0
mils, or about 400 ftz / gallon.
3. Substrate: Carbon Steel, Exterior, Subject to environmental conditions and UV exposure,
Previously coated, shall have the following coating system:
a. Locations to apply this coating system (reference Article 1.02.B):
i. Batter's Eye Steel Framing
ii. Door Frames
iii. Foul Poles
iv. Miscellaneous Steel, Identified by Owner
b. Surface Preparation: Clean in accordance with Article 2.02.A of this
specification Section. Using medium -grit sandpaper or similar, thoroughly and
uniformly scarify and de -gloss all surfaces to be coated. Hand or Power Tool
Clean areas of bare metal in accordance with SSPC-SP2 or SSPC-SP3.
c. Spot Prime (Bare Metal Only): Apply Series 135 @ 4.0 — 6.0 mils dft.
d. Pit Filler (Angular Pits & Voids): Apply Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy as needed to
fill sharp, angular pits & voids.
e. Prime Coat: Series 1096 @ 2.0 — 5.0 mils dft.
f. Finish Coat: Series 1071V @ 2.0 — 3.0 mils dft.
C. Application. Application shall be in strict conformance with the manufacturer's printed
recommendations. All sharp edges, nuts, bolts, or other items difficult to coat shall receive
a stripe coat of the specified coating prior to application of each coat.
Section 09 96 00 Page 7
D. Color Schedule. The colors in this Article are to be chosen as the Finish Coat colors on the
designated surfaces. The Product Manufacturer will choose the colors for all other coats.
1. All Red Finish Coats: R4418 Fireweed Red
2. All Black Finish Coats: 35GR Black
3. All Yellow Finish Coats: 02SF Safety Yellow
4. Gray Floors: 46GR Sinker
E. Coating Performance Criteria.
1. Series 135 Chembuild — Modified Polyamidoamine Epoxy:
a. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Type II, Method B) - No less than 883 psi (5.86 MPa)
pull, average of three tests.
b. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 (Two coats, applied to SSPC-SP10/NACE No.2 Near -White
Metal Blast Cleaned steel which was exterior exposed for four months until
uniformly rusted, then SSPC-SP2 Hand Tool Cleaned) — No blistering, cracking,
rusting or delamination of the film and no creepage at the scribe after 4,000
hours
2. Series 215 Surfacing Epoxy — Modified Polyamine Epoxy:
a. VOC Content: 0.08 lbs/gallon
b. Certified NSF/ANSI Std. 61
c. 0 — 0.1% Ethylene Glycol and Propylene Glycol
d. Adhesion: ASTM D7234 (Method B) — Exceeds the cohesive strength of the
concrete substrate (400 psi).
e. Compressive Strength: ASTM C579 — No less than 9,183 psi (63.3 MPa)
compressive strength, average of five tests.
f. Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D790 — No less than 10,630
psi (73.29 MPa) flexural strength and 87,440 psi (602.88 MPa) flexural modulus
of elasticity, average of three tests.
g. Steam Pressure: 250°F Steam at 15 —17 psi — No blistering, cracking, checking,
gloss loss or delamination of film after 5.5 hours continuous exposure.
h. Tensile Strength, Elongation, Modulus of Elasticity: ASTM D2370 — No less than
2,011 psi (13.86 MPa) tensile strength, 304,213 psi (2,102 MPa) tensile modulus
of elasticity and 1.04% elongation, average of ten tests.
i. Water Absorption: ASTM C413 — No weight gained after 2 hours continuous
boiling water immersion, average of three tests.
3. Series 1071V Fluoronar — Advanced Thermoset Solution Fluoropolymer:
a. VOC Content: 0.81 lbs/gallon (Unthinned)
b. 0% Ethylene Glycol and 0% Propylene Glycol
c. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Method E, Type V Tester) — No less than 1,733 psi
(11.95 MPa) pull -off strength, average of three tests.
d. Cleanability: MIL -PRF -85285D Section 4.6.13 — No less than 99% cleaning
efficiency, average of two tests.
e. Salt Spray: ASTM B117 - No blistering, cracking or delamination of film. No
visible damage to coating or substrate after 5,000 hours.
Section 09 96 00 Page 8
f. Exterior Exposure: ASTM D4141 (Method C, EMMAQUA) — No blistering,
cracking or chalking. No less than 79% gloss retention, no more than 9 units
gloss loss and no more than 0.45 DEHunter color change (white) after 3,500
MJ/m2 (128,951 MJ/m2 total) EMMAQUA exposure.
g. Flexibility & Elongation: ASTM D522 (Method B, Cylindrical Mandrel) — No
cracking, checking or delamination of film with 1/8" mandrel and no less than
38.9% elongation after 14 days cure, average of three tests.
h. Hardness: ASTM D3363 — No gouging with an 8H or less pencil.
i. Humidity: ASTM D4585 — No blistering, cracking, checking, rusting or
delamination of film after 2,000 hours exposure.
j. Impact: ASTM D2794 — No visible cracking or delamination of film after 28 inch -
pounds (3.2 J) or less direct impact, average of three tests.
k. QUV Exposure: ASTM D4587 (UVA-340 bulbs, 8 hours UV, 4 hours
condensation) — No blistering, cracking or chalking. No less than 92% gloss
retention (3.4 units gloss change) and 3.12 DEFMC2 color change (white) after
10,000 hours exposure.
I. Xenon Arc Weathering: ASTM D6695 — No blistering, cracking or chalking. No
less than 81% gloss retention (13.2 units gloss change) and no greater than 0.39
DE00 color change (white) after 8,000 hours Xenon Arc exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS
A. Unless otherwise specified herein, the manufacturer's latest printed recommendations and
instructions for thinning, mixing, handling, applying, and protection of his coating materials;
for preparation of surfaces for coating; and for all other procedures relative to coating shall
be strictly observed.
3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Materials shall be delivered in manufacturer's original, sealed containers, with labels and tags
intact. Coating materials and equipment shall be stored in designated areas. Coating
containers shall be opened only when required for use. Coatings shall be mixed only in
designated areas. Coatings shall be thoroughly stirred or agitated to uniformly smooth
consistency and prepared and handled in a manner to prevent deterioration and inclusion of
foreign matter. Unless otherwise specified or approved, no materials shall be reduced,
changed, or used except in accordance with the manufacturer's label or tag on container.
3.03 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. In accordance with the requirements of applicable OSHA Regulations for Construction, the
Contractor shall provide and require the use of personal protective equipment for all persons
working in or about the project site.
B. Respirators shall be worn by all persons in the assigned work area in accordance with OSHA and
the Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheet.
C. Ventilation. Where ventilation is used to control potential exposure to workers as set forth in
Section 1910.94 of the OSHA Regulations for Construction, ventilation shall be adequate to
reduce the concentration of the air contaminant to the degree that a hazard to the worker does
Section 09 96 00 Page 9
not exist. Methods of ventilation shall meet the requirements set forth in ASNI-Z9.2, latest
revision.
D. Sound Levels. In accordance with Sections 1926.52 and 1926.101 of OSHA Regulations for
Construction, whenever the occupational noise exposure exceeds maximum sound levels as
set forth in Table D-2 ear protective devices shall be fitted and used, and a continuing,
effective hearing conservation program shall be administered.
E. Cloths and cotton waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal
containers or destroyed at the end of each work day.
3.04 STORAGE, MIXING AND THINNING
A. Materials shall be stored in a dry, well -ventilated area, not in direct contact with the ground,
where the temperature is maintained between 40°F and 120°F.
B. Materials shall be thoroughly stirred, strained, and kept at a uniform consistency during
application.
C. Materials of different manufacturers shall not be mixed together.
D. Materials may only be mixed and thinned in strict accordance with the manufacturer's latest
written recommendations.
3.05 WORKMANSHIP
A. Skilled craftsmen and experienced supervision shall be used on all work.
B. All paint and coatings shall be applied to produce an even film of specified uniform thickness.
C. Edges, corners, crevices, bolts, nuts, and joints shall receive special attention to ensure that
they have been thoroughly cleaned and that they receive a film thickness equivalent to
adjacent areas.
D. The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, laps, brush marks, and
variations in color, texture, and finish.
E. The hiding shall be so complete that the addition of another coat of paint would not increase
the hiding. All coats shall be applied so as to produce a film of uniform thickness.
F. Installations shall be protected by the use of drop cloths or other approved precautionary
measures. Surfaces from which paint cannot be removed satisfactorily shall be painted or
repainted.
3.06 APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COATINGS
Section 09 96 00 Page 10
A. The Contractor shall give special attention to the work to ensure that edges, corners, crevices,
welds, bolts, nuts, and other areas, receive a film thickness at least equivalent to that of
adjacent coated surfaces.
B. Prime coat shall be applied to all clean surfaces the same day of the cleaning, and prior to
deterioration or oxidation of the surface, and in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. All coatings shall be applied in dry and dust -free environment. No coating or paint shall be
applied when the surrounding air temperature, measured in the shade, is below 40°F. No
coating or paint shall be applied to wet or damp surfaces and shall not be applied in rain, fog or
mist, or when the ambient temperature is less than 5°F above the dew point. No coating or
paint shall be applied when it is expected that these adverse conditions will occur within 5
hours after the application of the coatings. Dew or moisture condensation should be
anticipated, and if such conditions are prevalent, application shall be delayed to ensure the
surfaces are dry.
D. Each coat must be a slightly different color.
E. Sufficient time shall be allowed to elapse between successive coats to permit satisfactory
recoating, but, once commenced; the entire coating operation shall be completed without
delay.
3.07 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall conduct wet film thickness measurements and shall recoat and repair as
necessary for compliance with the specifications.
B. Coating thickness shall be determined by the use of a properly calibrated "Nordson-
Mikrotest" or "Positest" Coating Thickness Gauge (or equal) on metal substrates. Please note
that a "Tooke" gauge may be used on cementitious surfaces, and that use of the "Tooke"
gauge is classified as a destructive test.
C. Before performing any destructive tests on a newly applied coating system, the Owner and
Contractor shall determine which of them is responsible for the cost of repairing the damaged
coatings.
D. Coatings not in compliance with the specifications will not be acceptable and shall be replaced
and re -inspected at Contractor's expense until the specifications are met.
3.08 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the work, staging, scaffolding, drop -cloths, and containers shall be
removed from the site or destroyed in an approved manner. Paint spots, oil, or stains upon
adjacent surfaces shall be removed.
Section 09 96 00 Page 11
END OF SPECIFICATION
Section 09 96 00 Page 12
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 33
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
EXHIBIT 2
UNIT PRICE SUMMARY
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 34
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
UNIT PRICE ITEMS
MONTHLY SUMMARY
Re: Project:
Project #:
Pay Application #:
Through:
Item
Number
Description
Bid
Quantity
Previous
Mo. Qty.
Quantity
This Month
Total Qty.
To Date
Unit
Price
Total $
Submitted By:
Approved By:
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 35
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
EXHIBIT 3
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
Project No. CLWRC21006
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater
June 30, 2021 Page 36
BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
PROJECT CLOSEOUT PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS
Project Name: BayCare Ballpark
Structural Repairs 2021
Date: October 2021 — January 2022
No. Item
1. Building Department Acceptance:
a. Final Inspection (Blue Card)
b. Certificate of Occupancy
2. Punch List:
a. Punch List Original
b. Contractor's Letter of Completion
c. Owner Acceptance
Applicable y Received
B.O.
B.O.
G.C.
Owner
3. Final Cleanup G.C.
4. Final Change Orders:
a. Unit Price Adjustments G.C./et al
b. Additional Work G.C./et al
5. Final Pay Application A.I.A. Forms
(Less Retainage) G.C. et al
5. Request for Retainage:
a. Contractor Submit G.C./EOR
b. Owner Payment Owner
6. Letter of Subs Completion EOR/et al
7. Consent of Surety for Final Payment if Required G.C.
8. As-Builts I Closeout Documents G.C.
9. Waivers of Lien:
a. Contractor G.C.
b. Subcontractors G.C.
c. Suppliers G.C.
10. Owner Audit:
a. Pay Application Audit Owner
b. "Notice to Owner" Audit Owner
11. Warranties: (Length of Warranties, Materials I Workmanship)
a. Contractor
List of Contractors, Subcontractors
Address, Contact Person
Contact Information:
Company Name
Contact Person
Telephone Number I Fax Number
Cell Number I Email Address
G.C.
Project No. CLWRC21006 June 30, 2021 Page 37
City of Clearwater Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Art Kader, City of Clearwater BayCare Ballpark 2021 Structural Repairs
SECTION IV - A
SUBSECTION 0006 - PLAN LIST
BAYCARE BALLPARK
STRUCTURAL REPAIRS (2021)
PENNON! PROJECT NO. CLWRC21006
CITY OF CLEARWATER PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
Sheet # Description
SR -1 Cover Sheet
SR -2 Lower Level Plan
SR -3 Lower Level Photos
SR -4 Main Concourse Plan
SR -5 Main Concourse Photos
SR -6 Main Concourse Photos
SR -7 Main Concourse Photos
SR -8 Suite Level
SR -9 Suite Level Photos
SR -10 Details
SR -11 Details
SR -12 Details
ADDENDUM NO. 1— BayCare Ballpark — Structural Repairs 2021
DATED: July 23, 2021
TO THE DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUAL FOR:
FOR:
CITY OF CLEARWATER
BAYCARE BALLPARK — STRUCTURAL REPAIRS 2021
PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
PREPARED BY: PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT
100 S. MYRTLE AVE.
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756
PHONE: 727-562-4856
FAX: 727-562-4825
THIS ADDENDUM NO. 1 ISSUED TO CLARIFY, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BAYCARE
BALLPARK — STRUCTURAL REPAIRS 2021 OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS WORK
CONSTITUTES A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF THIS
ADDENDUM ON THE PROPOSAL FORM.
ITEM No. 1 Prebid Sign in Sheet — Attached.
ITEM NO. 2 Bid Due Date: SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENT SUBMISSION
a. The prospective bidder shall provide two (2) executed originals of contract of Section V.
b. Executed contracts and bid bonds shall be placed in a sealed envelope with prospective bidder name on
the front of sealed envelope; BayCare Ballpark — Structural Repairs 2021 Project No.20-0036-EN-A
c. Bid due on Thursday, August 12, 2021, at 2:30 PM (EST) bids after due time and date will not be open
and returned to prospective bidders.
d. FedEx or drop off bids to:
City of Clearwater
Attention Lori Vogel, Procurement Manager
Procurement Office
3rd Floor
100 South Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, FL 33756-5520
if personally dropping off have lobby receptionist contact Procurement Office to collect bid from lobby
ITEM NO. 3 Clarifications of Pre-bid Meeting Agenda, Scope of work, BayCare Ballpark —
Structural Repairs 2021 Project No. 20 -0036 -EN -A of items listed below:
1. The city's bid sheet has been revised so that longer numbers will fit in the cell new bid form is available for
downloading from city's web site.
2. Aerial photos will not be required for this project.
1
ADDENDUM NO. 1— BayCare Ballpark — Structural Repairs 2021
3. Weekly photos will be required.
4. The TNEMEC rep will verify (dry film thickness) DFT's. See specs requiring the contractor to check for
(wet film thickness) WFT's.
5. TNEMEC paint is the only acceptable paint products for this project. TNEMEC representative advised that
all products specified are brush and rolled, so the only thing that would need containment are areas that require
sand blasting.
6. After the meeting TNEMEC rep (Mike Stensrud) said that containment is not required, however, the
contractor is responsible to protect from all over spray, as noted on specifications page #29 item VII.D.5.
7. All other specified products are "or equal", subject to the engineer's approval as "equal".
End of Addendum No. 1
2
ADDENDUM NO. 2 — BayCare Ballpark — Structural Repairs 2021
DATED: August 5, 2021
TO THE DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUAL FOR:
CITY OF CLEARWATER
BAYCARE BALLPARK — STRUCTURAL REPAIRS 2021
PROJECT NO. 20 -0036 -EN -A
PREPARED BY: PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT
100 S. MYRTLE AVE.
CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756
PHONE: 727-562-4856
FAX: 727-562-4825
THIS ADDENDUM NO. 1 ISSUED TO CLARIFY, QUESTIONS, DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFICATIONS
BAYCARE BALLPARK — STRUCTURAL REPAIRS 2021 OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THIS
WORK CONSTITUTES A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF
THIS ADDENDUM ON THE PROPOSAL FORM.
ITEM No. 1 QUESTIONS & RESPONSES:
Question 1 : Bid Item 4-D. List expansion joint repairs at five locations, I notice a lot more locations shown on
the drawings? Are we only replacing five joints for this project?
Response: Bid Item #4-D: Only replace the five (5) joints noted on the drawings.
Question 2. Observation: Bid Item #4-F. would you consider the removal of the 93' of the sheet metal flashing
in this area and creating a joint at the concrete to beam, install sealant at the joint and coat the slab edge to
closely match the steel color?
Response: Bid Item #4-F: Re: photos P123/P124/P125: Remove the entire length of the steel flashing,
prepare surface to an ICRI CSP 5, apply an epoxy gel finish, grind smooth, then paint red (per TNEMEC
specifications.)
Question 3: Bid Item 5-E. would it be more cost effective to have an allowance for the steel repairs at the
stairwell's, the stair repairs will not be able to be verified until the coating on the stair risers have been removed,
and as for other misc. repairs there appears that there will be repairs required at the door frames and the
handrails. We would provide a per riser repair price and a T&M price for misc. steel repairs for welder.
1
ADDENDUM NO. 2 — BayCare Ballpark — Structural Repairs 2021
Are we to coat the concrete deck areas in front of the elevator adjacent to the at the south stairs on the concourse
that is presently deck coated? and are we to coat the bottom level concrete deck areas at the north stairs that is
presently deck coated? Or are we stopping at the bottom of the bottom stair risers?
Response: Bid Item #5-E: Please include an allowance for steel repairs @ $1000 / stair.
Bid Item #5-E: Please include the re -coating of the landing areas at both the N and S stairs as
follows:
a. South Stairs: the area that has been previously coated in front of the elevator at the
concourse level.
b. North Stairs: the area that has been previously coated at the lower level.
Question 4: The blasting and painting of the handrails at the North, South or Batter Eye stairs do not seem to be
part of bid Item 5-E or bid item 6-C. is that correct?
Response: Bid Item #5-E / #6-C: Regarding the preparation of painting the handrails at the north/south
and Batter's Eye Stairs, refer to Exhibit 1 (TNEMEC Specifications), page #7 (para: 2.02.B.2.b.1), that
requires blasting of metal surfaces.
End of Addendum No. 2
2
SECTION V
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Table of Contents
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1
CONTRACT 3
CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7
PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8
AFFIDAVIT 9
NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10
PROPOSAL 11
CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14
SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA
CERTIFICATION FORM 19
SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES THAT BOYCOTT ISRAEL LIST CERTIFICATION FORM 20
SECTION V Page i Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V — Contract Documents
Bond No.:
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
(1)
This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under
this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections
(2) and (10).
Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the
work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy
of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt
payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the
contractor has complied with this paragraph."
CONTRACTOR
Complete Property Services
13505 Prestige Place
Tampa, FL 33635
(727) 793-977
SURETY OWNER
[name]
[principal business address]
[phone number]
City of Clearwater
Parks and Recreation
100 S. Myrtle Avenue
Clearwater, FL 33756
(727) 562-4750
PROJECT NAME: BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021
PROJECT NO.: 20 -0036 -EN -A
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The work shall consist of various types of repairs as follows, concrete repairs as
identified herein, sealant joint replacement, membrane repairs, handrail (HR) post pocket repairs, painting of metal
bridge decks plus misc. items noted on the plans and specifications.
BY THIS BOND, We, Complete Property Services, as Contractor, and
, a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the
City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $356,407.70, for payment of which we bind
ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor:
1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction
of BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021, the contract documents being made a part of this
bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond,
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and
such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the
times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes,
supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in
the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and
SECTION V Page 1 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V — Contract Documents
Bond No.:
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
(2)
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate
proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and
4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their
officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional
wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the
performance of the construction contract; and
5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified
in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the
notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes.
7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any
formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under
this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of
, 20
(If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required).
(If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal).
Complete Property Services
By:
Title:
Print Name:
WITNESS: WITNESS:
Corporate Secretary or Witness Print Name:
Print Name:
(affix corporate seal)
(Corporate Surety)
By:
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
Print Name:
(affix corporate seal)
(Power of Attorney must be attached)
SECTION V Page 2 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
KEN BURKE, CLERK OF COURT
AND COMPTROLLER PINELLAS COUNTY, FL
INST# 2021341861 10/19/2021 12:04 PM
OFF REC BK: 21767 PG: 2629-2632
DocType:BOND RECORDING: $35.50
SECTION V -Contract Documents
Bond No.: 9371773.
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
(1)
This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Stattltes, and any action instituted by a claimant under
this bond for payment-must;be in accordance with the notice and time limitationprovisions in subsections
(2) and (10).
Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), :Florida Statutes, .`Before commencing thework: or before recommencing the
work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy`
of the recorded bond Notwithstanding the terns of the contract or any other law governing prompt.
payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the
contractor has complied with this paragraph."
CONTRACTOR
Complete: Property Services
13505 Prestige Place
Tampa, FL 33635
(727) 793-977
SURETY OWNER
Fidelity and Deposit Company. of Maryland
1299 ZURICH WAY, 5TH .FLOOR.
SCHAUMBURG; 1L; 60196'-1056
(847) 605-6000
City of Clearwater
Parks and Recreation
100 S Myrtle
Avenue Clearwater,
FL 33756 (727)
562-4750
PROJECT NAME: BayCare Ballpark: Structural Repairs 2021
PROJECT NO.: 20 -0036 -EN -A
PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The work shall consist of various types of repairs as follows, concrete repairs as
identified herein, sealant joint replacement, membrane repairs; handrail (HR) post pocket repairs, painting of metal
bridge.decks plus misc: items noted on the plans and specifications.
BY THIS BOND, We, • Complete Property .` Services, as Contractor, and
Fidelity and. Deposit Company of Maryland , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the
City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $356,407:70, for payment of which we bind
ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor:
1. Performs the contract dated. October .12th 2021 :between Contractor and Owner for construction
of BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021, the contract documents being made a part of this
bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, .Contract, Surety Bond,
Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and
such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the
times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract, and
Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255,05(1), Florida Statutes,
supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in
the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract;. and
Page 1 of 20 Updated :5/4/2020
SECTION V —Contract Documents
Bond No.: 9371773
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
(2)
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate
proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and
4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their
officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional
wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the
performance of the construction contract; and
5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified
in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the
notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes.
7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any
formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under
this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 12th day of
October , 2021.
(Ifsole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required).
(If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal).
WIESS:
C orate Sec etary or Witness
Pnnt Name: {+('}
SECTION V
eS,0 Aribne-
Complete Property Services
By:
Title:
Print Name:
WITNESS:
Print Name:
Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland
(Corporate Surety)
By:
ATTO
Print Name:
RtEY-IN-FACT & titensOd
Kevin Wojtowicz -`
(affix corporate seal)
(Power of Attorney must be attached)
Page 2 of 20
Updated: 5/4/2020
ZURICH AMERICAN .INSURANCE ;COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
POWER OF ATTORNEY.
' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY a corporation of the State of New
York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Maryland, and the FIDELITY
AND DEPOSIT• COMPANY OF MARYLAND :a corporation of the State of Maryland (herein collectively called the °Companies"), by
MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by:Article V, Section 8 of the By Laws of said Companies which.
are set forth on the reverse side hereof.and are. hereby certified, to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate;
constitute and appoint. Kevin WOJTOWICZ, John R. NEU, Daniel F OAKS, Brett M.ROSENHAUS and :Laura D: MOSHOL.DER;
all of St. Petersburg, Florida; EACII itS true and lawful agent and Attorney -in. -Fact, to make execute seal *And deliver for, and'on its
behalf as surety, and as its act and deed any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of suchbonds or undertakings in' pursuance
of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Cornpanies,.as fully and amply, to all intents and:purposes as if they had been duly executed ..
and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York,New
•
York :the regularly elected officers Of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY ANDSURETY`;COMPANY at its office in Owings
Milts, Maryland and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings
Mills; .'Maryland:, in their own proper persons
The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is:a tine copy of Article. V; Section 8, of
the By -Laws of said Companies, and is now in fo'
IN: WITNESS WHEREOF; the said Vice President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the.saird
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, OLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this.i 1th day December; A.6.017. '
ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE, COMPANY
COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY. COMPANY
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
imi
SBAL = F _i toe
Vie. taw
Vire President
Michael Bond
State of Maryland,
County :of Baltimore
On:.this 11th day of December, A.D, 2017, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of MarylandCduly commissioned and qualified,
MICHAEL BOND, Vice President, and DAWN E. BROWN Assistant Secretary, of the Companies,'to me personally known to be the individuals and
- officers described in and who. executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same,'and being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith;
that he/she is the said officer of the.Company aforesaid; and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals, of said Companies, and
that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said
Corporations,.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written.
• 4;•
.91
/'•4o 11'11111\��`•
Constance A. Dunn,' Notary Public
My Commission Expires: July 9,2019
POA -F 031-00221
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES
"Article V, Section 8, Attorneys -in -Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President
may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys -in -fact with authority to execute bonds, policies,
recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such
attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any
time."
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN
CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the
foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of
the By -Laws of the Companies is still in force.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998.
RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attomey...Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such
facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company."
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of
May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a
meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature
of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a
certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed.
IN TEST[ O Y HEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies,
this Irk. o ,� � , 2074 .
David McVicker, Vice President
TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT ALL REQUIRED
INFORMATION TO:
Zurich American Insurance Co.
Attn: Surety Claims
1299 Zurich Way
Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056
SECTION V — Contract Documents
CONTRACT
(1)
This CONTRACT made and entered into this eday of ( }pber , 20j1 by and between the City
of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and Complete
Property Services, of the City of Tampa, County of Hillsborough and State of Florida, hereinafter
designated as the "Contractor".
[Or, if out of state:] NOT APPLICABLE
This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20_ by and between the City
of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and
, a/an (State) Corporation authorized to do
business in the State of Florida, of the City of County of
and State of , hereinafter designated as the "Contractor".
WITNESSETH:
That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the
part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows:
The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums
of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own
cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following:
PROJECT NAME: BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021
PROJECT NO.: 20 -0036 -EN A
in the amount of $356,407.70
In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special
provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement,
instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto
attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract,
and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall
be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City.
If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as
contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor,
then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the
right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the
provisions as contained herein.
SECTION V
Page 3 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V —Contract Documents
CONTRACT
(2)
THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE
TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT
AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT
OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS,
STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE
CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF
SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS
CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB
CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES
BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR
EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2).
In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements:
In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin.
The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading,
demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other
forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post
hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be
provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non-discrimination clause.
The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including
contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub -contractors for
standard commercial supplies or raw materials.
It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event
that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then
further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor
the sum of $1.000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains
incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely
represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the
work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but
is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work
within the time period as specified in this contract.
It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this
contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms
and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or
sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases
to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own
expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional
bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City.
If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions
of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work
under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it.
SECTION V Page 4 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V —Contract Documents
CONTRACT
(3)
In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement
agrees to comply with public records law.
IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF
CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC
RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC
RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Callc myclearwater.com,
600 Cleveland St. Clearwater, FL 33756
The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to:
a) Nem and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public
agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder.
b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records. provide the public agency
with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a
reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119. Florida
Statutes, as may be amended from time to time. or as otherwise provided by law.
c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt front public records
disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the
contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the
records to the public agency.
d) Upon completion of the contract. transfer. at no cost. to the public agency all public records in
possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency
to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all nubile records to the public agency upoq
completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are
exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the
contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract. the contractor
shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. MI records stored
electronically must be provided to the public agency. upon request from the nublk agency's
custodian of public records. in a format that is coma atibk with the information technology
systems of the public agency.
e) A request to inspect or cony public records relating to a public agency's contract for services
must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested
records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the
contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or
copied within a reasonable time.
1) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the
public agency's request for records. the public agency shall enforce the contract provlsions in
accordance with the contract.
g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable
time may be subiect to penalties under Section 119.10. Florida Statutes.
h) If a dvil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a
public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor
the reasonable costs of enforcement. including reasonable attorney fees. if
1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the nubile
records request within a reasonable time; and
SECTION V Page 5 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
1
1
1
1
1
t
SECTION V — Contract Documents
CONTRACT
(4)
2. At least S business days before filing the action. the plaintiff provided written notice of the
public records request. including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the
request. to the public agency and to the contractor.
i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. If it is sent to the nublic agency's custodian of oubllc
records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public
agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier
delivery service or by registered. Global Express Guaranteed. or certified mail. with postage or
shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic
format.
j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice
is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have
executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written.
CITY OF CLEARWATER
Owen Kohler
Assistant City Attorney
Cont for must indicate whether:
Coy
Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual
C Strikes LLC
(Contrac r)
By: -,/•-) % �/ (SEAL)
Print Narnd I'rtthcpI KfUeoVC
Title: CEo V
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title;
where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the
Corporation — provide Affidavit.
SECTION V
Page 6 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V — Contract Documents
CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT
TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021
Parks and Recreation PROJECT NO.: 20 -0036 -EN -A
100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: [ I
Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO.: [ 1, recorded in O.R. Book [ t
Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida.
CONTRACTOR: Complete Property Services
Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between
the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the:
[insert name of Surety]
[address]
[address] ,SURETY,
on bond of
Complete Property Services
13505 Prestige Place
Tampa, FL 33635 ,CONTRACTOR,
hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor
shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to
City of Clearwater
Parks and Recreation
100 S. Myrtle Ave.
Clearwater, FL 33756
as set forth in said Surety's bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of
Attest:
(Seal):
,OWNER,
(Surety)
(Signature of authorized representative)
(Printed name and title)
SECTION V Page 7 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V — Contract Documents
PROPOSALBID BOND
(Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted)
KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned,
Complete Property Servcies, LLC as Contractor, and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland
as Surety, whose address is
1299 Zurich Way, Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 , are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Ten Percent of Amount Bid Dollars
($10% of Amt. Bid ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which,
well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.
The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Complete Property Servcies, LLC
as Contractor, and Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland as Surety, for
work specified as: BayCare Ballpark - Structural Repairs (2021)
ITB -20 -0036 -EN -A
all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and
specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the
above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract,
in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the
City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and
the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages.
Principal must indicate whether: LLC
Corporation, Partnership, xx Company, or
Individual
Signed this 12th day of August , 20 21 .
Complete Property Servcies, LLC
Contractor
1- t / ,'ry t c"
Principal
By:
Gia
Title
Fidelity andD osit Company of Maryland
Keoitowicz
Surety
Attomey-in-Fact &
FL Licensed Agent
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title;
where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the
Corporation — provide Affidavit.
SECTION V Page 8 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES
"Article V, Section 8, Attorneys -in -Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President
may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys -in -fact with authority to execute bonds, policies,
recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such
attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify of revoke any such appointment or authority at any
time."
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN
CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the
foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of
the By -Laws of the Companies is still in force.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998.
RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney...Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such
facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company."
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of
Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of
May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a
meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature
of any Vice -President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a
certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect
as though manually affixed.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies,
this 12th day of August 2021
Brian M. Hodges, Vice President
TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION
OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND, THE BOND NUMBER, AND YOUR CONTACT
INFORMATION TO:
Zurich Surety Claims
1299 Zurich Way
Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056
www.reportsfclaims@zurichna.com
800-626-4577
SECTION V — Contract Documents
AFFIDAVIT
(To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation)
STATE OF FLORIDA
)
COUNTY OF Hillsborough )
Michael Caron , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is
Secretary of Complete Property Services
a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its
principal office at:
13505 Prestige Place Tampa Hillsborough FL
(Street & Number) (City)(County) (State)
Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of
Complete Property Services
(Name of Corporation)
Affiant further says that Michael H. Krueger
is Chief Executive Officer
(Officer's Name) (Title)
of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for Complete Property Services
or said corporation by virtue of
(state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of
Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption).
Sworn to before me this 11th day of August
SECTION V
`-ikit al.. --
Affiant
, 20 21 .
JX�ew • /1/40:o.k.e.)
tarn Public
YlESSCl S An -be
Type/print/stamp name of Notary
Title or rank, and Se
Page 9 of 20
SSS. ANTOINE
s MY COMM
#SSIOI'tGG 916419
<s EXPIRES: December 1, 2023
o f Q Bonded 'MuNotary Public Undrow
nters
Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V —Contract Documents
NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF FLORIDA
COUNTY OF Hillsborough )
Michael H. Krueger being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is
Chief Executive Officer of Complete Property Services
the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that
said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder
on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly,
with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and
has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or
conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit
or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of
Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements
contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly
submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association
or to any member or agent thereof.
Affiant
Sworn to and subscribed before me this 12th day of August , 2021 .
otary Public
JANESSAS. pNTOINE
MY COMMISSION # GG 916419
EXPIRES: December 1, 2023
t Ttuu Notary Public Underwriters
SECTION V Page 10 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V — Contract Documents
PROPOSAL
(1)
TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for
BavCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021 (20 -0036 -EN -A)
and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked
BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021 (20 -0036 -EN -A)
Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents
signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the
City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a
certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or
without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent
documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged
with this notice.
The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties
interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement,
Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions,
Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation
as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the
Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto
annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the
work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according
to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the
required surety bonds for the following prices to wit:
If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall
fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at
its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be
null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the
property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City,
or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or
liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of
said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein.
SECTION V Page 11 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V — Contract Documents
PROPOSAL
(2)
Attached hereto is a bond or ccrtifcd _h on N/A
Bank, for the sum of
(being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount).
(S )
The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows:
(If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the
names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name
of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements,
enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub -contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or
employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder).
NAMES: ADDRESSES:
Michael H. Krueger, Chief Executive Officer 13505 Prestige Place, Tampa, FL 33635
Mathew J. Krueger, President 13505 Prestige Place, Tampa, FL 33635
Michael Caron, Secretary
13505 Prestige Place, Tampa, FL 33635
Signature of Bidder:
The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title.
Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by
affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation.
Principal:
By: Itm Title: C EP
Company Legal Name: Complete Property Services
Doing Business As (if different than above):
Business Address of Bidder: 13505 Prestige Place
City and State: Tampa, Florida Zip Code 33635
Phone: 727-793-9777 Email Address: mkrueger@completeproperty.com
Dated at 10:20 am , this 11th day of August , A.D., 2021
SECTION V Page 12 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V — Contract Documents
CITY OF CLEARWATER
ADDENDUM SHEET
PROJECT: BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021 (20 -0036 -EN -A)
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and
Specifications.
Addendum No. 1 Date: July 23, 2021
Addendum No. 2 Date: August 5, 2021
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Addendum No. Date:
Complete Property Services
(Name of Bidder)
)11 L4c)
(Signature of Officer) Michael H. Krueger, CEO
Chief Executive Officer
(Title of Officer)
August 11, 2021
(Date)
SECTION V Page 13 of 20 Updated: 5/4/2020
Bidder's Proposal
BayCare Ballpark Structural Repairs 2021
20-003 6-EN-A
Contractor: Complete Property Services
Bidders Grand Total: $356,407.70
(numbers)
Bidders Grand Total: Three Hundred Fifty Six Thousand Four Hundred Seven and 70/100
I
(words)
Request for Proposal - BayCare Ball Park Structural Repairs 2021 20-0036-EN-A
Item P
Description
Units
QTY
Unit Cost
Total Cost
1
General Conditions
a
Permits (Pricing Not Applicable; No Building
Permits Required for Structural Repairs)
LS
1
$ -
$ -
b
Supervision
LS
1
$ 35,300.00
$ 35,300.00
c
Tools, Equipment etc.
LS
1
$ 34,500.00
$ 34,500.00
d
Survey Quantities
LS
1
$ 1,500.00
$ 1,500.00
e
Owner Supplied Roll Off (Includes Dumping Fees-
No Pricing Required)
LS
1
$ -
$ -
2
Demolition
a
Disposal of Materials
LS
1
$ 1,500.00
$ 1,500.00
b
Dust Control
LS
1
$ 2,500.00
$ 2,500.00
c
Water Test for Leaks
EA
6
$ 300.00
$ 1,800.00
3
Concrete Repairs
$ -
a
Deck Spalls
CF
20
$ 350.00
$ 7,000.00
b
Column Spalls
CF
5
$ 375.00
$ 1,875.00
c
Wall Spalls
CF
5
$ 375.00
$ 1,875.00
d
Crack Repair Epoxy
LF
20
$ 45.00
$ 900.00
4
Repairs to Finish Surfaces
a
Replace Deck Sealant Joints
LF
2500
$ 11.38
$ 28,450.00
b **
Repair to six leaks (allowance)
EA
6
$ 2,500.00
$ 15,000.00
c
Replace expansion joints at 107 (P86-Detail #14),
10 L. F. Estimated
LS
1
$ 3,131.00
$ 3,131.00
d
Replace expansion joints at Suites (P15-
P19/SR9/Detail #16), Estimated Five Locations
LS
1
$ 14,850.00
$ 14,850.00
e
Replace expansion joint @ C line (DOW123) Detail
#11, Estimated 800 LF
LS
1
$ 44,000.00
$ 44,000.00
f
Repair steel flashing at Slab EdgeAbove P124,
Detail #13, Estimated 50 L. F. (Allowance)
LS
1
$ 3,625.00
$ 3,625.00
g
New Membrane @ Batter's Eye Platform P#106,
Detail #8
LS
1
$ 1,880.00
$ 1,880.00
5
Misc. Repairs
a
Repair Handrail (HR) post pockets P128 Detail 1
EA
250
$ 60.00
$ 15,000.00
b**
Seal/Reseal Ramp Light Fixtures (P140/P14/Detail
#15), Estimated 24 Units
LS
1
$ 240.00
$ 240.00
c**
Fence Repairs P2 (allowance)
EA
2
$ 250.00
$ 500.00
d
Replace Conduit Clamps P139
EA
12
$ 25.00
$ 300.00
e
Repairs to North & South Stairwells Detail #6, #7
EA
2
$ 31,950.00
$ 63,900.00
6
Painting (SeeTNEMEC Spec)
a
Paint Faded Frames at Scoreboard P10/11
LS
1
$ 17,067.00
$ 17,067.00
t
b
Paint Outfield Posts P114 & P115
EA
2
$ 3,707.00
$ 7,414.00
c
Paint Batter's Eye Platform/Frame/Base Plates
Detail #9
LS
1
$ 12,500.00
$ 12,500.00
d
Paint Door Frames, Detail #12
EA
6
$ 600.00
$ 3,600.00
e
Paint Pole Base Plate Only, Detail #10
LS
1
$ 300.00
$ 300.00
f 55
Misc. Painting (allowance)
LS
1
$ 2,000.00
$ 2,000.00
7
Cleanup and Demobilize
LS
1
$ 1,500.00
$ 1,500.00
8
Sub Total of Items 1 -7 INCLUDING SUBSETS a -g
$ 324,007.00
9
10% Contingency of Line 8 Contingency funds shall only be utilized
for items not included in the scope of work (lines 1-7), addtional
scope of work shall be provided i n writing by the Contractor for
approval by the Owner. Owner must approve addtional scope of
work in writing for utilization of contingency funds. My contingency
funds remaining shall be returned to the Owner by closing out
purchase order short.
LS
1
$ 32,400.70
$ 32,400.70
10
Grand total oflines8 & 9 includes contingency.
$ 356,407.70
11
Note (•) Contingency requires Owner Approval for unknown
cost item before proceeding
12
1. Lump sunguanines (LS) ques are for information only. Contactor to
verify all LS Quantities.
13
2. Nai
lavces (") labor and materials to be billed on a Time &
Materials (T&M) bases.
14
3. My contingency funds remaining shall be returned to the Owner
upon dose out of purchase order.
15
4. Photos are noted by Pffs. Details are noted by Detail #s.
16
Construction Schedule
17
1. Contractor agrees to commence work withing 7 calendar days
from the execution of the contract notice to proceed and permit is
available.
18
2. Contractor further agrees to compete the work within 90 calends
days execution of the contractor, notice to proceed and receipt of the
permit.
19
Alternates
20
1. Manatee #1 Painting of the entire scoreboard tone (less item
#6.A) See Detail #9) ADD $48,900.00
21
2. Labor rate for work performed on Time & Material (T&M) basis
$40.00 Per Hour
22
3. Material for Work Performed on aTime & Material Basis at Cost
Plus. $15%
� CPS
I
Bid Qualifications for BayCare Ballpark Bid on 8/12/21
I
• All demobilization and remobilization costs required due to a named storm or severe inclement
I weather are excluded from this proposal.
• Water and electricity to be supplied by the owner for use during the project at no cost to the
contractor.
I • We will request to work weekends, to make up for rain or weather/high wind days that we are
unable to perform our work.
• This bid is based on performing all the work as one continuous project, without interruptions to
I the schedule.
• There is a minimum charge of 1/2 cubic foot per repair area for all concrete repairs.
• There is a minimum charge of 10 If, per repair area for epoxy injection.
I
• Our price for bid item 4.F - includes removal of 93' of metal flashing, applying epoxy to face of
the slab exposed and painting area to match steel color.
• Our price for bid item 5.E- includes $2,000.00 for steel repairs at stairs, as was stipulated in
I Addendum #2. Note: price to replace one riser with 12 Ga. A-36 steel is $240.00, price for misc.
steel repairs will be at $87.50 per man hour, minimum one sf charge at $11.05 sf for 12 Ga. A-36
steel, $12.00 min charge per If 1-3/4 pipe replacement.
• Builders Risk Insurance is not included.
• Environmental testing/monitoring is not included.
• Engineering and/or architectural fees are not included.
I • Water collection is not included.
• CPS will not be responsible for embedded utilities unless clearly marked on drawings or details
are provided prior to commencement.
I . All colors & materials are assumed to be standard (not special order), unless specifically noted in
the supplied specifications.
• Please be advised, that should any additional time or resources be required on the part of CPS
I to assist you, and any parties here related to this project, in pursuit of legal action specifically
unrelated to CPS' direct involvement with this project will be billed to your organization for any
and all applicable charges pertaining to this pursuit.
• At the completion of project, an owner's representative will perform a walk through with
the Complete Property Services superintendent and sign -off on work completed, at
which time the area is deemed completed in full.
I• Costs for third -party inspections are excluded.
• Due to market fluctuation in material costs, material costs included in this proposal are
subject to market escalation until such time immediately preceding executed contract.
I
Thank you for the opportunity to bid this work at your property.
■ 13505 prestige place, tampa Florida 33635 ■
■ office: 727.793.9777 fax: 727.739.0727 ■
r www.completeproperty.com ■
SECTION V — Contract Documents
SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH
CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM
PER SECTION HI, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE
COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS
FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE
The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that:
1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements
of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities
in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or
engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and
2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in
this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the
Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business
operations in Cuba and Syria; and
3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce
in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning,
selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal
property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and
4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary,
affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5)
calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in
Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in
business operations in Cuba and Syria.
STATE OF Florida
COUNTY OF Hillsborough
Authorized Signature
Michael H. Krueger, CEO
Printed Name
Chief Executive Officer
Title
Complete Property Services
Name of Entity/Corporation
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 11th day of August
20 21 , by Michael H. Krueger, CEO (name of person whose signature is being notarized)
as the Chief Executive Officer (title) of Complete Property Services (name of
corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein vetcsot: LA koo , r , or produced a
(type of identification) as ii 'tiff ation, and o OEd/did not take an oath.
„rY>y JANESSA S. ANTOINE
„, r•, •c*; MY COMMISSION # GG 916419
EXPIRES: December 1, 2023
FOFf`°°'' Bonded Tin Nola PublicUndenniters
My xpires:
NOTARY SEAL ABOVE
SECTION V
23_
tary Public
S rr{-oi n e
Printed Name
Page 19 of 20
Updated: 5/4/2020
SECTION V — Contract Documents
SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES THAT BOYCOTT ISRAEL LIST
CERTIFICATION FORM
PER SECTION HI, ITEM 25, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH
THE BID PROPOSAL FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORMAS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR
SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE.
The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that:
1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements
of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott
Israel List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel; and
2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in
this solicitation and is not listed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, or engaged in a
boycott of Israel; and
3. "Boycott Israel" or "boycott of Israel" means refusing to deal, terminating business activities, or taking
other actions to limit commercial relations with Israel, or persons or entities doing business in Israel or
in Israeli -controlled territories, in a discriminatory manner. A statement by a company that it is
participating in a boycott of Israel, or that it has initiated a boycott in response to a request for a boycott
of Israel or in compliance with, or in furtherance of, calls for a boycott of Israel, may be considered as
evidence that a company is participating in a boycott of Israel; and
4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary,
affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5)
calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel
List, or engaged in a boycott of Israel.
STATE OF Florida
COUNTY OF Hillsborough
G Co
Authorized Signature
Michael H. Krueger, CEO
Printed Name
Chief Executive Officer
Title
Complete Property Services
Name of Entity/Corporation
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this 11th day of August ,
20 21 , by Michael H. Krueger, CEO (name of person whose signature is being notarized)
as the Chief Executive Officer (title) of Complete Property Services (name of
corporation/entity), personally known to me as described hereint 1t ithotof), or produced a
entification) as i . - ntifi tion, and w di • did not take an oath.
My Commission Expires: ) 2./ I /2.023
NOTARY SEAL ABOVE
SECTION V
tary Public
Printed Name
Page 20 of 20
1 li
km/n.,)
S .At4O►ne
Updated: 5/4/2020
VERIFICATION OF EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY FORM
PER FLORIDA STATUTE 448.095, CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS MUST REGISTER
WITH AND USE THE E -VERIFY SYSTEM TO VERIFY THE WORK AUTHORIZATION STATUS OF
ALL NEWLY HIRED EMPLOYEES.
THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID/PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO
SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE.
The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that:
1. The Contractor and its Subcontractors are aware of the requirements of Florida Statute 448.095.
2. The Contractor and its Subcontractors are registered with and using the E -Verify system to verify the
work authorization status of newly hired employees.
3. The Contractor will not enter into a contract with any Subcontractor unless each party to the contract
registers with and uses the E -Verify system.
4. The Subcontractor will provide the Contractor with an affidavit stating that the Subcontractor does not
employ, contract with, or subcontract with unauthorized alien.
5. The Contractor must maintain a copy of such affidavit.
6. The City may terminate this Contract on the good faith belief that the Contractor or its Subcontractors
knowingly violated Florida Statutes 448.09(1) or 448.095(2)(c).
7. If this Contract is terminated pursuant to Florida Statute 448.095(2)(c), the Contractor may not be
awarded a public contract for at least 1 year after the date on which this Contract was terminated.
8. The Contractor is liable for any additional cost incurred by the City as a result of the termination of this
Contract.
Gia
Authorized Signature
Michael H. Krueger, CEO
Printed Name
Chief Executive Officer
Title
Complete Property Services
Name of Entity/Corporation
STATE OF Florida
COUNTY OF Hillsborough
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me by means of XI physical presence or 0 online
notarization on, this 11th day of August 20 21 , by
Michael H. Krueger, CEO (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the
Chief Executive Offiver (title) of Complete Property Services (name of
corporation/entity), personally known X , or produced (type of
identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath.
My Commission Expires: 12J I j ZO23
NOTARY SEAL ABOVE
Printed Name
VENDOR INFORMATION
Company Legal/Corporate Name: Complete Property Services
Doing Business As (if different than above):
Address: 13505 Prestige Place
City: Tampa State: Florida Zip: 33635
Phone: 727-793-9777 Fax: 727-793-0727
E -Mail Address: skuhn@completeproperty.com Website: completeproperty.com
DUNS # N/A
Remit to Address (if different than above): Order from Address (if different from above):
Address:
same as above
Address:
same as above
City: State: Zip: City: State: Zip:
Contact for Questions about this response:
Name:
Shawn Kuhn, Senior Project Manager
Phone: 813-267-6385 E -Mail Address: skuhn@completeproperty.com
Fax: 727-793-0727
Dav-to-Day Project Contact (if awarded):
Name: Shawn Kuhn, Senior Project Manager Fax: 727-793-0727
Phone: 813-267-6385 E -Mail Address: skuhn@completeproperty.com
Certified Small Business
Certifying Agency:
Certified Minority, Woman or Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
Certifying Agency:
Provide supporting documentation for your certification. if applicable.
CPS
A Commitment to Excellence at Every Level
Contractor License
Ron DeSantis, Governor
STATE OF FLORIDA
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION
Halsey Beshears, Secretary
dbpr a
CONSTRUCTION
THE GENERAL C
PROVISI
ENSING BOARD
(ED UNDER THE
TUTES
EXPIRATION DATE: AUGUST 31, 2022
Always verify licenses online at MyFloridaLicense.com
Do not alter this document in any form.
This is your license. It is unlawful for anyone other than the licensee to use this document.
CPS
A Commitment to Excellence at Every Level
Business Licenses
1-C C1S17483
Knorr. Michael Herhon
13505 Prestige Place
Tampa. FL 33635
e PINELLAS COUNTY CONSTRUCTION
L10ENS093 00ARD
THIS CERTIFIES THAT MlcYrel Herten tenger
DBA Properly
STATE CERT • 1-C0C15174&3
HAS PILED tams LIMNS AND PR00P CIP REQUIRED
uA9!!TY AND WORKERS COIVINIA11014
0 URANO ! WITH TM BOARD
IN 000D STANDING UNTIL le��e�ab.�30.1041
DATES 0! ISSUANCE MUM
• Plisse all out Nam alas Sues
MIMI - 3021 HILLSBOROUGH COUNTY BUSINESS TAX RECEIPT
OCG CC OE
090010000 GENERAL CONTRACTOR
KRUEGER MICHAEL HERBERT
SUMMESS
COMPLETE PROPERTY SERVICES LLC
13506 PRESTIGE PL
TAMPA, FL 33036
EXPIRES SEPTEMBER 30.2021
250 Enpbysrs
2020 - 2021
COMPLETE PROPERTY SERVICES LLC CIO: MICHAEL H
IMA- KRUEGER
"mum 13506 PRESTIGE PL
ADORES* TAMPA. FL 33636
RENEWAL
Aeolept Fee
re"rsdous wire" Endep"
La Llanry Fee
• CGC15174113
Paid 14460-010746
07/2012020 501.75
BUSINESS TAX RECEIPT DOUG BELDEN, TAX COLLECTOR
wAVOW PONDPRMMINDJTOOMR 11e143UUSS
•arrs11owacclaimer r oKrtOr TWO mom ATAX NOWT 1M1111MLOATlD.
MI IS
4000
a 0